COLUMBIA LIBRARIES OFFSITE HEALTH SCIENCES STANDARD " ' m HX64121607 IC71 .C66 Essentials of diagno RECAP msfioii 'mt W$^^^- '-^?S intfjeCitpofi5eto|9orfe COLLEGE OF PHYSICIANS AND SURGEONS Reference Library Given by With the TrTBUSHERs' Digitized by tine Internet Archive in 2010 witii funding from Open Knowledge Commons http://www.archive.org/details/essentialsofdiagOOsoli hKONTISPlhXE. ""^^-^^ i*- ...^ i f ^ I ^1 W' THE RELATIONS OF THE THORACIC AND ABDOMINAL VISCERA, THE ANTERIOR THORACIC AND ABDOMINAL WALLS REMOVED. A.— Upper bone of the sternum. B.B.*— Two first ribs. C.C.* — Second pair of ribs. D.D.*— Eight and left lungs. E. — Pericardium, enveloping the heart— the right ventricle. F. — Lower extremity of the sternum. G.G.*— Lobes of the liver. H.H.* — Right and left halves of the diaphragm, in section ; the right half separating the right lung from the liver, the left half separating the left lung from the cardiac extremity of the stomach. I.I.* — Eighth pair of ribs. K.K.*— Ninth pair of ribs. L.L.* — Tenth pair of ribs. M.M,*^The stomach. N. — The umbilicus. O.O.* — The transverse colon. P.P.*— The omentum, covering the transverse colon and small intestines. Q.— The gall-bladder. R.R.*— The right and left pectoral prominences. S.S.*— The small intestines. SAUNDERS' QUESTION COMPENDS, NO. 17. ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS ARKANGED IN THE FORM OF QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS PREPARED ESPECIALLY FOR STUDENTS OF MEDICINE. BY SOLOMON SOLIS-COHBN, M.D., PROFESSOR OF CLINICAL MEDICINE AND APPLIED THERAPEUTICS IN THE PHILADELPHIA POLYCLINIC; ONE OF THE PHYSICIANS TO THE PHILADELPHIA HOSPITAL, ETC., AND AUGUSTUS A. ESHNER, M.D., INSTRUCTOR IN CLINICAL MEDICINE IN JEFFERSON MEDICAL COLLEGE AND IN THE PHILADELPHIA POLYCLINIC j REGISTRAR IN THE NEUROLOGICAL DEPARTMENT OF THE PHILADELPHIA HOSPITAL, ETC. WITH FIFTY-FIVE ILLUSTRATIONS, SOME OF WHICH ARE COLORED, AND A FRONTISPIECE. PHILADELPHIA: W. B. S AUN DE RS, 913 Walnut Street. 1892. Copyright, 1892. By W. B. SAUNDERS. TO J. M. Da COSTA, M.D., LL.D., EMERITUS PROFESSOR OF THE PRACTICE OF MEDICINE AND OF CLINICAL MEDICINE IN JEFFERSON MEDICAL COLLEGE, THE MASTER DIAGNOSTICIAN, THE BRILLIANT TEACHER, THE DISTINGUISHED CLINICIAN, THIS LITTLE BOOK IS AFFECTIONATELY INSCRIBED TWO GRATEFUL PUPILS. (iii) PREFACE. This book is intended to meet a popular demand. While the endeavor has been to make it reliable and helpful, the student is advised not to depend upon it to the exclusion of standard and more elaborate works. It is elementary in character, devoid of detail, and represents but an outline of the subject with which it has to deal. This outline must be filled from observation and further reading. Being written especially for students, everything has been sacrificed to accuracy and brevity ; references to authori- ties consulted have been omitted ; and it has been deemed wisest to conform with prevailing views in matters concern- ing which there may be differences of professional opinion. In the arrangement of material, systematic classification has often been departed from, to secure the benefit of associa- tion of ideas. Diagnosis must be studied from patients, not from books ; even the best of books can only direct the student what to look for at the bedside, and warn him against probable errors. If this book facilitates the true methods of study, it will have accomplished its purpose. (V) CONTENTS. PAGE Introduction . . 17 Fever . . .27 Simple Continued Fever — Ephemeral Fever— Febricula . 31 Ardent Fever 31 Tliermic Fever — Insolation — Sunstroke .... 32 Catarrhal Fever — Influenza — Epidemic Catarrh — La Grippe 32 Typhoid Fever — Enteric Fever 35 Typhus Fever . ........ 43 Cerebro-spinal Fever — Epidemic Cerebro-spinal Menin- gitis 45 Asiatic Cholera — Cholera Infectiosa 49 Relapsing Fever 51 Malarial Diseases 52 Yellow Fever . . .59 Weil's Disease ......... 62 The Exanthemata 63 Morbilli — Measles — Rubeola . . . . .63 Scarlatina — Scarlet Fever 65 Rotheln — Roseola — German Measles — French Measles 68 Yariola— Smallpox 69 Varicella — Chickenpox 73 Erysipelas 74 Dengue— Break-bone Fever 76 Diphtheria 77 Glanders — Farcy — Equinia 80 Anthrax — Wool-sorters' Disease — Charbon — Malignant Pustule — Splenic Fever 81 Actinomycosis 83 ( vii ) Vlll dONlENl'g. PAGE Foot-and-Mouth Disease 84 Hydatid Disease 84 Tricliiniasis . . . 85 Acute Rheumatism — Rheumatic Fever . . . .87 Gonorrheal Synovitis .88 Syphilitic Arthritis 89 Subacute Rlieumatism ....... 89 Myalgia 90 Chronic Rheumatism . 90 Acute Gout 91 Chronic Gout 92 Lithemia 93 Rheumatoid Arthritis — Arthritis Deformans . . . 94 The Blood . 95 Anemia 97 Chlorosis . . 98 Pernicious Anemia 98 Leukocytosis 99 Leukemia ......... 99 Pseudo-leukemia — Hodgkin's Disease — Lymphatic Anemia — Malignant Lymphoma or Lymphadenoma 101 Infantile Pseudo-leukemic Anemia .... 103 Scorbutus — Scurvy . 104 Purpura 105 Hemophilia . 106 Addison's Disease 107 Rachitis 108 Mollities Ossium ■ . 108 The Heart 109 Inspection 109 Palpation 110 Percussion 110 Auscultation ........ 110 Malformation 115 Dextrocardia 115 Functional Disturbance of the Heart . . . . 116 Tachycardia 116 CONTENTS. IX PAGE Irritable Heart . .... . . . . 117 Angina Pectoris . . 118 Hypertrophy of the Heart . . . . . . 119 Dilatation of the Heart 120 Valvular Disease of the Heart . . . . . 121 Mitral Incompetency — Mitral Regurgitation . . 122 Mitral Obstruction 123 Aortic Obstruction 123 Aortic Incompetency — Aortic Regurgitation . . 124 Tricuspid Incompetency — Tricuspid Regurgitation . 125 Tricuspid Obstruction 125 Pulmonary Obstruction 125 Pulmonary Incompetency — Pulmonary Regurgitation 125 Acute Pericarditis .127 Acute Endocarditis 128 Mycotic Endocarditis 129 Myocarditis 130 Hydropericardium 130 Heart-clot 130 Thoracic Aneurism , . 131 Arterio-Capillary Fibrosis 132 Symmetrical Gangrene— Local Asphyxia — Raynaud's Dis- ease 133 The Respiratory System 1,34 Coryza — Acute I^asal Catarrh 136 Hay-fever — Hay-asthma — Rag-weed Fever — Au^ tumnal Catarrh — June-cold — Rose-cold — Idiosyn- cratic Coryza — Periodic Vasomotor Coryza . . 137 Acute Laryngitis 138 Edema of the Larynx 1,39 Acute Tuberculous Laryngitis 140 Laryngismus Stridulus 141 Laryngeal Vertigo , . . , . . . 142 Catarrhal Croup — Spasmodic Croup .... 142 Membranous Croup 143 Whooping-cough — Pertussis . . , ' . . 145 X CONTENTS. PAGE Chronic Laryngitis . 146 Chronic Tuberculosis of the Larynx .... 147 Physical Diagnosis 147 Acute Pleurisy 153 Acute Bronchitis . . 157 Chronic Bronchitis ....... 158 Plastic Bronchitis — Fibrinous Bronchitis . . . 159 Putrid Bronchitis 159 Bronchiectasis 160 Capillary Bronchitis 161 Catarrhal Pneumonia — Broncho-pneumonia — Lobular Pneumonia 162 Acute Croupous Pneumonia — Lobar Pneumonia . 163 Pulmonary Gangrene .' . 168 Pulmonary Tuberculosis 169 Acute Miliar}^ Tuberculosis 177 Interstitial Pneumonitis 179 Pulmonar}' Emphysema 179 Pneumothorax , . . . . . . . 181 Asthma 183 The Digestive System— The Mouth 184 Catarrhal Stomatitis ....... 184 Aphthous Stomatitis ... .... 184 Thrush — Muguet — Parasitic Stomatitis . . . 185 Ulcerative Stomatitis 185 Mercurial Stomatitis ....... 186 Gangrenous Stomatitis — Noma— Cancrum Oris . . 186 The Tongue 187 Glossitis 187 Leukoplakia Lingualis — Leukoplakia Buccalis . . 187 Glossanthrax ........ 187 ISTigrities — Black Tongue — Hairy Tongue . . . 188 Mumps— Parotiditis 188 The Pharynx 188 Pharyngitis 188 Tonsillitis 191 CONTENTS, XI Herpetic Sore-throat— Herpetic Tonsillitis— Herpes of the Pharynx— Common Membranous Sore-throat — Ulcero-membranous Angina— Diphtheroid Throat . 192 Gangrenous Pharyngitis-^Putrid Sore-throat . . 193 Retro-pharyngeal Abscess 194 The Esophagus 194 Stricture of the Esophagus 194 The Stomach • • • .195 Gastralgia 196 Acute Gastritis . .197 Chronic Gastritis- Chronic Gastric Catarrh . . 198 Gastric Ulcer 199 Carcinoma of the Stomach . . . . . . 200 The Intestines 20.3 Acute Enteritis 203 Croupous Enteritis— Membranous Enteritis . . 205 Cholera Morbus— Cholera Nostras .... 205 Cholera Infantum 206 Chronic Enteritis — Chronic Intestinal Catarrh . . 206 Acute Dysentery 206 Chronic Dysentery 208 Typhlitis 208 Perityphlitis ........ 209 Intestinal Obstruction 211 Intussusception— Invagination 212 Carcinoma of the Intestine 213 Intestinal Parasites 214 Tenia Solium ". . 214 Tenia Mediocanellata 215 Bothriocephalus Latus 216 Ascaris Lumbricoides— Round-worms . . . 217 Oxyuris Vermicularis— Seat-worms — Thread-worms — Spool-worms 218 Acute Peritonitis 219 Chronic Peritonitis 221 Tabes Mesenterica 222 Xll CONTENTS. PAGE The Liver 222 Floating Liver 223 Congestion of the Liver 224 Acute Hepatitis . . , 225 Acute Yellow Atrophy of the Liver .... 226 Abscess of the Liver 228 Interstitial Hepatitis — Cirrhosis of the Liver . . 229 Fatty Liver 230 Amyloid Disease of the Liver 231 Carcinoma of the Liver 232 Hydatid Cyst of the Liver 234 Perihepatitis . . . . . . . . 235 Cholangitis — Cholecystitis 236 Biliary Calculi 238 The Spleen 240 Floating Spleen 241 Splenitis 241 The Pancreas . 241 Acute Pancreatitis . 241 The Genito-Urinary Apparatus ...... 242 Oxaluria 248 " Pyuria 249 Albuminuria . . . . . . . . 250 Chyluria 253 Lipuria 253 Hematuria 254 Hemoglobinuria 254 Paroxysmal Hemoglobinuria ..... 255 Endemic Hematuria 256 Diabetes Insipidus . 256 Diabetes Mellitus 257 Cystitis . . 261 Vesical Calculus 262 Neoplasms of the Bladder 262 Pyelitis 263 Renal Inadequacy 263 Floating Kidney 264 CONTEN'tS. Xlll PAGE Benal Calculus 264 Acute Kephritis 265 Chronic Parenchymatous Nephritis .... 265 Amyloid Kidney 266 Chronic Interstitial Nephritis 266 Abscess of the Kidney 268 Perirenal Abscess 269 Tuberculosis of the Kidney . ... . . 269 Malignant Disease of the Kidney .... 270 Hydronephrosis 270 Hydatid Cyst of the Kidney 271 The Kervous System 272 Neuritis . . . . . . . . . 275 Multiple Neuritis 276 Sciatica 278 Paralysis of the Facial Nerve 279 Paralysis of the Phrenic Nerve . . . . . 281 Paralysis of the Musculo-Spiral Nerve . . . 281 Neuromata 282 Neuralgia 283 Migraine . . . .... . . 284 Spinal Meningitis 285 Cervical Pachymeningitis 286 Hemorrhage into the Spinal Membranes . . . 286 Anemia of the Spinal Cord 287 Hyperemia of the Spinal Cord 287 Myelitis 288 Chronic Myelitis ..289 Acute Anterior Poliomyelitis 290 Acute Ascending Paralysis 291 Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis — Progressive Muscular Atrophy — Glosso-labio-laryngeal Palsy . . . 292 Acute Bulbar Palsy 296 Pseudo-bulbar Palsy . 296 Pseudo-hypertrophic Paralysis 296 Simple Idiopathic Muscular Atrophy .... 298 Arthritic Muscular Atrophy 299 XIV CONTENTS. PAGE Thomsen's Disease — Myotonia Congenita . . , 300 Posterior Spinal Sclerosis— Locomotor Ataxia — Tabes Dorsalis 300 Primary Lateral Sclerosis— Spastic Paraplegia . . 302 Postero-lateral Sclerosis — Ataxic Paraplegia . . 303 Friedreich's Ataxia — Hereditary Ataxic Paraplegia . 304 Cerebro-spinal Sclerosis — Insular Sclerosis— Multiple Sclerosis — Disseminated Sclerosis .... 305 Paralysis Agi tans— Shaking Palsy .... 306 Spinal Hemorrhage .308 Spinal Compression 309 Tumor of the Spinal Cord 310 Syringomyelia . . . . . .' . . 312 Morvan's Disease— Analgesic Panaris . . . 312 Cerebral Meningitis 315 Hydrocephalus 818 Hemorrhage into the Cerebral Membranes . . . 818 Congenital Spastic Paraplegia 319 Cerebral Anemia 820 Cerebral Hyperemia 321 Cerebritis . 821 Cerebral Abscess . 822 Cerebral Hemorrhage 828 Cerebral Softening 827 Cerebral Embolism 828 Cerebral Thrombosis . ' 329 Cerebral Tumor . 830 Intracranial Aneurism ...... 331 General Paralysis of the Insane — Paretic Dementia . 332 Sunstroke — Heat-stroke — Insolation — Heat-fever — Thermic-fever— Heat-exhaustion .... 884 Delirium Tremens 835 Plumbism . . . 387 Torticollis 838 Occupation-IsTeuroses 339 Writer's Cramp 889 Chorea 340 CONTENTS. XV PAGE Epilepsy 341 Hysteria 344 Tetanus 347 Tetany 349 Hydrophobia 350 Aural Vertigo — Labyrinthine Vertigo— Meniere's Dis- ease ..... 351 Exophthalmic Goiter — Graves's Disease — Basedow's Disease 351 Cretinism . 354 Myxedema 354 Akromesalia 355 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. Fkontispiece. FIG. PAGE 1. Bacilli of Typhoid Fever (von Jaksch) . . .3(3 2. Temperature-chart of a case of Typhoid Fever (Wun- derlich.) 37 3. Temperature-chart of a relapse in Typhoid Fever. Convalescence from the relapse interrupted by re- crudescence .39 4. Temperature-chart of a case of Pyemia (Wunderlich) 41 5. Comma-bacillus of Cholera (Vierordt) ... 49 6. Spirochetse of Eelapsing Fever (v. Jaksch) . . 51 7. Organisms of Malaria — Intracorpuscular (Mace) . 58 8. Organisms of Malaria — Extracorpuscular (Mace) . 53 9. Temperature-chart of Quotidian Intermittent Fever (Wunderlich) 55 10. Temperature-chart of Tertian Intermittent Fever (Wunderlich) .55 11. Temperature-chart of Measles (Striimpell) ... 64 12. Temperature-chart of Scarlatina (Striimpell) . . 66 13. Temperature-chart of Smallpox (Striimpell) . . 69 14. Anthrax-bacilli in Blood (Vierordt) .... 82 15. Actinomyces (Ziegler) 83 16. Tenia Echinococcus — Vesicle, Scolex and Hooks (after Heller) 85 17. Trichina (v. Jaksch) 86 18. Appearance of the Blood in Leukemia (Funke) . . 100. 19. Auscultation of the Heart-sounds (Vierordt) . , 113 20. iSTormal Pulse-tracing (after Eichhorst) . . . 115, B ( xvii ) XVm LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. FIG. PAGE 21. Pulse-tracing of Aortic Insufficiency (after Striimpell) 124 22. Micrococci of Croupous Pneumonia (Vierordt) . . 164 23. Tubercle-bacilli in Sputum (Ziegler) .... 173 24. Tenia Solium, magnified (Heller) .... 215 25. Tenia mediocanellata, magnified (Heller) . . . 216 26. Bothriocephalus Latus, magnified (Heller) . . . 216 27. Ascaris Lumbricoides (v. Jaksch) .... 217 28. Oxyuris Vermicularis, natural size (Vierordt) . . 218 29. The Relations of the Heart, Lungs, Liver, Stomach and Spleen, as seen from the front (Weil) . . 223 30. Showing the Relations of the Lungs, Liver, Spleen and Kidneys, as seen from behind (Weil-Luschka) . 224 31. Relations of the Spleen (Weil) 240 32. Uric Acid and Urates (Funke) 244 33. Calcium Phosphate (Laache) 245 34. Triple Phosphates and Ammonium Urate (Laache) . 246 35. Leucin and Tyrosin (Laache) 247 36. Calcium Oxalate (Laache) 248 37. Red Blood-corpuscles and a Blood-cast of a Uriniferous Tubule (Eichhorst) 251 38. Epithelial Cast of a Uriniferous Tubule (v. Jaksch) . 251 39. Grranular Casts of the Uriniferous Tubules (v. Jaksch) 251 40. Hyaline Casts of the Uriniferous Tubules (Vierordt) . 251 41. Waxy Casts of the Uriniferous Tubules (v. Jaksch) . 252 42. Filaria Sanguinis Homiuis (v. Jaksch) . . . 253 43. Multiple ]Js'euritis — AVrist-drop and Foot-drop (Gowers) 277 44. Facial Paralysis (Gowers) 280 45. Progressive Muscular Atrophy (Gowers) . . . 294 46. Pseudo-hypertrophic Paralysis in two brothers (Gowers) 297 47. Pseudo-hypertrophic Paralysis. Mode of ri.sing from the ground (Gowers) 298 48. Paralysis Agitans (after St. Leger) .... 307 49. Appearance of the Hand in Morvan's Disease (after Charcot) , . . 313 50. Cerebral Miliary Aneurisms (Eichhorst) . . . 324 51. Wrist-drop from Lead-poisoning (Gowers) . . . 337 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. XIX FIG. PAGE 52. Mode of holding the pen favorable to the development of Writers' Cramp (Gowers) 340 Method of holding the pen when writing becomes dif- ficult (Gowers) 340 53. Exophthalmic Goiter. Defective descent of the upper lids on looking down (after Wilks) .... 352 54. Akromegalia (after Marie) 356 55. Outline of the Face : 1, In Myxedema ; 2, In Akro- megalia ; 3, In Osteitis Deformans (Marie) . . 357 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. INTRODUCTION. Diagnosis, in medicine, is tlie art and science of observing and of discriminatingly interpreting the phenomena of disease. In its study, a knowledge of the phenomena of health is an essential prerequisite. Unless familiar with the sounds elicited upon percussion of the normal chest, one cannot decide whether or not the sound heard in a given case is indicative of abnormal conditions. Unless one knows the characteristics of normal urine, he cannot h.ope to gain from urinalysis a clue as to the nature of a case of disease. Unless one knows the appearance of a healthy brain, he cannot determine whether the brain seen at a necropsy is or is not the seat of morbid change. Unless one knows the function of a normal joint, he cannot affirm that a joint under investigation has had its function impaired. Having learned, by observations upon the healthy, to recog- nize when departures from health have taken place, one must further learn by observation of the sick to appreciate the sig- nificance of such departures. No opportunity should be lost to examine post mortem the organs and tissues that have been altered by disease. A knowledge of the effects of drugs upon healthy and un- healthy persons and organs may likewise render easy a diag- nosis that might otherwise be difficult. The phenomena indicative of the existence of disease are in a general way termed symptoms. These may be either subjective — known only to the patient by his sensations ; Or they may be objective — capable of investigation by the senses of the observer, 2 (17) 18 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. aided, it may be, by instruments of precision. Thus pain, ver- tigo, nausea, ringing in the ears, are subjective symptoms, while high temperature, vomiting, unsteadiness of motion, loss of voice, are objective symptoms. The objective manifestations of disease may be further divided into symptoms (in a restricted sense) and signs. While the two are not rigidly separable, symptoms may be defined as manifesta- tions of disordered function, signs as manifestations of altered structure. Thus, cough is a symptom ; the laryngeal congest- ion discovered by inspection with the mirror, the bronchial rales heard upon auscultation, are signs. DiflSculty in deglu- tition is a symptom ; a pulsating tumor in the chest, indicative of aneurism pressing upon the esophagus, is a sign. Dyspnea is a symptom ; distension of the abdomen with gas (tympanites) or with tluid (ascites), causing pressure upon the diaphragm and restricting its movements, is a sign. Thus, signs are in man}- cases directly explanatory of symp- toms, and their discovery is one step further in the diagnosis. It must not be forgotten, however, that signs are not always to be found ; that, when found, a sign may not account in tola for the symptom with which it is associated ; and that even when suflBcient to explain the symptom, the sign itself remains to be explained before the diagnosis is complete. Like all other mor- bid phenomena, signs must, therefore, be considered in relation with all the evidence presented in a given case. Certain signs that are not at once manifest, but that require for their study special means of exploration, are termed p%sicoZ signs. In its restricted sense, the term "physical signs" is applied to the phenomena elicited b}- special methods [inspec- tion., mensKralion, palpation, pjercussion, and auscultation), used chiefly in examination of the chest and abdomen, though often applied elsewhere ; while the signs elicited by examination of the blood, the urine, the sputum, the feces, or by laryngoscopy, ophthalmoscop3', cystoscopy and the like, are not given other qualifying designation than the special names describing the respective processes. Phenomena corresponding with logical deductions as to the direct results of deranged function, including subjective and INTRODUCTION. 19 objective symptoms and signs, are called rationed signs, in con- tradistinction from physical signs, which denote the mechanical condition of the structures examined. Thus, in a case of valvu- lar disease of the heart, weakness, vertigo, shortness of breath, pallor and dropsy would be termed rational signs, while the area of cardiac percussion-duluess and the character of the sounds heard upon auscultation would be termed physical signs. Symptoms may also he divided into general or constitutional symptoms and local symptoms. General symptoms are those, like fever, depression, delirium, that may result from unbalancing of the organism as a whole, and are common to affections of many kinds ; while local symptoms are those, like swelling or discol- oration of a part and circumscribed pain or tenderness, that result from localized morbid conditions and are confined to a certain locality, usually that of the organ or tissue diseased. Sympioms caused by local disease not at the seat of mani- festation and that are not dependent upon mere mechanical in- fluences or upon interference with related function, but that arise indirectly, as a result of nervous irritation, are termed reflex symptoms. Thus, 'the diflSculty of breathing occasioned by the pressure of a mediastinal tumor upon the trachea is a local symptom, due to a mere mechanical influence ; dyspnea from deranged action of the heart is a symptom dependent upon interference with related function ; while an asthmatoid condi- tion dependent upon disease of the nose is a reflex symptom. It must not be forgotten, however, that the same symptom may at one time be local ; at another time, part of a general process ; at another time, reflex. Thus, vomiting may indicate local disease of the stomach ; or it may be part of the general disturbance caused by certain febrile diseases ; or it maj^ re- flexly indicate disease in the abdomen or in the brain. Having, by careful observation and interrogation, ascertained the pi-esent condition of the patient and having, by inquiry, learned his family history (in order to judge of the probable influence of hereditary disease, diathesis or liability) and his previous history (anamnesis) of health or disease (including a knowledge of his mode of life and of his surroundings, as well as the mode of invasion of the disease under investigation and 20 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. its course up to the moment of examination), it becomes neces- sary to interpret the information tlius gained — in other words, to mctke a diagnosis. In making a diagnosis one lias to consider not only the bear- ing of the signs and symptoms individually and collectively, but also their relations with the phenomena of health and with each other. Further, one has to consider (and this is what may, to some extent, be learned from reading) the historical experience of the medical profession as to the significance of certain symptoms and groups of symptoms, and as to the rela- tion of certain symptoms and groups of symptoms with lesions observed post mortem. A diagnosis may thus be made (1) by the inductive method, reasoning, upon anatomical (structural) and physiological (func- tional) data, from the character of the disturbance to the organ affected and the nature of the affection ; (2) by the historical or empirical method, relying upon the recorded experience of other observers and upon one's own experience that certain symp- toms manifested under certain circumstances indicate the existence of a definite malady ; or (3) by the method of pjatho- logical association, which is based upon the fact that when certain symptoms have been observed during life, definite lesions have been discovered after death. By analogy, the les- sons of pathological association may be applied in affections not necessarily of a fatal character. It is obvious, therefore, that a knowledge of the various gross and minute morbid changes occurring in the body generally or in special organs, tissues or cells and of the circumstances under which special changes are likely to occur is essential for precision in diagnosis. The most satisfactory results are to be obtained when all of the methods indicated can be concurrently availed of. Diagnosis may further be direct, differential or by exclusion. Diagnosis is said to be direct when one or more of the signs or symptoms, independently of or in relation with other symptoms or with the age, sex, physical and mental characteristics, resi- dence or occupation of the patient, or with his family history, enable direct affirmation to be made of the nature of the malady. Thus, a paroxysm of chill, fever and sweating, in association INTRODUCTION. 21 with the presence in the blood of characteristic parasites, per- mits a direct diagnosis of malarial fever to be made. Diagnosis is said to be discriminative or differential when the signs or symptoms are suggestive of more than one disease and a decision is reached by comparison and contrast. It is neces- sary to compare the ideal pictures of various diseases in turn with the actual picture presented, in order to establish the resemblance or unlikeness ; finally affirming the nature of the case with more or less certainty, according to the completeness and definiteness of the observations made and the degree of knowledge on the part of the clinician as to the conditions present in the respective affections under review. Diagnosis is usually differential, and as one is often compelled to balance probabilities, with incomplete evidence before him, differential diagnosis calls for the greatest knowledge and skill. ^Numerous examples of differential diagnosis will be found throughout this book. Reference may here be made to malarial fever, in case hematozoa are not demonstrable, and the fever of hepatic sup- puration or of pulmonarj' tuberculosis. Careful observation of the temperature-course and painstaking physical examination may be required to establish the points of difference. In diagnosis by exclusion one is unable to affirm the nature of the affection directly ; and even after comparison of the evident phenomena with the phenomena of the respective diseases sug- gested, the points of resemblance are not sufficiently great in number or in character to warrant an affirmative conclusion in any one instance. It then becomes necessary to prove a nega- tive ; to do which, reliance nmst be placed entirely upon points of unlikeness. One endeavors to recall in the ideal picture of a certain malady some symptom or association of symptoms so necessary that its absence from the actual case may warrant a decided negative ; or, on the other hand, to discover in the case before him some symptom or association of symptoms so in- compatible with the ideal picture of the malady under consid- eration as likewise to warrant a negative conclusion. Thus, from the absence of what ought to be present and from the presence of what ought to be absent, one after another of the conditions discussed is set aside, until finally one remains that 22 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. cannot be so excluded ; and there is reached a more or less probable diagnosis. Diagnosis by exclusion is the least satisfactory, as one can never be sure that he has passed in review and has excluded all of the conditions that ought to be excluded. Nevertheless, it sometimes aflbrds most brilliant results. Thus, paralysis of the left vocal baud, associated with recurring cough and occasional dyspnea and dysphagia, every other suggested cause for which has been excluded, has led to a correct diagnosis of aneurism of the arch of the aorta, not discoverable by the most careful physical exploration. As a rule, that diagnosis that best and most readily accounts for all of the symptoms is the most likely to be correct. When any symptom is unaccounted for, the diagnosis is at least in- complete, if not doubtful. Diagnosis of a common disease, other things being equal, is more likely to be correct than diag- nosis of a rare disease. On the other hand, statistics have no beariug upon the individual case ; the rare disease may be present and be overlooked, from want of knowledge or in conse- quence of superficial examination. More than one disease may be present in the same patient at the same time ; but certain diseases are held to be antagonistic and thus not likely to coexist. Data bearing on this point are defective and are undergoing revision and correction. Not a few cases have been recorded contradictory of some of the teachings of the past. Hence, in this work, little stress has been laid upon these antagonisms. On the other hand, there are many lesions and morbid processes that are frequently found associated. Such associations are specifically mentioned where- ever it seemed likely that a knowledge of their existence would be of service. One disease sometimes strongly predisposes to another. A knowledge of facts of this nature is often of assistance in diag- nosis, as well as in preventive treatment. A knowledge of the compUcations and sequelce that ordinarilj' or exceptionally attend or follow certain diseases, independently of its bearing upon therapeutics, is an important equipment for the diagnostician. This can be acquired only by extensive INTRODUCTION. 23 reading or by prolonged experience. In anticipation of the latter source of information, tlie former must be sedulously cultivated. In default of such knowledge, the mistake may be made of diagnosticating a single well-marked condition, as, for instance, pleuritis, as the whole of the disease ; when, in reality, the con- dition may be but a comjparatively unimportant complication in the course of typhoid fever or of an hepatic abscess. Similarly, a sequela to some acute disease, remote in time or obscure in symptoms, may be diagnosticated, prognosticated and treated as an independent afiection, often to the grave detriment of the patient. Thus, a temporary loss of knee-jerk following un- recognized diphtheria has led to an incorrect diagnosis of loco- motor ataxia. Sometimes the initial phenomena of disease escape observation (a chancre may be concealed, especially in the female, or scarlatina may occur without eruption or appre- ciable fever, thermometry not being resorted to), and when the later phenomena (such as syphilitic fever or scarlatinal dropsy) develop, the case may be misinterpreted, unless this possibility of masked beginnings be borne in mind. The so-called negative signs of disease should not be under- rated. The absence of headache may assist in the exclusion of brain-tumor ; the absence of albumin and casts from the urine, after sufficiently careful and extended observation, may be of great importance in discriminating among the causes of a train of symptoms including vertigo, optic neuritis, vomiting and paroxysmal dyspnea ; the absence of rose-rash and of splenic enlargement may determine the diagnosis between enteric in- fluenza and typhoid fever. In recording cases it is necessary to note negative points in order to show that the inquiry or search has been made. No less important is a knowledge of the morbid phenomena that may be caused by certain drugs — not merely by the narcotic agents, opium, belladonna, and the like, but by such poisons as mercury, arsenic and lead, which may produce symptoms closely resembling acute and chronic diseases of common occur- rence or may give rise to nervous and other phenomena puzzling in the extreme. Similarly, common or unusual drug-effects, perhaps due to idiosyncrasy, occurring in the course of treat- 24 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. ment, may mask the symptoms of disease, or give rise to addi- tional phenomena that, unless caution be exercised, may lead to error in diagnosis. The data for diagnosis are obtained by ofeser'j;aMow and inquiry. Inquiry may often have to be made of those about the patient, the latter being unable or incompetent to answer ; and not rarely the same questions will have to be repeated in various ways and be controlled by questions requiring opposite answers, in order that the clinician be not deceived, intentionally or otherwise. Ohservaticyti can be made while the questioning is proceeding ; sometimes the manner, method and form of a patient's answers to questions are in themselves part of the data a.cquired by ob- servation. For example, in cases of aphasia, the patient is unable to find words in which to express himself, though he may understand the questions put and may even believe that in his monotonous repetition of certain words and phrases he has given an intelligent answer. Observation includes (1) a more or less rapid survey of the general condition of the patient, and (2) a careful examination into the condition of spea'aZ structures^ the performance of special functions and the constitution, chemic and microscopic, of the. blood, the secretions and the excretions, both as to normal and abnormal constituents. The whereabouts of the patient may afford information as to the acuteness or severity of the attack. He may be attending to his work as usual, or he may be confined to his house, his room, his bed. Position and movement are next noted. Thus, if the patient paces restlessly about, a condition of excitement, of physical or mental causation, is indicated. If, whether seated or recumbent, his position is easy and unconstrained, it indicates that, what- ever the disease may be, the attack is, for the time being, mild and that there is no serious respiratory or circulatory trouble, or inflammation of an important part. If the patient lie pass- ively upon his back, or huddled up in a heap, a prostrating sick- ness, usually an acute infectious disease, is indicated. If he lie persistently on one side, affection of the lung or pleura of that INTRODUCTION. 25 side is likely to exist ; because this position restrains the move- ment of tliat side of the thorax, lessens the pain of acute in- flammation and, in addition, permits the healthy lung to better perform its work. Sometimes, however, patients with pneu- monia lie on the sound side, having less pain in that posture. If, whether the patient be in an easy-chair, or in bed, the thorax is propped into an upright or semi-upright posture, there is great difficulty in respiration {orthopnea), which may be be due to cardiac or pulmonary disease, to obstruction in the upper air-passages, or to abdominal or general effusions. If the patient lie upon his back with the legs drawn up, there is likely to be peritonitis, and if on the right side with the right leg drawn up, appendicitis should be suspected. If the head is retracted, or fixed in opisthotonos, disease of the cerebrum or of the meninges is to be suspected. So, too, deviation of the head to one or the other side, picking at the bedclothes, helplessness of one or more extremities, general restlessness, jactitation, local spasms or general convulsions, incoordination, tremor, temporary or persistent, sometimes throw considerable light on the condition of the nervous system. The expression of the countenance should be observed. It may be indicative of comparative comfort or of intense suffering ; it may be dull and apathetic, as in typhus fever ; sunken and anxious, as in cholera ; eager and brilliant, as in some cases of pulmonary tuberculosis ; indeed, a careful study of the physiog- nomy of patients may often directly reveal much, or indirectly serve to lead the attention of the examiner to matters that might otherwise be overlooked. Thus, there is in many cases of chronic nephritis a peculiar pallor that can hardly be mistaken by the experienced observer. Connected with the expression of the face are the general nutrition, the condition of the sMn, and the condition of the mind, all of which must be included in the general examination. Concerning the mental condition, without special effort it can be learned whether the patient is interested in his surroundings or is oblivious to them, whether he is conscious or unconscious, whether he is delirious or is aware of his sayings and doings, whether he is able to fix his attention or is continually wander- 26 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. ing. To the facts developed on special inquiry no attention is now being paid. The skin may be of normal hue, pallid from impoverishment of blood, flushed with fever, discolored by inflammations, bruises, extravasations, eruptions, jaundice, the various cachexias. It may be swollen, or give evidence of swelling or effusion beneath. It may be abnormally smooth or rough, dry or moist, hot or cold. The state of the nutrition is usually evident in the preservation of the full, rounded outlines, or in the sharpness and hollows of emaciation. For accuracy and completeness of knowledge the weight should be determined by the scales, Ahnorinal prominences of various kinds and situation may in- dicate the existence of tumors^ effusions, articular, osseous, glan- dular and visceral enlargements of inflammatory or other origin, to be determined by further examination. Pulsations may be visible that, by their abnormal situation or abnormal character, are indicative of abnormal circulatory con- ditions, or of tumors or collections of fluid external to the heart or vessels. The tortuosity of visible arteries, or the localized or general turgescence of superficial veins, may indicate disease or obstruction in or afffecting the circulatory apparatus. The manner in which breathing is performed, the character of the voice, the nature of a cough, afford information as to the con- dition of the respiratory apparatus. Examination of the puZse, the tongue, and the temperature, while aflTording general indications, yet mark the transition from general to special examinations. Except in a few instances, the plan of this book does not con- template descriptions of methods of special examination, or enumeration of the conditions indicated by special symptoms and signs [semeiology, inductive diagnosis), but rather an account of the observed clinical groupings of signs and symptoms in the recognized and named affections of nosology {historical diagnosis, pKdhological association diagnosis), and an elucidation of the points of contrast between diseases most likely to be confounded {differential diagnosis). FEVER. 27 FEVER. What is fever ? Fever is a complex morbid process, of which the most striking feature is elevation of temperature. Sometimes the term fever is restricted to the abnormal heat, hut this is more correctly termed ipyrexia. In addition to pyrexia, fever is attended with acceleration of the pulse and of the respiration, with thirst and with disturbance of digestion. There are likewise increased and perverted tissue-changes, as manifested by alterations of secretions and excretions, which may be completely arrested or diminished in quantity and changed in quality. As a result of the deprivation of the normal products of metabolism and of the retention in the blood of abnormal products of metabolism, as well as of the waste-products of normal metabolism, other symp- toms are often caused, such as malaise, depression, headache, insomnia, delirium, etc. When fever is long-continued, wasting takes place ; partly as a result of the abnormal heat, both di- rectly and indirectly ; partly from other causes. Many febrile processes are at some period in their course attended with sub- normal temperature. What is the average normal temperature of man ? The average normal temperature of the adult is 98.4° or 98.6° F. (37° C.) ; in health it may vary from this a little more than a degree ; from 97.3° F. (36.25° C.) to 99.5° F. (37.5° C). It is higher in children than in adults, and in the aged it is some- times a few tenths higher or lower. The temperature is increased after meals by the activity of digestion ; it is increased by exertion, and in children and hys- terical persons by emotion. Weather has but slight influence upon the temperature of the healthy; it often has a marked influ- ence upon that of the sick. Thei'e are daily periodic variations. The daily minimum occurs in the early morning between two and five o'clock ; the daily maximum, is reached between five and eight o'clock in the evening. The average difference between maximum and minimum is about 1.5° F. ; it may be much 28 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. more. In the tropics the average body-heat is said to be shghtly higher, and tlie daily range greater than in temperate chmates. In sickness the diurnal variations (morning remission, evening exacerbation) become quite marked. What is subfebrile temperature ? The term suhfehrile temperature is not to be confounded with subnormal temperature. It is applied to a moderate morbid ele- vation of temperature not exceeding 100.4° F. (38° C). What is the ordinary range of febrile temperature? A temperature of from 100.4° F. (38° C.) to 101.2° F. (38.4° C.) is considered an indication of slight fever. A temperature of from 101.3° F. (38.5° C.) to 102.2° F. (39° C.) in the morning, and of 103° F. (39.5° C.) in the evening, is in- dicative of moderate fever. A temperature of from 103° F. (39.5° C.) to 104° F. (40° C.) in the morning, and of 105° F. (40.5° C.) in the evening, indi- cates high fever. What is hyperpyrexia? Febrile temperature exhibiting a tendency to remain above 107° F. (41.7° C.) is called hyx^erpyrexia. This is ordinarily directly dangerous to life. Very high temperatures have been observed in hysterical cases in which, apparently, deception has been guarded against ; a case of injury to the spine, in which recovery took place, is reported to have exhibited on many occasions a temperature of 122° F. (50° C). What is meant by inverse temperature ? Ordinarily the course pursued by morbid temperature is like that of normal temperature in having its maximum towards evening, and its minimum in the early morning. Sometimes, however, the maximum may be much earlier or much later than usual, even at noon or at midnight. Sometimes there are great fluctuations during day and night. When a complete reversal takes place, so that the morning temperature exhibits the maxi- FEVER. 29 mum, and the evening temperature the minimum, the concUtiou is said to be one of " inverse temperature." Inverse temperature not infrequently occurs in acute tubercu- lous affections. It is of rather rare occurrence in typhoid fever. What is the significance of a sudden fall of temperature ? A sudden fall of temperature may be part of the usual phe- nomena of a disease, as in intermittent fever ; or it may indi- cate termination by crisis, as in pneumonia ; or when it is not part of the usual course, and is not brought about by obvious loss of blood (as by venesection or menstruation), by drugs or cold applications, or other extraneous influence, it may indicate the development of albuminuria, or the occurrence of internal hemorrhage. What is subnormal temperature ? A temperature lower than 97.3° F. (36.25° C.) is considered suJinormal. The temperature may be subnormal in influenza and in acute yellow atrophy of the liver as part of the essential course of the disease. Subnormal temperature occurs, usually associated with pro- fuse perspiration, at periods of critical recovery, as in pneu- monia. There is simultaneous decrease in the frequency of pulse and of respiration and improvement in the general con- dition and sensations of the patient. In many acute diseases that terminate by lysis, such as typhoid fever, the temperature falls below the normal with the setting in of convalescence. A subnormal temperature develops abruptly in conditions of collapse. It is then associated with sudden failure of the heart, as indicated by a feeble, rapid and irregular pulse, a fluttering and feeble cardiac impulse, pallor, coldness of the skin, with or without sweating, faintness or syncope, and profound prostra- tion and weakness. The pulse becomes feebler, less rapid, and may finally cease. If recovery take place, the temperature again rises ; or, if the termination be fatal, the temperature may rise post mortem. The temperature becomes subnormal in some cases of severe hemorrhage, and at times, temporarily or persistently, in chronic 30 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. wasting diseases, such as pulmonary tuberculosis and carci- noma, in chronic Bright's disease and in some diseases of the brain. What is an essential fever ? An idiopaihic or essential fevei' is one in which the pyrexia and its concomitants do not result secondarily from an anatomical lesion, but arise primarily from the action of a specific poison or a similar cause. Essential fevers may or may not present in- variable lesions as a part of their phenomena. What is a symptomatic fever? A symptomatic or deutcropathic fever is one that arises second- arily as the result of irritation, intoxication or perverted func- tion, caused by disease or injury of a special organ or tissue. The causative lesion is the essential element ; the fevex is but one of the symptoms. What is a specific fever ? A spiecific fever is an essential fever due to a specific patho- genetic agent. Typhoid fever and yellow fever are examples of specific fevers. What is a continued fever? A continued fever is one in which the temperature pursues an uninterrupted course, witliout sudden variation from beginning to end. The diurnal range will not exceed 1.8° F. (1°C.). The first rise may be sudden or gradual ; there may be steady main- tenance of a maximum, or continuous increase ; there may be gradual or sudden final defervescence ; but there is not a decided fall and a renewed rise during the progress of the case. What is a remittent fever ? A remittent fever is one the course of which is interrupted once or repeatedly by a marked decline in temperature, not reaching the normal, and followed by renewed exacerbation. The daily difi"erence wil exceed 1° C. (1.8^ P.). What is an intermittent fever ? An intermittent fever is one in the course of whicli a complete intermission takes place once or repeatedly ; that is to say, in SIMPLE CONTINUED FEVER — ARDENT FEVER. 31 the progress of the case the temperature becomes normal (or even subnormal), remains normal for an appreciable time, of greater or less duration, and subsequently rises to about its previous level. The maximum may be high. Simple Continued Fever. What is the clinical course of simple continued fever ? Simple continued fever ^ ei^hemeral fever or febricida is a non- specific fever, sometimes apparently idiopathic, but often symp- tomatic of digestive aberration or of some local irritation. It may be caused by error in diet, by fatigue, anxiety, shock, un- usual mental or physical exertion, exposure to cold and damp to a foul atmosphere, or to the sun. The disease sets in with a feeling of indisposition, which is followed by chilliness, fever, with heated skin, headache, thirst, anorexia and pain in the back and limbs. The pwZse is acceler- ated. The tongue is coated. There is usually constipation^ less frequently diarrhea. The urine is scanty and high-colored. The pyrexia is slight or moderate ; the diurnal variations are small, the rise rapid, the fall gradual or by critical defervescence, with profuse sweating or watery diarrhea. The duration is commonly less than a week. It may be less than twenty-four hours. Ee- covery is invariable and convalescence is rapid. Graver forms of the affection, induced by the graver causes, may be attended with considerable depression, and running a more protracted course, in duration from ten to fourteen days, may simulate typhoid fever. Especially is this resemblance marked in cases of septic intoxication. Ardent Fever. What is ardent fever ? Ardent fever is a non-specific, continued fever, occurring in hot countries, in which the ordinary symptoms of febricula are exaggerated. The temperature reaches or exceeds 103° F. ; there is throbbing of the temporal arteries, with severe headache and 32 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. even delirium. The symptoms resemble those of an inflamma- tory fever, so that the utmost care must be observed to avoid error in diascnosis. Thermic Fever— Insolation— Sunstroke. What is thermic fever ? TJiermic fer.er^ or sunstroke, results from exposure to extreme heat. The heat may be excessive and the exposure brief, or the heat may be less intense and the exposure prolonged. The condition is described with affections of the nervous system. Catarrhal Fever — Influenza. What is catarrhal fever ? Catarrhal fever, ejndemic catarrh, influenza or la grippe, now commonly called "grip" in the United States, is an infectious, possibly contagious disease, belonging to the group of specific, essential, continued fevers, that occurs epidemically, endemi- cally or pandemically, more rarely sporadically, and exhibits a protean capability of variation in its symptoms. There are four prominent varieties : (1) the catarrhal, in which the predominant features are those of catarrhal inflanmiation of the respiratory tract ; (2) the thoracic, in which, with or without the ordinary catarrhal manifestations, there are symptoms of profound involvement of the thoracic viscera ; (3) the abdominal or gastro-intestinal, in which disturbances of the digestive tract are most marked ; (4) the nervous or cerebral, in which neural phenomena attract attention, and in which, as in the abdominal variety, the clinical course of typhoid fever is often closely simu- lated. Much greater refinement in subdivision might be made, as the symptoms of two or more types are frequently associated in one case. Some epidemics are characterized by greater or even exclusive prevalence of one or two types ; but in other epidemics, half a dozen patients in one household may exhibit six varieties of the disease. CATARRHAL FEV ER^INFLUENZ A . 33 What is the clinical course of influenza ? The invasion of influenza is commonly sudden, sometimes with a chill, usually with more or less irritation or inflammation of the mucous membranes of the nose and throat, often associated with catarrhal conjunctivitis and blepharitis (pink-eye). There is always a feeling of lassitude, ^jassing into unaccountable de- pression, physical and mental, great soreness in the back and limbs, aching of the muscles, more or less stiftness of the neck, cutaneous hyperesthesia, headache, dyspnea and anorexia. The temperature is decidedly irregular ; it may rise high ; it is often subnormal for more or less protracted periods, and is sub- ject to extreme fluctuations. Q^he pulse is not much acceler- ated ; it ordinarily is weak, the heart sharing in the general depression. The tongue is coated ; the bowels are often consti- pated ; the urine is scanty and high-colored, or profuse and light-colored. The skin is hot and dr}'^ and very sensitive to the touch. Sometimes there are irregular perspirations. In the catarrhal type^ sneezing, coryza, watering of the eyes, odynphagia, painful respiration and a dry, harassing, irritative cough are early and prominent symptoms. The difficulty and distress in breathing are out of all proportion to the phenomena elicited by auscultation and percussion. Later, the cough be- comes freer, and associated with expectoration of a thick, glairy mucus, sometimes blood-streaked or discolored ; the nasal dis- charge becomes thicker and even purulent and hemorrhagic. With recovery, profuse, watery diarrhea occurs. In some cases, symptoms of tonsillitis or of catarrhal pharyngitis are the earliest, those of laryngitis and of bronchitis following. Coryza may be a late manifestation. In some cases, there is a peculiar edema- toid condition of the tonsil, uvula and neighboring structures that has been termed " solid edema," as puncture gives exit not to serum, but to a sanious, stringy, lymphoid material. Su4)purative otitis media, preceded by excruciating earache and usually affecting both ears in succession, may be the only mani- festation in the upper air-tract. This otitis is quite common in children and usually runs through a household. In the thoracic type, pleuritis, pericarditis, endocarditis, pneu- monia--catarrhal, croupous or hemorrhagic— or edematous or 3 34 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. hemorrhagic infillration of the lung may cause grave symptoms or even death. In the abdominal or gastro-intesUnal type, vomiting and purging are common, and tliere may be great pain and tenderness in the epigastrium or over the entire abdomen. Catarrhal jaundice may occur. In the cerebral or nervous type, the headache is intense ; there may be insomnia, photophobia, tinnitus aurium, talkativeness or even mild delirium. There is decided hyperesthesia ; there may be restlessness, tremor, muscular twitchings or jactitations. In the typhoid type, the course of the disease may be pro- tracted, and the temperature may remain continuously elevated. The prostration may be extreme ; the mental phenomena may be characterized by depression. There may be epistaxis, pain in the splenic region, special tenderness in the right iliac fossa and considerable diarrhea. There may be anomalous eruptions — papular, herpetic or erythematous. The action of the heart may be exceedingly feeble. Heart-failure is always a threaten- ing danger. The duration of influenza is as variable as are the symptoms. It may be less than forty-eight hours ; it may be several weeks. Commonly, the acute symptoms last from three or four days to a week, but the weakness and depi-ession continue much longer. Convalescence may be tardy, prolonged subnormal temperature and annoying perspiration being notable features. In addition to the complications mentioned, there may be hemorrhages from various organs, meningitis— cerebral and spinal — multiple neuritis, arthritis and nephritis. Among the sequelae, are tuberculosis, paralyses of various kinds, hemicrania and melancholia, and other psychoses. Of itself influenza is not often fatal or directly provocative of serious complications or sequelse ; but it aggravates existing lesions or morbid processes, reawakens latent disease or searches out the weak point in the organism and renders this liable to the action of exciting causes. Hence, the great variability in its clinical course, and hence, too, the high mortality it occasions among the previously sick and debilitated, among infants and the aged. TYPHOID FEVER — ENTERIC FEVER. 35 With what diseases may influenza be confounded ? The diagnosis of influenza may be extremely easy or ex- tremely difficult. According to its type, it may be mistaken for simple catarrhal inflammation of the mucous membrane of the eye, ear, nose, throat, bronchi, stomach or intestines ; for measles ; for cesebro-spinal meningitis ; for acute articular rheumatism ; for dengue ; for ordinary types of pleurisy or pneumonia ; for malarial fever ; for acute tuberculosis ; for typhoid fever. Upon what does the discrimination depend? In times of prevalence of epidemic influenza, or of the analo- gous epizooty, the knowledge of that fact will cause one to be on the lookout for the disease, and he may, perhaps, even call other affections by its name. Characteristics upon which stress should be placed are the sudden onset, the great depression, the cutaneous hyperesthesia, the lumbar and muscular pains and the excessive respiratory distress. These serve to distin- guish it from indigestion, gastro-intestinal catarrh, bronchitis, coryza and " colds." In contradistinction from typhoid fever or typhus fever, the common occurrence of some form of catarrhal symptoms, the irregularity of the temperature, the shorter dura- tion and the absence of the characteristic symptoms to be de- scribed, are additional discriminating points. The differential diagnosis from the other diseases mentioned will be successively developed. Typhoid Fever— Enteric Fever. What is typhoid fever ? Typhoid or enteric fever is an acute, infectious disease, belonging to the group of essential, continued fevers, dependent upon a specific microorganism, and presenting constant lesions : inflam- mation, swelling, softening and ulceration of Peyer's patches, enlargement and softening of the mesenteric glands and tume- faction of the spleen. It runs a course of about twenty-four days, beginning gradually and terminating by lysis. The dis- ease is most common in young adults and in the autumn. The typhoid-bacillus (Fig. 1) is a plump, motile organism, with 36 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. rounded extremities. It is about one-tliird as long as tlie diam- eter of a red blood-corpuscle and one-third as wide as it is long. It presents a characteristic growth upon potatoes and does not liquefy gelatin. It is best stained by means of an alkaline solu= Fig. 1. Bacilli of typhoid fever. (Von Jaksch.) tion of methylene-blue or bj'^ carbol-fuchsin or anilin-water fuchsin. It differs from other organisms found in the stools in not generating indol. The bacillus has been found during life in the blood, in the urine and in the stools, and, after death, in the intestinal wall, in the mesenteric glands and in the spleen. What is the clinical course of typhoid fever ? The 2Jeriod of incubation of enteric fever varies between two and eleven days. The onset is usually insidious, occasionally abrupt, with a chill. The prodromal 'period, is characterized by headache, pains in the back, epistaxis, general malaise, disturbed sleep, loss of appetite and coated tongue. These symptoms be- come aggravated, while to them are added relaxation of the bowels, abdominal tenderness, especially in the right iliac fossa, intestinal gurgling and elevation of temperature. The temperature pursues a characteristic course. (Fig. 2.) There is a period of gradual ascent (first week), a period of maintained height (second week and half of third week), and a period of gradual fall (last half of third week and fourth week). TYPHOID FEVER — ENTERIC FEVER. 37 For from five to seven days the temperature rises two or three degrees each evening, to recede a degree or a degree and a half on the following morning, until it has reached a level of from 102.5° to 104fi F. (in grave cases even higher), at which, with Fig. 2. 37° C. Temperature-chart of a case of typhoid fever. (Wunderlich.) slight evening remissions and morning exacerbations, it lingers for from ten to fourteen days, then to decline inversely pretty much as it rose, until, with the setting in of convalescence, it may fall below the normal. The pulse is accelerated, but not, as a rule, in proportion to the rise of temperature. It may not exceed 90. It is peculiarly soft and rebounding, giving rise to an apparent duplication known as dicrotism. Tlie tongue is coated in the middle, but red at the margins and tip. The coating is thick and, at first, white. The red, uncoated portion at the tip occupies a charac- teristic wedge-shaped area. The lips, gums and teeth become covered with sordes. The patient often exhales a characteristic odor. The im-pils are dilated. A limited flush colors the cheek. Toward the end of the first week or early in the second, a varying number of small, slightly elevated, rose-colored spots that disappear upon pressure or upon stretching the skin may be observed upon the trunk — upon the abdomen or chest, ante- riorly or posteriorly. These spots appear in successive crops, each of which lasts for several days. The urine presents a characteristic reaction. If to one part 38 ESSENTIALS OP DIAGNOSIS. of a (one-half per cent. ) solution of sodium nitrite in distilled water (1 : 40j and forty parts of a saturated solution of sulph- anilic acid in dilute hydrochloric acid (1 : 20) is added an equal bulk of urine and the whole is rendered alkaline with ammonia- water, a deep-red color is produced. In classically typical cases, there is diarrhea ; but in almost an equal number, however, the bowels are constipated. The diarrheal stools present a characteristic appearance, being thin and yellowish, "ochrey," or like pea-soup; they have a pecul- iar, fetid odor ; sometimes they contain blood, independently of a formal hemorrhage. Tympanites is common. The area of splenic percussion-dulness is increased. In the second week, if not earlier, mental dulness and listlessness are manifest. The patient pays little heed to his surroundings, but usually re- sponds when spoken to. Deafness and visual disturbances are not uncommon, and there is frequently low delirium. In the third week, the first sound of the heart is observed to.be feeble ; emaciation is decided, and the tongue often becomes dry, fissured and coated with a heavy, brown fur. Intestinal hemorrhage may occur. Perforation of the bowel, with consecutive peri- tonitis, is among the dangers. Usually, towards the end of the third or the beginning of the fourth week, progressive improvement is manifested, coinci- dently with the decline of temperature. The morning remissions exceed the evening rises. Commonly by the twenty-fourth day, but often much later, the temperature has fallen to the norm. Convalescence is slow. Death may take place in or after the second week, from exhaus- stion, toxemia, fever or the accidents of the disease. Other complications and sequelce than those mentioned are bed- sores, phlebitis, thrombosis, endocarditis, parotiditis, edema, inflammation or ulceration of the larynx, bronchitis, pleuritis, pneumonia, pulmonary tuberculosis, osteomyelitis, meningitis, peripheral neuritis, the formation of abscesses and gangrene. Sometimes the symptoms are mild, constituting ambulatory or walking typhoid fever. At other times, the attack, while per- haps severe, terminates at the end of a week, or of two weeks, constituting abortive typhoid fever. A few days after convalescence TYPHOID FEVER — ENTERIC FEVER. 39 has set in, the temperature may again rise, and the attack l^e repeated, though curtailed in duration, constituting a relapse. A relapse may likewise interrupt the declining course of the disease. Sometimes, when convalescence is apparently about to set in, the temperature reascends and remains elevated for an uncertain period, constituting a recrudescence. What is the distinction between a relapse and a recrudescence in typhoid fever ? A typical relapse in typhoid fever includes a redevelopment of the entire group of morbid phenomena of the primary disease, as indicated by a characteristic temperature-curve, splenic en- largement and rose-rash, though the duration may be shortened. Fig. 3. 104° F. 103° F. lo2° F. 101° F. 100° F. 99° F. 98 °F. BSBSSSSBSSBif8i'iBSSSS5SBBBSBSSBiiiBMBSS'a5Bini?BSB ■ ■■■■PHHHHBBllmiBiaiBIBiBHHBHBBHBBmiiaiHaillBiaHiaraHBIBi ■iiiBLiimBaai Temperature-chart of relapse in typhoid fever. Convalescence from the relapse interrupted by recrudescence. (From a ease at the Philadelphia Hospital.) A recrudescence refers only to a reappearance of fever. The tem- perature of recrudescence does not pursue a typical course ; it may fall as suddenly as it rose. A recrudescence may depend upon some complication or some accidental source of irritation, e. (/., peritonitis, or constipation or the premature or injudicious taking of food. A relapse indicates renewed activity of the spe- cific cause of the disease. 40 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. How is perforation of the bowel in typhoid fever to be recog- nized? Perforation of the bowel in the course of typhoid fever may or may not be preceded by intestinal hemorrhage. When it occurs, the patient experiences a sudden and intense pain, local- ized at one spot in the abdomen, but soon extending. There may also be rigors. Tympanites, if absent, develops ; if present, it increases. Vomiting may occur. There is exquisite abdom- inal tenderness ; the patient lies upon his back, with the legs drawn up ; the face is pale, pinched and anxious ; the inilse is small, hard and rapid ; the breathing is shallow and thoracic. Shock and collajjse are common. With the fall of temperature, the patient's mind may become clear. Death may take place in a few hours ; but more commonly the temperature again rises and the symptoms of pei'itonitis become predominant, death oc- curring in the course of a few days. Fatal perforation may, however, occur without decided symp- toms either of shock or of peritonitis ; or there may be a sudden fall or a sudden rise of temperature, a sudden increase in the pulse-rate or in the intensity of the prostration, or there may be sudden vomiting ; or there may be simply persistent and rebellious tympanites, with comparatively slight abdominal ten- derness and, perhaps, marked depression in the general state of the patient. While perforation is usually fatal, recover}^ has occurred in well-authenticated instances. How are typhoid fever and pyemia to be differentiated ? Pyemia maybe attended with typhoid symptoms, diarrhea and cerebral manifestations. The temperature (Pig. 4), however, pursues a different course from that of typhoid fever ; it is irregu- lar and presents wide variations in range, often declining below the normal. The morning temperature may be normal, that of noon several degrees above normal, that of evening lower than that of noon. There may be great and sudden changes from day to day. In addition, there may be recurrent chills and sweats. The rose-rash is wanting. The detection of a primary focus of suppuration and the results of metastasis point to the cause of the equivocal symptoms. TYPHOID FEVER ENTERIC FEVER. 41 How are typhoid fever and a typhoid condition to be differ- entiated ? A condition of asthenia and low vitality developing in the course of certain febrile conditions, surgical affections, seiDtice- mia and pyemia, possibly attended with diarrhea, is to be dis- 42° 41° 40° 39° 38° 37° Fig. 4. mS'iHi.iH'iiHin jHBiiBiiHiiniiiBB HmiBiinnniBB ■MBiiHiiiniag BBHiiBiiniiAHiini ■■■■■riniinnifan ■■■■■■■llll'IIDI'MI JSIIIHiil ■■■niiniHHBtBBS ■■■nianiHvarBHH ■nauiiBMiM^BiS'^ ■■miiBiiiaSB'Bi ■■IIIBMIHHB ■! ■■IIIBilHB»aiHB IHIIUHMBM Temperature-chart of a case of pyemia. (Wunderlieh.) tinguished from typhoid fever by the previous history : on the one hand, there are the evidences of some constitutional or local disease ; on the other, epistaxis, headache, continuous fever of gradual invasion. The age of the patient may have w^eight : typhoid fever being infrequent after thirty-five and rare after fifty, while in the aged many diseases, especially pneumonia, commonly assume a typhoid type. A rose-rash is significant of typhoid fever. How are typhoid fever and yellow fever to be differentiated ? Initial headache and pains in the loins attend both typhoid fever and yellow fever ; but, in the latter, epistaxis and diarrhea are wanting, the onset is abrupt and the symptoms remit on the second or third day. The discoloi'ation of the skin that gives its name to yellow fever is wanting in typhoid. Yellow fever is a disease of hot climates ; typhoid fever, one rather of temperate climates. 42 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. How are typhoid fever and variola to be differentiated ? For several days it may be impossible to distinguish typhoid fever and variola from one another. Both present headache and pains in the back. Epistaxis and diarrhea may be wanting in typhoid fever. The onset of variola, however, is likely to be abrupt ; that of typhoid fever insidious and gradual. On the third or fourth day, there appears in variola a characteristic eruption ; simultaneously, the temperature declines. The erup- tion of typhoid fever is unlike that of variola and rarely appears before the fifth day. The subsequent course of the two diseases is sufficiently diverse to remove any possibility of confusion. The presence or absence of vaccine protection and the existence of other cases of one or of the other disease may have some weight in the early diagnosis. How may one avoid confounding pneumonia with typhoid fever ? While pneumonia may present symptoms of a typhoid char- acter and a temperature-course not unlike that of typhoid fever, the respiratory frequency is out of all proportion to the pulse- rate, while careful physical examination will reveal the signs of pulmonary consolidation (dulness on j)ercussion, bronchial breathing, crepitant rales, increased vocal fremitus and vocal resonance) and perhaps the friction-sound of an associated pleurisy. Pleurisy, however, is by no means rare early in the course of typhoid fever. The appearance of rusty sputum clinches the diagnosis of pneumonia. It must, however, be borne in mind that pneumonia may occur as a complication of typhoid fever. In such a case, the association must be recog- nized by the rose-rash, the splenic enlargement, the diarrhea and the protracted course of the disease. How are typhoid fever and trichiniasis to be differentiated ? Trichiniasis may present many of the manifestations of typhoid fever, but the epistaxis, the severe headache, the en- largement of the spleen, the characteristic stools, the typical temperature-curve and the i-ose-spots are usually wanting. The knowledge that there is such a condition as trichiniasis, with inquiry as to the food taken and the detection of nodules in the painful muscles, ought to be sufficient to prevent mistake. TYPHUS FEVER. 43 Typhus Fever. What are the symptoms of typhus fever? Typhus fever, also called famine-fever, ship fever and jail fever, is an acute, infectious, essential fever, a type of contagious dis- ease. It develops in crowded and unw^holesoiiie places, among the poor and w^retched, but it may be communicated to any. It has a period of incubation of variable duration— from a few hours to two vv'eeks, during w^hich the patient is comparatively com- fortable, or there may be a brief stage of preliminary depression. With the onset of the disease there are general malaise, head- ache, perhaps a chill, pains in the back and a heavily coated tongue, perhaps with nausea. The temperature rises to between 104° and 106° F. ; the pulse is frequent, at first full, but early becoming feeble. Stupor soon develops. The bowels are usually constipated. The expression is dull. The ccmjunctivce are injected. The pupils are usually contracted. The face appears livid. A musty odor is manifest. The body may be covered by a diffuse, red rash. Between the fourth and the sixth day a coarse, papular eruptimi appears, usually on the trunk and extremities, exceptionally on the face. Intermingled with this are many petechial spots. For two or three days new papules appear, to recede gradually and disappear. At the close of the first week or early in the second, low, muttering delirium, or coma-vigil, without great restlessness or with ceaseless tossing, muscular twitching and jactitation, appears ; the mental depression is profound. In the cerebral type there is a wild, fighting delirium, with intolerance of hght and illusions of sight and hearing. Excitement is soon suc- ceeded by weakness and prostration, perhaps by fatal coma. In some cases the respiration is shallow, irregular and noisy, though no change in the lungs can be detected. The heart-sounds are feeble, though the beat may be excited. Often, there develops an endocardial murmur, due to the depraved state of the blood. The tongue is brown and cracked, the teeth and gums covered with sordes. The urine is scanty, high-colored, deficient in chlorides and may contain albumin. 44 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. In cases that recover the temperature gradually subsides at the end of the second week, a decided decline taking plaee on the fourteenth or sixteenth day, accompanied, perhaps, with profuse perspiration, diarrhea or a copious discharge of urine. Belapses are rare. An attack confers subsequent immunity. Pulmonary comjMcations are the most common. Others may be meningitis, phlebitis, gangrene, erysipelas, parotiditis, edema of the larynx. During the last stages, or after convalescence, acute tuberculosis may develop. How are typhoid fever and typhus fever to be differentiated ? Typhus fever is contagious ; typhoid is not. Typhus is the more likely to be epidemic. Prodromata are more common and of longer duration in typhoid. The onset is acute in typhus, insidious in typhoid. Typhus lasts about two weeks ; typhoid not less than thi-ee. The eruption of typhoid consists of small rose-spots, usually confined to the abdomen and chest, and ap- pearing in successive crops •, that of typhus is coarse, maculai and petechial and of more extensive distribution. The skin is usually moist in t^'phoid ; it is dry in typhus. In typhus, the body exhales a characteristic musty odor. The bowels are often loose in typhoid fever ; they are usually constipated in typhus. Nervous prostration is the more profound in typhus. The course of the temperature is different in each. Epistaxis is common in typhoid ; uncommon in typhus. In typhoid fever, one finds on post-mortem examination intestinal ulceration and enlargement of the spleen and of the mesenteric glands ; in typhus, no constant lesions ; though the spleen is likely to be diffluent. Typhoid fever and typhus fever may, though rarely, coexist in the same patient. How are variola and typhus fever to be differentiated ? Both variola and typhus fever are in a high degree contagious. Should both be simultaneously epidemic, the diagnosis may be difficult during the first few days of the attack. Tlie eruption of variola, however, appears from twenty -four to thirty-six hours earlier than that of typhus. The former is usually situated on the face, as well as on the trunk, and passes successively through the stages of papule, vesicle and pustule, the pustules CEREBRO-SPINAL FEVER. 45 rupturing and leaving cicatrices. The eruptionof typhus fever rarely or never appears on the face ; it remains largely papu- lar, though in part it becomes petechial. In typhus fever, the temperature becomes high at the onset and continues high ; in variola, the temperature declines with the appearance of the eruption. Vaccination commonly protects against variola ; it aftbrds no protection from typhus fever. Finally, typhus is a disease of about two weeks' duration ; variola, of quite three. Cerebro-spinal Fever— Epidemic Cerebro-spinal Meningitis. What are the clinical features of cerebro-spinal fever ? Cerebrospinal fever or e^jidemic cerebrospinal meningitis— Si specific, essential fever of continued type, associated with a constant lesion — is an acute and extremely fatal infectious dis- ease, varying much in its clinical manifestations, but usually characterized by decided disturbances of the cerebro-spinal func- tions. In some cases cerebral, in others spinal symptoms pre- dominate. 'Rot infrequently, respiratory phenomena or blood- changes assume great prominence. A characteristic eruption is usually a marked feature. The attack may develop gradually, but more often it sets in suddenly, with a rigor followed by fever ; malaise ; nausea ; great thirst and vomiting, often with a clean tongue and no gastric derangement ; vertigo ; excruciating headache, i-emit- ting, but never entirely ceasing, and attended with paroxysmal exacerbations ; rigidity of the head and neck, sometimes passing into opisthotonos ; muscular twitchings or convulsions ; dry- ness of the skin, with hyperesthesia and paresthesia. There may also be photophobia and tinnitus aurium. Prostration soon becomes profound, though restlessness may continue. De- lirium may set in and be followed by stupor and coma. The expression is anxious. The pulse is rapid and extremely irregu- lar. The temperature fluctuates between wide limits. Hyper- pyrexia is not rare. It may develop suddenly and persist until death. The temperature may continue to rise after death. A 46 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. sudden fall of temperature may usher in collapse and death. A gradual fall of temperature precedes recovery. The action of the sphincters is often deranged, so that there may be inconti- nence of urine or feces, or retention of urine, or constipation. As a rule, retention is an early, incontinence a late symptom. The urine is often albuminous and contains an excess of urates. Between the first and the third day, purpuric spots, or an ery- thematous eruption that quickly becomes petechial, may appear upon the trunk and extremities. The disease is sometimes called "spotted fever," from the character of this eruption. Between the third and the sixth day, herpetic vesicles may ap- pear on the face about the li^s. In the further progress of the case, the pwjj'iZs, at first con- tracted, become dilated ; paralysis and anesthesia of irregular distribution appear ; disturbances of sight and hearing, perhaps also blindness and deafness develop. The resxjiration may be profoundly disturbed. As death approaches, the breathing may assume the Cheyne-Stokes type. Short remissions in the general severity or in individual symptoms may occur, to be followed by renewed exacerbations. The duration of the disease is variable. The fastigium is commonly reached on the sixth day. In pro- tracted cases, profound emaciation occurs. Death may take place early or late, in coma, by exhaustion, or by apnea. If recovery ensues, convalescence is tardy, and sometimes protracted, while permanent loss of special senses is common. Pneumonia is a common cmiplication. Palsies, headache and epileptiform convulsions may be additional sequelce. In addition to the ordinary type of epidemic cerebro-spinal meningitis, there may he fulminant cases (death occurring within twelve hours), 7nild or abortive cases and inotracted or typhoid cases. Spoi'adic cases are rare. Instances of contagion (direct transference from the sick to the well) and of portagion (conveyance by the person or be- longings of those that have been in contact with the sick) of cerebro-spinal fever appear to have been authenticated, but are extremely uncommon. CEREBRO-SPINAL FEVER. 47 How are cerebro-spinal fever and tetanus to be differentiated ? Cerebro-spinal fever appears in epidemics, while tetanus usually occurs sporadically, as a result of the infection of a wound by soil. Trismus, an early symptom of tetanus, is the less common in cerebro-spinal fever. Opisthotonos, general rigidity and spasm are more marked in tetanus than in cerebro-spinal fever. Recovery from tetanus is exceptional. Death is not the invariable termination of cerebro-spinal fever. Tetanus is wanting in the palsies, the eruption, the derange- ment of intellection and sensation and the febrile symptoms of cerebro-spinal fever, though towards the fatal termination the temperature may rise inordinately high. How are cerebro-spinal fever and typhus fever to be differ- entiated? While both cerebro-spinal fever and typhus' fever occur in epidemics, and both may be sudden in onset and attended with profound nervous phenomena and petechial eruption, cerebro- spinal fever has not the dusky, stupid facies of typhus, while the herpes of the face, the retraction of the head, the fixed spinal pain, the muscular rigidity and the heightened sensi- bility of cerebro-spinal fever are not observed in typhus ; nor is typhus, as a rule, accompanied with the great impairment of spe- cial senses or followed by the paralytic sequelae of cerebro-spinal fever. The general course of the two diseases, the fever and the eruption may be discriminated on careful observation. The greatest difficulty occurs in cases of malignant cerebral typhus. How are cerebro-spinal fever and torticollis to be differen- tiated ? The muscular contraction that gives rise to torticollis is usually unilateral and limited, while in cerebro-spinal fever the con- traction is symmetrical and not confined to the muscles of the head and neck. The symptoms of an acute, febrile disease, with disturbances of the sensorium and paralytic concomitants and sequelae, are not present in torticollis, but are characteristic of cerebro-spinal fever. Even mild cases of cerebro-spinal fever, lacking the characteristic febrile course and without eruption, will present severe headache. 48 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. What are the distinctions between cerebro-spinal fever and smallpox ? Headache, vertigo, nausea, vomiting, pain in the back and fever attend both cerebro-spinal fever and smallpox ; but re- traction of the head, muscular rigidity and paralysis, hyper- esthesia and anesthesia are wanting in smallpox, and the pecu- liar temperature-record and the characteristic eruption of small- pox are not seen in cerebro-spinal fever. What are the distinctions between cerebro-spinal fever and yellow fever ? Yellow fever is especially a disease of hot climates ; when found elsewhere its importation may be traced. If cerebro-spinal fever display any susceptibility to climatic conditions, it is most common in temperate zones. Characteristic symptoms of motor and sensory derangement, observed in the course of cerebro- spinal fever, are wanting in yellow fever, which is a disease of brief duration, in contrast to cerebro-spinal fever, the duration of which may be protracted. Petechial and herpetic eruptions appear during the progress of cerebro-spinal fever, while yellow fever is characterized by a saffron-yellow color of the skin. The black vomit often seen in yellow fever is entirely wanting in cerebro-spinal fever. Although remissions in the intensity of special symptoms may occur in the course of cerebro-spinal fever, the characteristic " lull" of yellow fever is absent. How are cerebro-spinal fever and typhoid fever to be differen- tiated ? In cerebro-spinal fever, the onset is usually abrupt ; in typhoid it is insidious. In typhoid fever the temperature pur- sues a typical course ; in cerebro-spinal fever there is no regu- larity. The eruption of cerebro-spinal fever is petechial or herpetic and appears early — before the fourth day ; that of typhoid is roseolous and appears not earlier than the fifth or sixth day. Constipation is the rule in cerebro-spinal fever ; diarrhea often attends typhoid. Nausea and vomiting occur in cerebro-spinal fever, but not usually in typhoid. The retraction of the head, the paresthesise and the paralyses of cerebro-spinal fever are all wanting in typhoid fever. The headache is more ASIATIC CHOLERA. 49 intense in cerebro-spinal than in typhoid fever ; in the latter it disappears when dehrium sets in ; in the former, dehrium and headache coexist. The knowledge of an epidemic assists in the diagnosis. The discovery ophthalmoscopically of recent papil- litis (choked disc) or optic neuritis would be diagnostic of cere- bro-spinal meningitis in contradistinction from uncomplicated typhoid fever. In rare cases, typhoid fever is complicated by meningitis. Asiatic Cholera. What are the symptoms of Asiatic cholera ? Asiatic cholera, also called cholera infectiosa, is an acute, infec- tious disease, having its home in tropical climates and occurring in epidemics. It is dependent upon a specific organism, which is found in the alvine discharges of the patient and is principally transmitted by means of milk and drinking-water. Fir.. 5. ^'^'M>'M? ^'^-^ Comma-bacillus of cholera. (Vierordt.) The disease has a period of incubation of from half a day to three or four days. It may set in suddenly, with a chill, but more usually the attack proper is preceded by a moderate diar- rhea, to which the name cholerine has been given. This con- stitutes the first or premonitory stage. The course of the disease may be arrested at this stage. In the second stage [stage of spasm, or sta<]e of serous diarrhea), there occur violent cramps in the abdomen and legs, and the intestinal flux increases in severity. There is often obstinate 4 50 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. vomiting. The patient complains of thirst, is restless and anxi- ous ; prostration is marked ; the pulse is weak and thready ; the skin is cold and shrunken ; the eyeballs are sunken. The tem- ])erature, taken in the rectum or with a thermometer carefully applied and allowed to remain at least ten minutes in the axilla, will be found to .be elevated. The stools are almost liquid and colorless and contain large quantities of epithelium, constituting the so-called " rice-water" discharges, in which the comma-hacil- lus of Koch (Fig. 5) is to be found. Soon, a third or alyid stage, or stage of collapse, sets in. The circu- lation fails, and there is marked depression of the vital powers ; the respiration is shallow and accelerated ; the skin becomes as cold as marble ; the breath may be chilling ; the voice is lost. Suppression of urine often occurs. The urine that is secreted is albuminous and contains casts. In this condition of collapse the patient may die, or he may enter upon a fourth stage, or stage of reaction, convalescence set- ting in or a low, typhoid condition developing, with fever and delirium and iDOSsibly with suppression of urine. This stage may terminate in death or in convalescence. Convalescence may be coiyiplicated by ulceration of the cornea and by parotiditis. How are cholera nostras and cholera Asiatica to be differ- entiated ? Cholera nostras occurs endemically ; cholera Asiatica, epi- demically, and, in Europe and America, by importation. Asiatic cholera is by far the graver affection ; the stools present a charac- teristic "rice-water" appearance, in which a specific bacillus is to be found. If an apparently similar bacillus be found in the stools of cholera nostras, its morphology and culture will prove it to be different. How is arsenical poisoning to be distinguished from cholera? Poisoning by arsenic occasions vomiting, cramps in the abdo- men and legs, and diarrhea with stools of a "rice-water" char- acter. Local evidences of the ingestion of arsenic may be present in the mouth ; vomiting precedes diarrhea ; the stools are bloody and do not contain the specific comma-bacilli. RELAPSING FEVER. 51 Relapsing Fever. What are the distinguishing features of relapsing fever? Belapsing fever is rare in other tlian certain tropical countries. It is a specific, essential fever, of intermittent type, and is de- pendent upon the presence of a specific organism— the spirocheta Obermeierii — in the blood. (Fig. 6.) Fig. 6. Spirochetse of relapsing fever. (V. Jaksch.) The growth and development of the parasite give rise to the periodic paroxysms that characterize the disease and give it its name. After a period of incubation, varying from several hours to two weeks, the disease sets in suddenly with a chill, followed by fever, with decided elevation of temperature, mus- cular pains, vertigo, headache, nausea and vomiting. The spleen is enlarged. Often there is jaundice. In the course of from five to seven days the attack abates with the suddenness with which it set in, the temperature fall- ing to the normal and profuse diaphoresis occurring. For about a week the patient is free from symptoms. At the end of this time, the paroxysm is repeated, to again subside ; and this may happen a number of times. Convalescence is tardy and protracted. During the paroxysms, spirochetse in large numbers may be found in the blood. They are not to be found during; the intermissions. 62 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. How is relapsing fever to be diagnosticated from typhoid fever ? In typhoid fever, both onset and subsidence are gradual ; in relapsing fever, they are sudden. The former is a continued fever ; the latter intermittent and periodic. Relapsing fever does not present the rose-rash of typhoid fever. Jaundice, often present in relapsing fever, does not occur in typhoid fever ; nor are spirochetse found in the blood in typhoid fever. How does relapsing fever differ from typhus fever ? The course of relapsing fever is interrupted by intermissions, giving rise to a disease of periodic type ; typhus is a continued fever. The marked nervous symptoms, as well as the exanthem, of typhus are wanting in relapsing fever. Spirochetse are found in the blood only in relapsing fever. Upon what does the differential diagnosis between relapsing fever and yellow fever depend ? Yellow fever is a disease of not more than three stages ; there may be more or less in relapsing fever. The primary acute stage, as well as the period of intermission or remission, is longer in relapsing fever than in yellow fever. Vomiting occurs late in yellow fever, early, if at all, in relapsing fever. Vertigo is a more marked symptom in relapsing than in yellow fever. The occurrence of one or the other in an epidemic might aftbrd a clue in diagnosis. Spirochetse are present in the blood in re- lapsing fever ; they are not found in yellow fever. Malarial Diseases. What are the characteristics of malarial disease ? The group of diseases known as malarial is characterized by paroxysmal periodicity, enlargement of the spleen and liver, melanemia and the presence in the blood, free or within the red corpuscles, of parasites that exert a deleterious influence upon the red cells. (Fig. 7. ) During the paroxysm, the urine is said to be irritant, the pro- portion of both water and solids being increased. MALARIAL DISEASES. 53 Malarial diseases prevail principally iu the lowlands of warm climates, with marshy soils. Fig. 7. Organisms of malaria — iutracorpuscular. Fig. 8. £m^ % Organisms of malaria — extracorpuscular. (Mace.) What are the varieties of malarial fever ? Malarial fevers are said to be interynittent when between two paroxysms there intervenes a period of freedom from symp- toms, with a restoration of the temperature to the normal ; remittent^ when between two paroxysms the symptoms moder- ate and the temperature falls (but not to the normal level). When the paroxysm is repeated daily, the fever is designated quotidian; if repeated on alternate days, tertian; if with an interval of two days, quartan. If two paroxysms occur daily, the fever is called a duplicated quotidian. There may be a 54 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. double tertian, iu which occur daily paroxysms, of which only those of alternate days are alike ; a clauble quartan, and other combinations. When the paroxysms succeed one another so closely that the cold stage of one begins before the sweating stage of its predecessor ends, the fever is called suhivtrant. Morphologic and biologic differences among the organisms present in the various types of malarial fever have been recorded. What are the features of a malarial paroxysm? A typical malarial paroxysm consists of a cold stage, a liot stage and a sweating stage. The disease is therefore called " chills and fever," It is also known as ague. What are the characteristics of each stage? The cold stage or chill sets in with malaise, nausea, vertigo, shivering ; as the rigor becomes more pronounced, the j)atient may be severely shaken ; his teeth chatter ; the skin is cold and rough ; the breathing is shallow and hurried ; the pulse is small and rapid ; the temperature of internal parts, however, is febrile. Gradually, the feeling of coldness subsides and gives way to a sense of warmth, the temperature of the rectum or of the mouth continuing to rise ; the surface of the body becomes flushed and the eyes are brilliant. The patient has now subjective sensa- tions of fever. After the lapse of a variable time, a more or less copious persioiration sets in, with a decline in the temperature and an amelioration or disappearance of the symptoms. The paroxysm is at an end. What are the clinical features of malarial intermittent fever ? In intermittent fever, as the name indicates, there is in the interval between two paroxysms a complete intermission of the symptoms, the temperature becoming normal or subnormal. The cold stage lasts from fifteen minutes to an hour, the hot stage and the siceating stage, respectively, a varying number of hours. The beginning of each successive paroxysm anticipates in time of the clock that of the preceding paroxysm. Untreated, the paroxysms of intermittent fever lose their regularity. The disease may gradually and spontaneously subside, or the MALARIAL DISEASES. 65 paroxysms may become remittent or pass into the malarial cachexia. After apparent recovery, a tendency to a return of the parox- ysms on the fifth, seventh, ninth or fourteenth day is sometimes observed. Fig. 9. Fig. 10. BSSBSaiBSSB ^SiSBIBSr — ■■•■■■■■I ■■(■■.■■■I ■■■■nlBiii ISSSBiSBiZL^,. isi!::is8:sss jiniBIIBniBHBH E:»»ii:8!!i^ laisasii ■■■■— ■■■■■■■B bbssbsBbbsbsb BSBBBiaSSBBSS ■ ■■■ 1IBBSB5B5B9 iniBBiRiHiiBBnanL, iiB'BHBniniiHini'Aa Temperature-chart of quotidian intermittent fever. (Wunder- licli.) Temperature-chart of tertian intermittent fever. (Wun- derlich.) What are the clinical features of malarial remittent fever ? Remittent fever represents a more pi'ofound degree of intoxi- cation than does intermittent fever. The chill is usually severe and protracted. In addition, there is gastric irritability, perhaps vomiting, sometimes jaundice. The temperature attains a high degree. The hot stage may last for from six to eighteen hours and is followed by profuse perspi- ration. In the interval between two paroxysms, the symptoms moder- ate and the temperature declines, but does not reach the nor- mal. After the occurrence of several paroxysms, the chill may be wanting ; or there may be but one— the initial chill. Without medicinal intervention, the remissions may gradually become less decided and a typhoid condition may develop. 56 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. What are the symptoms of hemorrhagic malarial fever? Hemorrhagic malarial fever is a grave form of malarial intoxi- cation in which the height of the paroxysm is marked by head- ache, severe pain in the back, nausea, vomiting, decided jaun- dice and hemorrhages from various mucous surfaces, jjarticularly from the kidneys. What is pernicious malarial fever ? In certain localities in which the malarial organisms are ex- ceedingly numerous or virulent, the attack manifests a penuc/oits tendency. The clinical picture depends upon the system that bears the brunt of the disease. There may thus be a cerebral form^ characterized either by delirium and excitement or by coma and depression ; or there may be a ihoracic form, in whicli the respiration is accelerated, and there is an urgent sense of the need of air ; or there may be a gastro-intestinal variety, at- tended with nausea, vomiting, jaundice and diarrhea ; or there may be an asthenic or an algkl variety, in which there is a condi- tion of marked debility and a strikhig coldness of the surface and of the breath. Pernicious malarial fever usuall}' manifests its character only after a preliminary paroxysm of apparently ordinary intermittent or remittent fever. Unless promptly and vigorously treated, it is likely to be fatal. What are the symptoms of the malarial cachexia ? After i^rotracted residence in a malarious district or following untreated or rebellious intermittent or remittent fever; there may occur irregular chilly sensations, with some tendency to periodicity, an occasional sense of feverishness, headache, men- tal torpor, drowsiness, a sallow complexion, constipation or diarrhea, impaired appetite, enlargement of the spleen and liver— a complex of symptoms that may not yield to medicinal treatment, but which improves on removal to a non-malarious climate. What is meant by "Dumb Ague?" There is a variety of irregular manifestations of malarial or paludal poisoning, sometimes acute, but more frequently sub- acute or chronic, which do not at any time present the classical picture of chill, fever and sweat. These attacks of "dumb MALARIAL DISEASES. 57 ague," "masked malaria," "larval paludism," as they are variously called, comprise chilly sensations, irregular fever, or flushes, or subjective sensations of heat, Joint-pains and muscle- pains, headache and neuralgias of various kinds, cough, with or without bronchial or laryngeal signs, gastric and other visceral disturbances, sometimes taking the form of crises ; in severe or protracted cases, anemia, anasarca and albuminuria, hematu- ria and hemoglobinuria have been observed. A common va- riety is the so-called "brow-ague," a form of frontal headache frequently associated with tenderness of the nerves at the supra- orbital and infra-orbital foramina and sometimes with an in- tensely painful sensation of pressure or constriction referred to the nasal bones ; the manifestations usually exhibiting an irregu- lar periodicity. Appearing in the morning and disappearing at night, or when aggravated by sunlight, it is called "sun-pain." Enlargement of the spleen is sometimes demonstrable. A careful study of the phenomena in these cases will usually elicit some periodicity in their recurrence, or while the prominent symptoms, gastric or neuralgic, or whatever they may be, may not be periodic, careful temperature-observations will show an unsuspected periodic rise. Sometimes, if quinine be adminis- tered for a short time, and then withheld, a distinct periodicity in the symptoms will be developed upon withdrawal of the drug. The discovery of characteristic plasmodia in the blood would establish the diagnosis. The organisms are usually compara- tively few in number and of the crescentic or sickle-shaped variety. What is meant by Ague-cake ? The enlargement of the spleen in a case of chronic malaria or of malarial cachexia is sometimes quite manifest to ordinary inspection. When not so readily manifest to sight, it may easily be detected by palpation. Its connection with malaria being well known, the enlarged spleen has in vulgar parlance acquired the name of agiie-calce. What are the distinctions between malarial fever and the fever of suppuration or of septic infection ? Suppuration and septic infection usually give rise to fever of a remittent or interniittent type. When an obvious cau.se exists, 58 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. the recognition of the nature of the fever is easy. When, how- ever, the fever is induced by deep-seated suppuration, as when abscesses form or in case of puhiionary tuberculosis or of occhi- sion of the hepatic or of the common bile-duct, the connection may be obscure. The distinguishing features, however, are that the symptoms of suppurative or of septic fever are rarely of regular periodicity or typical in course ; that they are often un- influenced by the administration of quinine, which acts specifi- cally in the malarial diseases ; and that the hematozoa charac- teristic of malarial fever are wanting. With what conditions may pernicious malarial fever be con- founded? The gastro-intestinal type of the disease may simulate ordinary gastro-intestinal catarrh, but the one is a grave condition, while the other is not ; the one is febrile the other antifebrile ; the one submits to treatment by quinine, while the other does not ; in the one, the blood contains characteristic hematozoa and blood- pigment, while the other does not ; in the one, the spleen is en- larged, in the other, it is unchanged in size. The pulmonary tyioe may be confounded with pleurisy or with pneumonia, but the physical signs and many symptoms will clear up any doubt. In doubtful cases, examination of the blood and treatment with quinine will furnish irrefutable evidence. The algid variety resembles cholera, but it does not occur in epidemics, the general symptoms of cholera are wanting, and treatment decides the result. Jaundice attends the hemm-rhagic form ; hemorrhages take place from various mucous surfaces and blood is found in the urine. Hemorrhagic malarial fever differs from paroxysmal hemoglobinuria in not being dependent upon exposure to cold, while the urine contains red corpuscles and not merely hemo- globin. Quinine cures the one, but fails to influence the other. The cerebral type is to be distinguished from those conditions that give rise to apoplexy and from profound intoxications of various kinds. The essential, distinguishing features are the occurrence of the symptoms in the course of an attack of malarial fever, the absence of palsies and localizing symptoms, YELLOW FEVBR, 59 the tendency to recovery under treatment, the enlargement of the spleen, the presence of hematozoa in the blood. How are typhoid fever and malarial fever to be differentiated? Typical cases of intermittent and remittent fever are not likely to be confounded with typhoid fever, but if an intermit- tent or remittent has existed for some time, uninfluenced by medication, a typhoid condition develops, and the symptoms may occasion some doubt in diagnosis. Under such circum- stances, the previous history must be considered. The diarrhea, the rose-spots, the temperature-course of typhoid fever are all different from what is seen in malarial fevers. The reaction of the urine to sulphanilic acid and sodium ni- trite, described by Ehrlich, and a characteristic bacillus are not found in malaria. The detection of the plasmodia of malaria in the blood dissipates even the remotest doubt. Malarial fever and typhoid fever may coexist as so-called typho-malarial fever. How does syphilitic fever differ from malarial fever ? When secondary syphilis is marked by fever, the elevation of temperature usually occurs at night and is associated with bone- pains, cutaneous eruption and other evidences of syphilis. Cere- bral and meningeal syphilis may also give rise to febrile move- ment. In many cases, the discovery of the plasmodia in the blood and the results of treatment by quinine on the one hand, and the results of treatment by mercury and iodides on the other hand, must make the diagnosis. Yellow Fever. What are the characteristics of yellow fever ? Yellow fever is a specific, epidemic disease of hot climates, occurring in a single paroxysm of three stages : the first, a febrile stage, lasting from thirty-six to forty-eight hours, which sets in with a chill, followed by fever, with capillary congestion, especially of the face and eyes, pains in the head, the back and the calves of the legs, restlessness and anxiety, irritability of the stomach, vomiting, thirst, constipation ; the second, a .sia^e of 60 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. remission or lull, of less than six hours, in which the fever sub- sides and the skin assumes a deep-yellow or bronze hue ; the third, a stage of renewal, in which the symptoms reappear, pros- tration becomes pronounced and hemorrhages take place from various mucous surfaces ; the vomited matters present a charac- teristic black appearance. The urine usually contains albumin and often casts. Suppression of urine may occur. The mind is usually clear almost up to the moment of death, but in some cases delirium and stupor develop. Death may result from collapse or with convulsions and the symptoms of uremia. If recovery take place, convalescence is often gradual, and may occasionally be interrupted by relapse. Some cases are quite mild, recovery taking place at the end of the first stage. Even grave cases may be so mild in the first stage as to be unrecognized ; the patient walking about, to be suddenly seized with prostration, quickl}' followed by black vomit and death. An attack protects against subsequent infection. What are the disting-uishing features between yellow fever and malarial remittent fever with jaundice ? Yellow fever is epidemic ; remittent fever, endemic. Yellow fever is a disease of a single paroxysm, not lasting more than a week ; remittent fever is a disease of repeated paroxysms, of periodic recurrence, and lasts more than a week. In yellow fever, the eyes become injected and watery, the ex- pression anxious or fierce. In remittent fever, there is no espe- cial change in the eyes or in the expression. Prostration and muscular pains are decided in yellow fever and are not so prominent in malarial fever. Delirium is common in bilious remittent fever, and the mind is always dull. Delirium is not common in yellow fever, and the mind is usually clear. The pulse may become very slow in yellow fever ; it is always quick in remittent fever. Hemorrhages from mucous surfaces take place in yellow fever ; not in ordinary remittent fever. The urine of yellow fever contains albumin, and suppression YELLOW FEVER. 61 may take place ; the urine of remittent fever contains no albu- min and suppression does not commonly occur. Bile-pigment gradually disappears from the urine of yellow fever and increases in the urine of bilious remittent fever. An attack of yellow fever confers immunity from subsequent inflexion; one attack of remittent fever predisposes to other attacks. Yellow fever is commonly fatal, remittent fever rarely fatal. The treatment of yellow fever is uncertain ; remittent fever yields to quinine. Plasmodia malarise are never found in the blood in yellow fever ; they are diagnostic of malarial fever. How are hemorrhagic malarial fever and yellow fever to be differentiated ? Both hemorrhagic malarial fever and yellow fever occur in hot climates and are attended with jaundice, hematemesis and other hemorrhages. Yellow fever, however, is epidemic ; hemorrhagic malarial fever, endemic. The former consists of but a single paroxysm, of three stages, including a remission ; tlie latter is marked by a series of paroxysms, each followed by a remission. Black vomit is the more characteristic of yellow fever ; hem- orrhage from the kidneys, of hemorrhagic malarial fever. Al- bumin and casts are commonly found in the urine in yellow fever ; not in malarial fever. An attack of yellow fever con- fers immunity from subsequent infection ; an attack of malarial fever predisposes to the occurrence of other attacks. The de- tection of the Plasmodia of malaria in the blood establishes the diagnosis. How is yellow fever to be distinguished from acute yellow atrophy of the liver ? Yellow fever is epidemic ; acute yellow atrophy is sporadic. In acute yellow atrophy, the area of hepatic dulness becomes rapidly and decidedly diminished ; in yellow fever, there is either enlargement or no demonstrable change. Yellow fever is, and acute yellow atrophy is not, attended with 62 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. a distinct remission in the severity of the attack. Yellow fever is sometimes followed by recovery ; acute yellow atrophy is not. The injection of the eyes, the pains in the back and extremi- ties, found in yellow fever, are wanting in acute yellow atrophy of the liver. In acute yellow atrophy, leucin and tyrosin are found in the urine, and while cerebral symptoms are more pronounced than in yellow fever, the temperature never rises so high and may even be subnormal. Weil's Disease. What are the symptoms of Weil's disease ? WeWs disease^ also called acute infective jctiindice^ is an inter- mittent febrile affection, usually exhibiting two periods of activity separated by an uncertain interval ; the first of a little more, the second of a little less,- than a week's duration. The disease may set in abruptly with nausea and vomiting. The temxnrature at once rises to a considerable height, but falls decidedly on about the night of the fifth day ; subsequently declining gradually until the normal level is reached. After an afebrile period of from twenty-four hours to a week, there is a return of fever lasting a few days or a week. The attack is characterized by headache, vertigo, malaise, de- bility, somnolence, and, sometimes, nocturnal fever and restless- • ness, hyperesthesia, diarrhea, muscular pains and jaundice. The imlse is small and frequent and sometimes dicrotic. The respiration is accelerated. The areas of splenic and hepatic per- cussion-dulness are increased. The urine passed is diminished in quantity and contains bile-pigment, bile-acids, albumin and casts. Hemorrhages from various mucous surfaces may take place, epistaxis, hematemesis, hemoptysis and intestinal hem- orrhage. Petechial spots may appear in the skin. The disease has been observed most commonly in summer and in vigorous young men, butchers and soldiers seeming to display a peculiar proclivity. Similar manifestations have fol- lowed poisoned wounds. In fatal cases, degeneration of the MORBILLI MEASLES. 63 liver and kiclne3's and spleen has been found. Parotiditis, pneumonia, iridocyclitis and motor weakness have been sequeloe. In cases that recover, the convalescence is protracted. How are Weil's disease and yellow fever to be differentiated ? Weil's disease and yellov^r fever probably exhibit a closer re- semblance in description than in actuality. Weil's disease shov^rs a special predisposition for young adults, especially butchers and soldiers ; yellow fever occurs in epidem- ics and does not confine itself to any class of individuals. Diarrhea is the rule in Weil's disease ; constipation in yellow fever. The initial stage of yellow fever is of shorter duration ; it is earlier attended with a remission ; the remission is less complete, and both the remission and final stage are shorter than is the case in Weil's disease. Black vomit is not common in Weil's disease ; the injection and excitement are less than in yellow fever. The Exanthemata. What are the exanthemata ? The term exanthemata or eruptive feoers is applied to a group of contagious, epidemic diseases, each depending upon a specific infection and having as prominent signs, fever and specifically characteristic eruptions on the skin and often on the visible mucous membranes. As exanthemata are commonly described scarlatina or scarlet fever ; measles or morbilli ; French measles or Eotheln ; smallpox or variola and its modification varioloid ; vaccinia — the usual consequence of vaccination ; chicken-pox or varicella. Diphtheria and erysipelas might also be included. Morbilli — Measles. Upon what does the diagnosis of morbilli depend? Morbilli or measles, also called rubeola, is an acute, contagious disease, common in children, attended with catai-rhal symptoms (coryza, rhinitis, pharyngitis, laryngitis, bronchitis, conjuncti- 64 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. vitis), febrile elevation of temperature and a characteristic ex- anthem. The period of incubation is from seven to fourteen days. The onset is somewhat abrupt, with a quick rise of temperature to from 102'^ to 104° r., more or less headache, restlessness, injection and watering of the eyes, sneezing, running from the nose, often swelling of the nose and lip, perhaps cough and slight sore- throat. Digestion is commonly disturbed, and the urine maj^ be scanty. The temperature (Fig. 11) undergoes a considerable ele- FlG. 11. 3 4 5 400° 39 O" 380« 37'0' iriii . mwiWMkmmi S ■!!■■■■ ■Mi^iHiVHI n ■■■■■« ■■kwiii ffinHHHVflHHKWI ■■■MVjI HHBmtJI _ IVM V»k^lHBBHH ■■ .»»■!«■■■■■■■■! ■<■!■■ ■■■■■■ ■■!■! ■!■■■■■■■ ■■■■IIL, !!■■■■■■■ ■■■■■ml isaiB 300° ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ Temperature-chart of measles. (Strunii-iell.) vation with the onset of the attack, declining on the second or third day, to rise again on the fourth, with the appearance of the eruption. This consists of coarse, pink papules, primarily dis- crete, then becoming surrounded by a somewhat paler border and soon coalescing, to form slightly elevated patches arranged in crescentic form, with intervening healthy skin. The eruption first appears upon the face and neck, then upon the body. The fever declines and the eruption begins to disappear between the fifth and the seventh day. Branny desquamation follows as the attack comes to an end on the ninth day. The eruption may SCAKLATINA SCARLET FEVER. 65 usually be detected iu the throat a day or two in advance of its appearance on the skin. An attack of measles commonly protects against subsequent infection ; though second attacks are not rare and third attacks not remarkable. The disease is ordinarily mild and benign ; sometimes, however, it is malignant and hemorrliagic {black measles). Lobular pneumonia and catarrhal otitis media are not uncommon comijlications. An attack of measles is likely to pre- cipitate the development of tuberculosis in one predisposed and to accelerate the course of the disease when it already exists. How does morbilli differ from typhus fever ? Typhus fever is of longer duration and decidedly more grave than measles, than which it is relatively less common in chil- dren. While the eruption of measles in some degree resembles that of typhus, it appears earlier and, as a rule, has no tendency to become petechial ; it begins on the face, while iu typhus the face escapes. The catarrhal symptoms of measles are wanting in typhus ; the profound nervous depression of typhus is not seen iu measles. Typhus in Korth America is rare and as a rule imported, most frequently by emigrant-ships. Scarlatina — Scarlet Fever. What are the symptoms of scarlatina ? Scarlatina is an acute, contagious disease, tO'Which children and young persons evince a special predisposition. An attack confers relative immunity from subsequent infection. The period of incubation may be short. It varies from twenty- four hours to a week, rarely ten days. The onset is usually abrupt, perhaps attended with vomiting or convulsions. The temperature at once rises to a considerable height (104° or 105° F.) and the pulse attains a striking frequency. In the first twenty-four hours, or sometimes a little later, a diffuse, fine, punctiform, red rash appears, at first on the neck and breast and in the flexures of the joints, soon spreading as a uniform scarlet flush over the greater part of the body. Pressure causes tempo- 5 66 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. rary dissipation of the redness. There are intense subjective burning and itching of the skin. The throat is usually sore and swallowing is painful. The fauces and palate are reddened, the tonsils and uvula and the adjacent cervical glands are enlarged and there is stiffness of the muscles of the neck. The scarlet discoloration may some- times be detected in the throat, especially on the free border of the soft palate and on the uvula, in advance of its appearance on the skin. The throat-affection is often ulcerative or pseudo- membranous in character. The larynx is rarely invaded. The nose is usually involved and there is more or less serous or sero- purulent discharge. The inflammation may extend into the Eus- tachian tube and involve the auditory appai'atus. Suppurative otitis is not an uncommon complication, and perforation and deafness may result. Fig. 12. 1. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 41 -O' iO-O" 390« 380» 37'0» 111 "■"■assisssgisaEss mm SIBI Temperature-chart of scarlatina. (Striimpell.) The tongue is at first heavily coated, but, in the course of a little while, the dense fur is cast off, exposing the surface of the reddened organ, with its enlarged and prominent papillse— an appearance characteristically described by the designation "strawberry tongue." Thirst is often great. Digresfion is de- ranged. The urine is scanty. SCARLATINA — SCARLET FEVER. 67 Severe nervous symptoms may occur, twitchiags or convulsions, restlessness, insomnia, delirium, stupor, fatal coma ; or the ner- vous disturbances may be very mild and cease with the setting in of convalescence. In favorable cases, the eruption fades by the fourth or fifth day. The temperature, which has remained high, begins to decline ; defervescence taking place by somewhat rapid lytiis (Fig. 12). At the end of a week or nine days, the skin undergoes a fur- furaceous or membranaceous desquamation, the temperature falls to the normal and convalescence may set in. Persistence of high temperature into the second week is not common and usually denotes a complication. So, too, a sudden recrudescence of pyrexia, after decline has begun, indicates suppuration or other accident. Convalescence may be interrupted by the ap- pearance of symptoms of an acute nephritis. Edema of the face and body, with diminished elimination of a dense, high- colored or smoky-looking urine, containing considerable albumin and blood, as well as blood-casts and epithelial casts of the uri- niferous tubules. Not rarely, albuminuria and other evidences of renal congestion or inflammation may be detected prior to the appearance of edema. With or without suppression of urine, there may occur convulsions, delirium, stupor, coma and death. Another rather frequent complication is arthritis, which may involve a single joint or several joints. Sometimes, with or with- out joint-symptoms, there is endocarditis, pericarditis or pleu- ritis. Permanent valvular lesions of the heart may be sequelae. Various types of scarlatina are observed in addition to the ordinary form. When throat-symptoms predominate, the attack is called "anginose." Sometimes the disease is mild or abortive. At other times it is malignant in virulence. In malignant cases, the rash may be delayed ; it may be pale and indistinct or dark and livid. Cases in which the rash is wanting may be mild or severe. This form is called "larval" or "scarlatina sine ex- anthemate." In these cases, dropsy or suppression of urine may be the first symptom to attract attention. Anasarca may occur without nephritis, but its dissociated occurrence is not common. Scarlatina is said occasionally to be hemorrhagic. 68 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. How are scarlatina and measles to be differentiated ? Scarlatina usually sets in with vomiting or convulsions ; measles rarely so begins. Rather severe sore-throat and gland- ular enlargement characterize scarlatina ; catarrhal symptoms are present in measles. The great rapidity of pulse and eleva- tion of temperature commonly observed in scarlatina are want- ing in measles The eruption of scarlatina appears on the first or second day of the disease and is finely punctate, occasioning an appearance of diftuse redness ; the eruption of measles ap- pears not before the third day and is commonly papular, arranged crescenticall}', with areas of intervening healthy skin. After a preliminary elevation, the temperature of measles falls on the second or third day, to rise again with the appearance of the eruption, then to subside rapidly ; the temperature of scarlatina at once mounts high and, after a few days, declines gradually. Nervous symptoms are decided in scarlatina, wanting in measles. Rotheln. What are the symptoms of Rotheln ? Rotheln, also called roseola, German measles, French measles and, incorrectly, rubella or rubeola, is an acute, contagious ex- anthem, presenting an eruption resembling that of morbilli and throat-symptoms like those of scarlatina. An attack protects from subsequent attacks, but not from measles or scarlatina ; neither does an attack of scarlatina or one of measles confer im- munity from Eothela. The period of incubation of Eotheln is said to be about fourteen days. The onset is usually abrupt. The temperature is moderate ; the pulse not very rapid. In the course of a day or two, there appears, first upon the face and then pro- gressively invading the trunk and the extremities, ?in eruptimi o{ small papules usually separated from one another by skin of normal appearance. Sometimes, the intervening skin is erythem- atous. The eruption lasts for from four days to a week, is attended with itching and is sometimes followed by slight desquamation. The throat is usually sore, the fauces reddened and the cervical glands enlarged. Catarrhal syraptoms are com- mon. The course of the disease is usually mild and uncomplicated. VARIOLA — SMALLPOX. 69 How are Rotheln and scarlatina to be differentiated ? Rotheln is inherently a mild disease ; scarlatina is never with- out gravity. Rotheln lacks the rapid pulse, the high tempera- ture, the "strawberry tongue" and the grave complications of scarlatina. The eruption of Rotheln more nearly resembles that of morbilli than that of scarlatina. Neither Rotheln nor scarlatina is protective against the other. How are Rotheln and morbilli to be differentiated ? Rotheln resembles morbilli in its rash, in its mildness and in the catarrhal symptoms it presents. The eruption of Rotheln, however, does not show a tendency to crescentic arrangement, while it appears earlier and the individual papules are smaller than is the case in morbilli. Rotheln is milder than morbilli, even as relates to the catarrhal symptoms. An attack of either confers no immunity from the other. Variola— Smallpox. Upon what does the diagnosis of smallpox depend ? Smallpox or variola is an acute, contagious, epidemic disease, setting in with a chill, pains in the back, head and extremities, nausea and vomiting, elevation of temperature to 102° or 103" F., Fig. 13. Z 3 4 5 T 8 9 10 11 12 13 !4 15 10 17 ]8 -^■■■■■■■■■■aHHHiaBiBBBgBBgggggHgBi ^•'■■■■■■■■■■■■■^■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■i ■(■■■■■■■■■■■WKA^HHHBHSSBBBSSBSB"! ■■■■■■■■■■■■■^^■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■i ■■■■■■■■■■■■■nSBUiiriAiHaHiiigHgggggggHi ■■■IMHH ■■■■■■■ nHHHBHIWriWniBBBHHHHBaHHH BHBnuaHBHHHHMIlaHHHH.raVaWBIHniHHBHHaiHB ■■■('■'■■■■■■■fAWHaHgHmHSHSiilgnaggggggg 3BSSSSgsSiBiEESsSBgiEiimBiiBli Temperature-chart of smallpox, (rftriimpell.) with marked exacerbations, increased rapidity of pulse, and a diffuse, red rash that is followed on the third or fourth day by the appearance of pajndes; when the temperature declines. 70 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. The papules commonly appear first on the lips and forehead. The preceding red rash usually appears first on the arms, and in the neighborhood of the groin. The fauces are apt to be red- dened. There may be decided catarrhal symptoms. In the course of the succeeding four or five days, the papules become vesicles and the vesicles, in turn, pustules. The surface of the pustule is depressed at the middle — umbilicaied. Each pustule is surrounded by an area of redness, constituting an areola. On the eighth or ninth day the pustules rupture and discharge their contents, and the temperature again rises (secondarj'^ or pyemic fever). (Fig. 13.) Secondary fever is sometimes an- nounced by rigor, and its temperature-course is remittent. The evening temperature reaches from 103° to 105° F. The period of maturation and discharge lasts from three to five days, when crusts form and the temperature declines ; in the course of a week the scabs fall ofl^, leaving red cicatrices, which in the course of time become whiter and contracted, leaving "pits." Ulceration of the larynx and trachea, bronchitis, pneumonia or pleurisy ma}'^ cmnplicate variola. Secondary inflammations are most likely to occur coincidently with the secondary fever. The eye frequently suffers permanent injury as the result of an attack of smallpox. The pjeriod of incubation of variola is about twelve days. What are the varieties of smallpox ? Smallpox may be simple or discrete., confluent or hemorrhagic; it may assume a malignant character. What are the characteristics of discrete smallpox ? Discrete smallpox is the mildest type of smallpox ; the erup- tion is least profuse, the pustules occurring isolated.- Sometimes the pustules are in contact at their periphery, when the disease is said to be coherent. What are the characteristics of confluent smallpox? In confluent smallpox, the pustules are numerous and I'un into one another. The temperature fails to decline with the appear- ance of the eruption and is apt to be decidedly high during the period of maturation. The gravity of the case is greater than VARIOLA — SMALLPOX. 71 in discrete smallpox. Typhoid symptoms, delirium, stupor and fatal coma may develop ; or death may be brought about by diarrhea, ulceration of the larynx or trachea, endocarditis or other complication. What are the characteristics of hemorrhagic variola ? In hemorrhagic variola the exanthem is from the first consti- tuted of ecchymoses, while hemorrhages may take place from any of the mucous membranes. This is the gravest form. Few cases recover. What is malignant smallpox ? The epithet malignant is sometimes applied to a variety of smallpox, most frequently encountered at the beginning of an epidemic, in which death may occur early in stupor, following delirium, the eruption being ill-defined and perhaps only devel- oped 'post-mmtem. What is varioloid ? Varioloid is smallpox modified by vaccination or by a previ- ous attack of smallpox. The symptoms of the disease are similar to those of smallpox, but milder in degree and shorter in dura- tion ; secondary fever is absent. The eruption of varioloid com- monly appears on the second or third day ; that of variola on the fourth day. The course of varioloid is completed in about four- teen days ; that of variola in about twenty-one days. What is vaccination ? Vaccination consists in the introduction of the virus of cow- pock' into the lymphatic system of man, usually through the skin denuded of its epithelium, as a protection against variola. The protective influence continues for a period of about seven years, at the end of which time vaccination should be repeated. 1 What is meant by humanized virus ? Humauized virus is vaccine-lymph that is not taken directly from the cow (or calf), but from the vaccine-pustule of a human being, usually a child, who may have been inoculated with matter obtained from another child, or from the cow. Unless one is sure as to the purity of the ante- cedents of the source of the humanized virus, bovine virus is to be pre- ferred. 72 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. What is vaccinia ? Vaccinia is the result of the inoculation of cowpock in human beings, and is protective against smallpox. For two or three days following vaccination, little is to be observed, locally or constitutionally. At the end of this time, the site of inoculation presents an appearance of slight redness, which in the next few days becomes intensified, as a vesicle forms and becomes trans- formed into a pustule, umbilicated and surrounded by a distinct areola. This process goes on for four or five days, when the pus- tule ruptures and the intensity of the inflammation gradually subsides. In the course of a week or ten days, the crust falls off and leaves a reddish cicatrix, which subsequently becomes white and depressed. How does smallpox differ from measles ? The eruption of measles is coarsely papular throughout, with a tendency to crescentic arrangement, and is followed by branny desquamation ; that of smallpox is irregular in arrangement and passes from the papular into a vesicular and then into a pustular stage, sometimes leaving disfiguring cicatrices. In measles, after a previous decline in temperature, the appearance of the emption is attended with renewed elevation ; in smallpox, the tem- perature declines with tlie appearance of the rash and reascends with ■ the occurrence of pustulation. Smallpox is a grave disease, lasting three weeks ; measles is a mild disease, lasting less than two weeks. How are variola and scarlatina to be differentiated ? Smallpox may be attended with a primary, diffuse red rash, not unlike that of scarlatina, but, at the end of three or four days, papules appear, in turn to be succeeded bj^ vesicles and pustules, finally leaving disfiguring cicatrices. With the ap- pearance of the secondary rash, the temperature declines. The eruption of scarlatina undergoes no change and terminates in desquamation. The temperature is high from the outset and is continuous. Variola is not characterized by the same rapidity of pulse or by the tj'pical "strawberry tongue" of scarlatina. Uncomplicated scarlatina is a disease of less than two weeks' duration ; variola rarely lasts less than three. VARICELLA — CHICKENPOX. 73 Varicella — Chickenpox. What are the characteristics of varicella ? Varicella or chickenpox is a mild, contagious disease of child- hood, attended with moderate elevation of temperature and the appearance on the first or second day of an eruption of papules, which in turn become transformed into vesicles. The erupticm appears on the trunk and extremities, on the scalp and face. It comes out in crops and continues for thi-ee or four days, the vesicles desiccating and falling off, occasionally leaving cicatrices. How does varicella differ from smallpox ? Varicella is a mild disease ; variola a grave disease. The erup- tion of smallpox appears on the third or fourth day and passes through papular and vesicular stages to become pustular ; that of varicella appears on the first or second day and does not pass beyond a vesicular stage. The appearance of the eruption in smallpox is attended with a fall in the temperature ; in varicella, the temperature, rarely high, is uninfluenced by the appearance of the rash. Yaricella is a disease of scarcely a week ; small- pox is a disease of three weeks. Neither is protective against the other. How are varicella and varioloid to be differentiated? There may be a close similarity between the manifestations of varicella and those of varioloid. Yaricella is rare in adults because of the immunity conferred by an attack in childhood. Varioloid does not respect age ; it is likely to appear in the course of an epidemic of variola in those that have been protected by vaccination. Varicella is the milder affection, and is of the shorter duration. Varioloid is but an attenuation and abbrevia- tion of variola. Both varicella and varioloid are contagious. The existence of parallel cases may be decisive in diagnosis. An attack of the one does not protect against invasion by the other. How are varicella and morbilli to he. differentiated ? The eruption of measles is coarsely papular ; it appears on the third or fourth day and displays a special proclivity to invade 74 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. the face, with a tendency to crescentic arrangement. The erup- tion of chickenpox is at first papular and subsequently vesicular ; it appears on the first or second day and is rather less than more abundant on the face than on the trunk. The catarrhal symptoms of measles are wanting in varicella. The tempera- ture-course is not characteristic in varicella, as it is in measles. Erysipelas. What are the symptoms of erysipelas ? Mrysipelas is an acute, infectious disease, setting in suddenly with a chill, sometimes with nausea and vomiting, or with con- vulsions, followed by considerable elevation of temper oiure, and the appearance, usually at some part of the face, and in most instances near one or other ear, of an area of red, brawny indura- tion. The redness progressively increases in extent, is definitely circumscribed by an elevated line of demarkation, and is attended with swelling. The cviypetite is impaired. The ton/jue is coated. The urine is usually albuminous, and often contains tube-casts. There is often some soreness of the throat, and in some cases the disease may extend through the nasal passages into the pharynx and larynx, causing grave complications, and, perhaps, fatal edema. Sometimes the disease begins in the throat. Involvement of a cerebral sinus may occur, giving rise to severe symptoms and eventually causing death. Usually, in the course of a week or ten days, the redness and swelling subside, desquamation sets in, and the temperature graduallj'^ reaches the normal. In some cases, the disease displays a migratory tendency, [erysipelas migrans), continuing for a long period of time, and in turn appearing at various parts of the body. In children, ery- sipelas sometimes appears first in the neighborhood of the amis. The disease often attacks wounds. What are the differential features between erysipelas and scarlatina ? Scarlatina is especially a disease of childhood. Erysipelas is more common in adults than in children. ERYSIPELAS. 75 The temperature is high in both, but the rapidity of the pulse is the more characteristic of scarlatina. The rash of erysipelas is circumscribed in extent, limited in area, homogeneous in color ; it usually appears upon the face, and presents a peculiar brawny induration, with well-defined borders ; while the eruption of scarlatina is extensive in distri- bution and punctate in character. An attack of scarlatina confers immunity from subsequent attacks ; one attack of erysipelas rather predisposes to the oc- currence of subsequent attacks. Of the two, scarlet fever is the longer in duration. How does erysipelas differ from simple erythema ? Simple erythema presents a diffuse redness, of transitory char- acter, without febrile concomitants or sequelae. Erysipelas is a serious affection, with considerable elevation of temperature and characteristic rapidity of pulse. It lasts a week or more, is followed by desquamation, and is intimately related with nephritis. How are facial erysipelas and herpes zoster of the forehead and face to be differentiated ? Facial erysipelas and herpes zoster of the forehead and face present a number of symptoms in common. That which dis- tinguishes the latter, however, is that the eruption begins as a number of vesicles and does not extend beyond the middle line. The pain is much greater in herpes than in erysipelas. The constitutional symptoms are more profound in erysipelas than . in herpes. How are variola and erysipelas to be differentiated ? When variola is attended with a ])rimary roseola, the disease may, for several days, simulate erysipelas. The redness of erysipelas, however, is distinctly circumscribed, although it may slowly spread, and is attended with brawny induration, while that of smallpox rapidly spreads from the face to the trunk and extremities. On the third or fourth day, if the disease is variola, papules appear, progi-essively passing through the 76 ESSENTIALS OP DIAGNOSIS. stages of vesicles and pustules. The eruption of erysipelas un- dergoes little change, unless large blebs form, until on about the fifth or seventh day, when it may subside with desquamation. Dengue, What are the symptoms of dengue or " break-bone fever? " Dengue is an exanthematous and arthritic disease of hot climates, occurring in epidemics^ and having a period of incit- hation of about four days. It is characterized by severe pains in the muscles and joints, which may be stiff and swollen. The knees are especially prone to be affected, so that, the gait pre- sents a peculiar character. The disease may be gradual in onset, with anorexia, headache, vertigo, drowsiness, or it may set in suddenly with a chill, moderate elevation of temperature and the appearance of an erythematous rash. There are stiffness of the neck and pain along the spine and in the lumbar region. The fefoer reaches its acme within twenty-four hours. The tem- peratuve fluctuates, rising and falling, but in the course of two or three days subsides nearly or quite to the normal ; the erup- tion disappears, though constitutional depression and more or less pain continue. As a rule, nausea and vomiting do not occur at this stage, though the tongue may be heavily coated, and there may be other symptoms of gastric irritability. After an intermittence of from forty-eight to seventy -two hours or more, the fever returns and a new eruption appears, as a rule resembling the eruption of scarlatina. Sometimes the eruption is more like that of measles, or it may be urticarious or ves- icular. It is attended with heat and itching. Nausea and vomiting are usuaUy manifested with this renewal of the fever. In the course of a few days, desquamation occurs ; conva- lescence sets in, but is tardy and protracted ; there is weak- ness and more or less rheumatoid muscular pain ; lymphatic swellings in the neck, groin or axilla often appear during the febrile period or during convalescence. When the disease invades a community, few escape. DIPHTHERIA. 77 How does dengue differ from scarlatina with arthritic mani- festations ? In dengue the fever is not continuous and pursues a course different from that of scarlatina ; the arthritic symptoms are of earlier occurrence, and the pain is of a characteristic nature, giving the name "break-bone" fever. The eruption develops much later, and is sometimes quite different in aj^pearance from that of scarlatina. The erythematous rash of the period of in- vasion is slight, inconstant and disappears without desquama- tion when the remission or intermission occurs. Throat-symp- toms are not common. In what respect does dengue differ from influenza ? Influenza is the graver disease ; its symptoms are the more intense. Catarrhal symptoms are frequent in influenza, infrequent in dengue. Eruptions are exceptional in influenza, the rule in dengue. Joint-pains are more decided in dengue. Hyperesthesia of the cutaneous surface is more common in influenza. The course of dengue is interrupted by a remission. The course of influenza is usually though not invariably continuous to its termination. Influenza is independent of climate. Dengue prevails only in certain localities. Convalescence is even more tedious and protracted from dengue than from influenza. Diphtheria. What are the symptoms of diphtheria ? Diphtkeria is an acute, infectious disease affecting children especially, but adults as well, and characterized by septic fever with superficial coagulation-necrosis of mucous membranes, especially of those of the pharynx, larynx and nares. The attack may begin insidiously, or set in suddenly with a chill, followed by considerable fever. Pain in the throat in swallowing may or may not be com- plained of. The fauces will be seen to be livid, the tonsils usually swollen. 78 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. Soon, there appear, in greater or less extent and rapidly spreading over the tonsils, the half-arches, the uvula and the posterior wall of the pharynx, grayish or yellowish patches of false membrane, the forcible detachment of which is followed by bleeding. There are enlargement of the submaxillary and cervical glands and tumefaction of the soft tissues of the neck, externally. The constitutional disturbance becomes profound. Albumin- uria is common. Prom the pharynx the inflammation and necrosis may extend to the larynx and to the nose, and to the difficulty of swallowing are added croupy cough, aphonia, diffi- culty of breathing and a nasal discharge. The diphtheritic process is sometimes primary in the nose, and may*thus escape detection, unless careful examination be made. From the larynx the false membrane may invade the trachea and bronchi. Pneumonia may occur. The action of the heart becomes weak and often intermittent. Septicemia, heart-failure and suffoca- tion from obstruction of the larynx or bronchi are the common causes of death. The fatality of the disease varies in different epidemics. Even in times of grave epidemics, there are many mild cases that become foci of infection. Chronic diphtheria of the throat is not so rare as it is commonly considered to be and is likewise a focus of infection. Paralysis from peripheral neuritis or cere- bral thrombosis may be a sequel. The palsy of diphtheria may appear in the course of the dis- ease, but it is more common after the acute attack is at an end. Adults are rather more prone to suffer than children. The most common manifestations ?aie paralysis of the palate^ permit- ting regurgitation of fluids and giving rise to nasal speech ; paralysis of the ciliary muscle (cycloplegia), causing loss of power of accommodation ; loss of knee-jerks. There may be more general palsy, with deranged sensation, ataxia and trophic changes. How are diphtheria and scarlatina to be differentiated ? At the onset, the diseases may be indistinguishable. Both present the evidences of constitutional disturbance, with local- DIPHTHERIA. 79 » ized throat-symptoms. Possibly, the pulse may be relatively more rapid iu scarlatina than in diphtheria. In from twenty- four to thirty-six hours, however, the appearance of a scarlet rash, as well as the subsequent course of the disease, dispels all doubt. In diphtheria, the symptoms centralize themselves about the throat ; in scarlatina the throat disturbance represents .but a part of the general derangement. The paralyses commonly seen after diphtheria are rare after scarlatina. More common during the course of scarlet fever or subsequently are suppu- rative ear-disease, nephritis and glandular enlai'gement. Diphtheria and scarlatina may coexist in the same patient. How is tonsillitis to be distinguished from diphtheria ? Deposits on the tonsil may appear diphtheritic. They show little or no tendency to spread, however. Extension is charac- teristic of the diphtheritic membrane. In lacunal tonsillitis, the discreteness of the plugs and their situation at the orifices of the ducts are characteristic, and their creamy color is differ- ent from that of the diphtheritic pseudomembrane. Microsco- pically, they will be seen to be made up of desquamated epi- thelium, of sebaceous material and of ordinary fungi. The diphtheritic membrane is constituted of meshes of fibrin con- taining necrotic tissue. In herpetic tonsillitis the eruption first appears as papules that soon become vesicles ; but it is rarely seen at this stage ; when ulcers and fibrinous deposits form and become confluent, the discrimination is difficult. Still, the her- petic patch is quite superficial, and more readily detached, leav- ing less erosion and causing less hemorrhage in its separation than does the diphtheritic patch. The former is usually the less extensive, and here and there, perhaps, the circular form of an isolated ulcer may give evidence of its origin. If necessary, inoculation-experiments and bacteriologic investigation may also help to discriminate. The constitutional symptoms of ton- sillitis are less profound than those of diphtheria ; local subjec- tive symptoms, such as soreness, odynphagia and burning, are usually the more intense in tonsillitis, which is not, as a rule, followed by paralysis of the palate. Albuminuria is not usual. 80 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. How is membranous croup to be distinguished from diph- theria ? Until the physician acquires sutiicient experience to warrant a personal opinion, he had best consider all cases of membran- ous croup diphtheritic. The discrimination is difficult and disputed. How are diphtheria and stomatitis to be differentiated ? The deposits in stomatitis are seated upon the mucous surface of the lips and cheeks and upon the tongue, while the mem- brane of diphtheria is usually seated in the pharynx, from which, as a center, it is distributed. The constitutional derangement is not as profound in stomatitis as in diphtheria. Stomatitis readily yields to mild general and local measures, while diphtheria is more rebellious to treatment. The fatality and the severe sequelae of diphtheria are wanting in stomatitis. Glanders— Farcy —Equinia. What are the clinical features of glanders ? Glanders, farcy or equinia is an infectious disease, especially peculiar to horses, asses, and mules, from which it is trans- mitted to man through abrasions of the skin and through the mucous surfaces of those that come in contact with the diseased animals. The site of inoculation displays evidence of active inflamma- tion ; especially is this marked in the nasal passages. There are also malaise, headache, elevation of temperature and pains in the limbs ; the urine may be albuminous. Soon there appears a macular eruption, which becomes vesicular, then pustular and finally umbilicated. The pustules may rupture and leave ugly ulcers. In addition, nodules form beneath the skin ; these also soften and may rupture, discharging sanious pus and de- tritus. Another characteristic symptom of glanders is ozena. There is at first a moderate, thin discharge from the nostrils, soon, however, becoming profuse and purulent. The mucous membrane of the nares and contiguous structures is involved in intense inflammation and may become ulcerated. Catarrhal ANTHRAX — WOOLSORTERS' DISEASE. 81 pneumonia and purulent arthritis are occaKsional complications. Glanders may be transmitted from man to the lower animals by inoculation. How are glanders and variola to be differentiated ? In glanders, there may be a history with the local evidences of inoculation with the specitic virus of the disease. The eruption of variola does not appear until the third or fourth day ; with its appearance the temperature falls. The eruption of glanders may appear within the first twenty-four or forty- eight hours of the disease ; it reaches a pustular stage much earlier than that of variola ; there is no decline of temperature with its appearance. The eczema and the subcutaneous nodules of glanders are wanting in variola. How are the ozena of glanders and that of syphilitic disease to be differentiated ? Ozena is dependent upon destruction of the nasal structures and putrefactive decomposition of the secretions. It is thus not distinctive of a single disease. Occurring in syphilis, it is a late manifestation, and probably has been preceded by well-defined symptoms. As seen in glanders, it occurs at the height of the disease, and is associated with a pustular eruption and the presence of nodules beneath the skin. The mode of infection differs in the two diseases. Anthrax — Wool-sorters' Disease. What are the clinical features of anthrax ? Anthrax, wool-sorters'' disease, charbon, malignant pustule or splenic fever is an infectious disease, due to inoculation with the bacillus anthracis (Fig. 14.) It develops in butchers, wool-sorters, workers in hides, stevedores and others that, with cut or wounded or abraded hands, manipulate the wool or skins of animals that have died of splenic fever or charbon. The infection some- times gains entrance through a scratch on the cheek or an abrasion of the lips. In butchers, the tongue is sometimes infected from a knife taken between the teeth. In those that carry hides upon their shoulders, the neck may be the site of 6 82 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. local infection ; these cases are likely to be more than ordinarily dangerous. The disease may apparently result from eating the flesh or from drinking the milk of infected animals. Fig. 14. Anthrax bacilli in blood. (Vierordt At the site of inoculation, a pimple appears ; the skin in its neighborhood becomes red and infiltrated ; the papule becomes vesicular and pustular, with subsequent gangrene ; other vesi- cles or pustules form and also become gangrenous ; there results a characteristic eschar, which presents the appearance of an elevated patch, consisting of a zone of low, whitish vesicles surrounding a depressed brownish, purplish, or black center, with an outer zone of red induration. Beyond this is usually a region of swelling and edema of variable extent. The spleen and the lymphatic glands in communication with the infected regions enlarge. There is often considerable local tenderness. The constitutional symptoms are those of septico- pyemia : malaise, headache, depression, fever. According to the mode of introduction of the poison, or the direction in which infection spreads, other manifestations appear. Some- times the gastro-intestinal tract appears to bear the brunt of the disease and there are nausea, vomiting, abdominal pains and diarrhea, the stools being bloody. Death may take place from exhaustion or from septicemia. At other times, thoracic symp- toms predominate. There are then dyspnea, a sense of oppression ACTINOMYCOSIS. 83 of breathing, hemoptysis and cyanosis. Deatli may take place from edema of the larynx or of the mediastinum. Charac- teristic bacilli may often be found in the blood, pus, sputum, feces, or urine. Under proper treatment recovery frequently takes place. Actinomycosis. What is actinomycosis ? Actinomycosis is a condition dependent upon the presence of ray-fungi : actinoniyces bovis. (Fig. 15.) The disease is more fre- FiG. 15. Actinomyces. (Ziegler, quent in drovers and in those that have to do with cattle, from which the parasite, as found in man, is usually derived. The cattle become infected through their food. The fungus gains entrance through a breach in continuity of the surface and, finding its way to a suitable nidus, gives rise to the formation of a sero- purulent collection ; this manifests itself as a tumor that usually finds vent externally. In the matter discharged, yellowish mili- ary nodules, composed of fungi, can be detected. The lower jaw seems to be a favorite seat of the disease, infection taking place through decayed teeth ; sometimes extensive destruction of bone results. At other times, purulent collections form in internal viscera. When the pleura is infected the ribs may suffer severely. 84 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. Foot-and-Mouth Disease. What is foot-and-mouth disease ? Foot-and-mouth disease is a rare affection that occurs in sheep, cows, pigs and horses, and that occasionally seems to be trans- mitted to man. It manifests itself by the appearance of vesicles and bullse in the mouth and on the feet at the margins of the hoofs and, in cows, on the udder and teats. The disease may be transferred directly to man by inoculation — thus to the butcher or to the veterinary surgeon, or it may be conveyed by milk. In man, vesicles form in the mouth, on the face, on the hands and on the feet. In the course of two or three days, the vesicles rupture, discharging opaque, yellowish fluid, and leaving dark-red ulcers. There are also fever, loss of appetite, pain in eating, sw^elling of the tongue, fetor of the breath, salivation and derangement of digestion. ]n children the dis- ease may prove fatal. Hydatid Disease. What is hydatid disease ? An hydatid cyst is a parasitic formation due to ingestion of the ova of the tenia ediinococctis, the tape-worm of dogs, in which it is derived from the flesh of sheep, or pigs, or less frequently, kine, suffering from hydatid disease. When the ovum enters the stomach of man, its capsule is dissolved, and the immature embryo or scolex (Fig. 16) is set free to continue its migrations. Arriving at its destination, the irritation to which it gives rise results in the formation of a membranous envelop, in whi(;h the parasite continues its de- velopment. This capsule, and its contents together constitute an hydatid cyst. An hydatid cyst contains within the capsule, a vesicle or mother-sac, consisting of concentric layers of a gelatin- ous material, inclosing the embryo and more or less fluid. The fluid is clear, opalescent, and faintly alkaline. Within this develop other similar sacs, so-called daughter-vesicles, and TRICHINIASIS, 85 within these again, granddaughter-vesicles ; the mother-sac and its investing membrane continue to enlarge, if in a favor- able situation, until ultimately the cyst attains an enormous size. Multiple cysts may form. The daughter-vesicles contain Fig. 16. ^ ^ Tenia Echinococciis — vesicle, scolex and hooks. (After Heller.) a germinating layer that produces new scolices. These con- sist of a head, four suckers and a row of booklets. The dis- covery of the booklets (Fig. 16) in fluid removed from the cyst is diagnostic. Sterile echinococci or acephalocysts do not produce scolices. Hydatids may develop in various viscera, but are most com- mon in the liver. Trichiniasis. What is trichiniasis ? Trichiniasis is a disease set up by the trichina spiralis (Fig. 17), a small roundworm that finds its way into the intestine with meat obtained from diseased swine. In the intestine the mature female throws off embryos, which pass through the walls of the intestine and into the blood-cur- rent, finding their way into the voluntary muscles in different parts of the body. Here the embryos occasion irritation and inflammation, so that about each a capsule forms in which lime-salts are in time deposited ; in this way the death of the embryo may be brought about. 86 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. Fig. 17. What are the symptoms of trichiniasis ? The symptoms of trichiniasis present themselves iu three stages. In the first, which lasts about a week, the trichinae are undergoing development in the alimentary canal, as a result of which the symptoms of gastro-intestinal derangement appear. la the second stage, lasting two or three weeks, the embryos pass from the intestine into the muscular tissue. Finally, retro- gressive changes take place in and around the trichinae encapsulated in the muscles. In the first stage, the appetite is im- paired ; the tongue is coated, the breath is foul ; there are malaise, nausea, a bad taste, diarrhea, abdominal pain and slight fever. In the second stage, there is edema, ap- parent in the face and sometimes extending downwards ; there are also pains in the muscles, which are swollen ; defects of the ocular muscles and of accommodation some- times appear ; the senses and various func- tions may be affected ; sleep is disturbed and there is moderate fever. The muscles are sensitive to touch, which may detect the minute nodules. Death may result from exhaustion, pneumonia or ulceration of the bowel. In favora- ble cases, the symptoms gi'adually subside and the patient enters upon the third stage of the disease. Active symptoms are now in abeyance, but there may be some stiffness of the muscles, while nodules in the muscles may be detectable. Ultimately, however, the patient may be restored to a fair degree of health. Trichina, a, Male ; 6, Female ; c, Muscle-Tri- china. (V. Jaksch ) ACUTE RHEUMATISM — RHEUMATIC FEVER. 87 Acute Rheumatism — Rheumatic Fever. What are the symptoms of acute rheumatism ? Acute rheumatism or rheumatic fever usually follows ex- posure to cold. An almost identical condition is sometimes observed in the course of puerperal fever and as a sequel of scarlatina. It is thought to be dependent upon the presence of lactic acid in the blood. One of the larger joints becomes painful, enlarged, hot and reddened. It is evidently inflamed ; sometimes the presence of fluid can be detected. Soon, another joint, probably the corresponding joint on the opposite side, or the next contiguous joint, becomes similarly involved ; and in this way the process may extend, until most or all of the large joints are in turn attacked. On account of the pain, the patient is immovably helpless. From the surface of the body exudes an acid sweat. The temperature ordinarily ranges from 102° F. to 104° F., rising with each fresh access of joint-symptoms, and declining gradually with the termination of the disease. The pulse is disproportionately frequent ; it may be full and bound- ing. The urine is scanty, high-colored, and quite acid ; it may contain a trace of albumin. In many cases, to the articular manifestations endocarditis is added, as a result of which permanent valvular lesions may be established. Among other complications are inflammations of the pericardium, the pleura, the peritoneum, the kidney and, though rarely, the cerebro-spinal meninges. As a rule, delirium is due to the toxemia and not to meningitis. Sometimes the temperature rises even to hyperpyrexia, and there are decided cerebral symptoms — delirium, convulsions, coma, death. Untreated, the duration of acute rheumatism is about six weeks ; sometimes much longer. Relapses are not uncommon. An attack predisposes to subsequent attacks. Purpura is sometimes seen in the course of rheumatism ; sometimes tuberculated cutaneous nodules. In some eases of rheumatism, hereditary influences can be traced. Some authorities consider the disease a dyscrasia, others 88 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. a neurosis. There appears to be an indefinable, yet close relation between acute rheumatism and chorea. Articular rheumatism not uncommonl}^ accompanies, pre- cedes or follows acute tonsillitis. In such cases, pericarditis and endocarditis may sometimes be detected if carefully searched for. How are pyemia and acute rheumatism to be differentiated ? Both pyemia and acute rheumatism occasion arthritis, sweats, cardiac complications and cerebral symptoms. Periodicity and rigors, as well as metastatic invasion of internal structures re- mote from the primary seat of disease, which are common in pyemia, are wanting in rheumatism. The constitutional de- pression is more profound in pyemia than in rheumatism. In one, an obvious or obscure focus of suppuration exists ; in the other, there is a history of rather abrupt onset following ex- posure to cold or wet. How are acute synovitis and acute rheumatism to be differ- entiated ? Acute synovitis usually involves but a single joint ; it is characteristic of acute rheumatism to progressively attack many joints. The constitutional phenomena are more profound in acute rheumatism than in acute synovitis. The peculiar, acid sweats, as well as the cardiac complications of rheumatism are not seen in synovitis. In duration, synovitis is the shorter disease. Gonorrheal Synovitis, What is gonorrheal synovitis ? Occasionally, in the course of an attack of gonorrhea, a large joint— and usually but one joint, such as the knee, the elbow, the wrist, the ankle or the shoulder, becomes tumid, painful, tender and hot, and the adjacent textures may be edematous. Tlie ui'cthral discharge often ceases with the appearance of the synovitis. In successive attacks of gonorrhea, different joints may be involved. Permanent stiffness and impaired mobility constitute a common sequel. Cardiac complications have been SUBACUTE RHEUMATISM. 89 observed in some cases of gonorrheal synovitis. The diagnosis depends upon a knowledge of the existence of a specific ure- thritis. Sometimes, the course of the temperature is suggestive of a pyemic or of a septic condition. Syphilitic Arthritis. What is syphilitic arthritis ? Every now and then, in the course of syphilis, one or more joints become involved in inflammation, with all of the character- istics of an arthritis. The discrimination of the condition de- pends upon a recognition of its association with syphilis. As a rule, cardiac complications are wanting in syphilis, and the arthritis is more strictly limited to one, or at most, two joints, the migratory tendency of acute articular rheumatism being absent. Suhacute Rheumatism. What is subacute rheumatism ? At times, as a result of exposure to cold and wet, muscular movement becomes painful, in consequence of a rheumatic in- volvement of the muscle-sheaths. The patient sometimes mis- takes for paralytic weakness the restraint of motion by pain. The pain is also in some degree spontaneous and influenced by meteorologic conditions. Affecting the muscles of the lumbar region, the condition is termed lumbago. Affecting the muscles of the neck it mnj give rise to torticollis or wry-neck. How are subacute rheumatism and neuralgia to be differ- entiated ? Both subacute rheumatism and neuralgia occur in paroxysms, superinduced by suitable meteorologic conditions. Rheumatism is more common in men ; neuralgia in women. The pain of the former is rather dull and diffused ; that of the latter sharp and confined to the distribution of an affected nerve, in the course of which may be found several tender points. Rheu- matic pain more commonly than neuralgic pain is aggravated by movement. 90 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. How are subacute rheumatism and trichiniasis to be differen- tiated? In trichiniasis, in addition to symptoms simulating those of subacute rheumatism, there are evidences of a cachexia, wasting, debility and symptoms of gastro-intestinal derangement, with a history of the ingestion of diseased meat. At an advanced stage of the disease, it may be possible to detect the nodules to which the encapsulated parasites give rise. Myalgia. What is myalgia? As a result of muscular strain, groups of muscles become painful to touch and on movement, in association with some degree of cutaneous hyperesthesia. Chronic Bheumatism. What are the symptoms of chronic rheumatism ? As a result of an attack or of repeated attacks of acute rheumatism, numerous joints in different parts of the body remain enlarged, stiff and painful. Sometimes the condition is insidious, progressive and chronic from the outset. How- ever produced, the functions of the various joints are impaired ; attacks of pain occur and are apparently influenced by meteor- ologic conditions. Wasting of the muscular structures adja- cent to the diseased joints takes place. Chronic rheumatism may affect both joints and muscles, or the muscle sheaths or tendons only (muscular rheumatisin) ^ or it may attack the nerve-sheaths (rheumatic neuralgia^. The principal symptoms of muscular and of nerve-rheumatism are pain, spon- taneous and on motion, with accompanying tenderness, usually Jocalized. How are the enlarged joints of chronic rheumatism to be dis- tinguished from those of chronic spinal disease? Trophic changes in the large joints — enlargement, effusion, subluxation, arthropathies— take place in the course of some ACUTE GOUT. 91 chronic spinal aflfections, notably posterior spinal sclerosis. As a rule, but one or a few joints are involved. In chronic rheu- matism, many joints are involved. In case of disease of the spinal cord ordinary scrutiny should detect the existence of symptoms indicative of such a condition. Acute Gout. What are the symptoms of acute gout ? Acute gout is a recurrent paroxysmal affection thought to be dependent upon the presence of an excess of uric acid in the blood. It occurs chiefly in those of a sedentary or inactive mode of life, who indulge excessively in the luxuries of the table, more especially in meats, sweets, sweet wines and malt liquors. Those that have been active in out-door sports and afterwards, while diminishing their exercise, maintain the heavy diet formerly appropriate, are extremely liable to gout. The tendency to gout is distinctly hereditary, and in some cases of marked gouty di- athesis the attacks may occur despite personal abstemiousness. The paroxysm may be brought on bj'^ an unusual excess, by a fit of anger, by worry or anxiety or by exhaustion. Its advent is sometimes unannounced ; at other times, it is preceded by symptoms of indigestion, by mental irritability or depression. The attack usually sets in suddenly at night, the patient being awakened by intense pain most commonly referred to the meta- tarso-phalangeal joint of the great toe. There is fever in pro- portion to the intensity of the local affection. The pain mode- rates somewhat towards morning, when the patient falls into a gentle perspiration and is again able to sleep. Towards night the pain returns. The joint is now noticed to be tender, red, swollen and edematous ; finally desquamation takes place. Other joints are successively involved, the morbid process show- ing an affinity for the smaller articulations. The attack gradu- ally subsides, leaving the affected joints a little stiffened and swollen. At the height of the attack the proportion of uric acid in the blood is increased, while that excreted in the urine is diminished. When the paroxysm is over the quantity of uric acid in the urine is increased. In an attack of acute gout, the 92 ESSENTIALS OF DIAaNOSIS. joint-symptoms may suddenly subside, and gastric, cardiac or even cerebro-spinal symptoms be substituted. Sometimes the attack is manifested from the first by visceral rather than by articular crises. Visceral crises are more likely to occur late in the history of the case than early in its course, and they sometimes prove fatal. Chronic Gout. How are acute riieumatism and acute gout to be differentiated ? Gout is an hereditary aflfection, occurring in paroxysms, in which the first metatarso-phalangeal articulation and other small joints are involved. In acute rheumatism, a history of heredity is frequently wanting ; the large joints are especially involved. The duration of an attack of rheumatism is many weeks ; an attack of gout subsides in the course of a week or two. The uratic deposits of gout are wanting in rheumatism. The sweats of rheumatism are absent from gout. Cardiac complica- tions are common in acute rheumatism ; gout never occasions endocarditis, but chronic interstitial nephritis is a common sequel. What is chronic gout ? In those that have had a number of paroxysms of acute gout, or sometimes chronically from the first, deposits of urates take place around the diseased joints, in the articular cartilages and elsewhere, as in the lobe of the ear, in the kidneys and in the spleen. As a result there is painful thickening of the affected articulations, which are stiff" and finally become deformed. Sometimes distinct " chalk-stones" may be felt, and in extreme cases these may cause ulceration and appear externally. Gout is a potent cause of arterio-capillary fibrosis. An excess of fibrous tissue develops in the viscera and in the walls of the blood- vessels, with secondary contraction. Chronic interstitial ne- phritis is a common sequel. Lead-poisoning may give rise to lesions exactly resembling those of chronic or of subacute srout. LITHEMIA. 93 Lithemia. What are the clinical features of lithemia ? Lithemia is modified gout — a manifestation of the uric-acid diathesis. It is caused by defective oxidation within the body and is dependent upon imperfect tissue-metabolism. Lithemia manifests itself by varied symptoms, among which are sallowness or abnormal redness of complexion, impaired or perverted appetite, a metallic taste, deranged digestion, consti- pation, headache, vertigo, irritability of temper, a tendency to melancholia, abnormal drowsiness or sleeplessness, palpitation of the heart, irritative cough, disturbances of vision, noises in the ears, anomalous cutaneous eruptions, transient localized edema, and cramps in the calves of the legs. Micturition is fre- quent and burning, the urine usually being diminished in quan- tity and containing an excess of uric acid and urates ; phosphate^ and calcium oxalate are likewise frequently in excess ; in cases attended with paroxysmal flushing red blood-corpuscles and al- bumin are occasionally found ; sometimes a small number of tube-casts. Chronic catarrhal hepatitis and functional inac- tivity of the liver are frequently — perhaps causally — associated with lithemia. Fibrous degeneration of the kidneys and of the walls of the smaller arteries, with cardiac hypertrophy, may be an ultimate sequel. For what affections may lithemia be mistaken? Unless in a given case one bears in mind the possibility of the existence of lithemia, and is on the alert for its detection, the condition may be mistaken for almost any functional disorder,, or even for serious organic disease of the heart, brain, stomach, intestine, or other organ. The discrimination depends partly upon the exclusion of vis- ceral lesions, and partly upon the results of urinalysis : the finding of an excess of urates or free uric acid pointing to the existence of lithemia. An hereditary tendency to gout or rheu- matism, or the existence of gout, rheumatism, or diabetes in other members of the patient's family, or the fact that the patient's habits of life are such as are likely to lead to the de- 94 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. velopment of gout, should direct attention to the probability of the existence of litheraia. It must not be forgotten that fibroid changes in the blood- vessels and kidneys are frequent concomitants of the uric-acid diathesis. Bheumatoid Arthritis — Arthritis Deformans. What are the clinical features of rheumatoid arthritis ? Bheumatoid arthritis, arthritis deformans, often incorrectly called rheumatic gout, is a morbid condition in which destructive changes take place in many joints of the body, resulting in thick- ening, impairment of mobility, deformity and pain. The ar- ticular cartilages undergo softening and absorption ; the ends of the bones become enlarged and sclerotic, while the apposed surfaces become smooth from mutual pressure ; the subjacent bone, however, becomes rarefied and brittle ; lime-salts are de- posited in the remains of the articular cartilages. A peculiar crepitus due to the apposition of roughened surfaces can often be elicited on manipulation of the affected joint. At a later stage, eburnation takes place, and the apposed bony surfaces slide over one another with abnormal facility. The disease manifests a tendency to symmetrical involvement. When the hands are involved, a peculiar deformity results — the fingers being deflected towards the ulnar side. Occasionally, hard fibrous nodules are found in the muscles at a short distance from the affected joints. The onset of the disease is usually insidious ; occasionally it is acute and attended with febrile symptoms, with pain, with swelling and with redness of the affected joints. Arthritis deformans occurs in those exposed to unfavorable hygienic influences, in the weak and ill-fed, in those exhausted by frequent childbearing, by prolonged lactation, by grief or by anxiety. The disease is not directly fatal. It occasions no cardiac com- plication. "When the larger joints (especially the hip, knees and elbows) are involved there often results decided muscular atrophy. THE BLOOD. 95 How are chronic rheumatism and rheumatoid arthritis to be differentiated ? In rheumatism, the larger joints of the body are especially in- volved ; rheumatoid arthritis involves the smaller joints as well. The deformity of rheumatism is essentially dependent upon a hyperplasia of the fibrous structures that enter into the forma- tion of the articulation ; the joint-lesions of rheumatoid arthritis are partly destructive in character and occasion peculiar de- formities of the hands and feet, while irregular exostoses form on the articular extremities of the bones. The tendency to symmetrical invasion is more conspicuous in rheumatoid arthritis than in chronic rheumatism. The latter is usually a disease of advanced life ; the former may appear in early adult life. How are gout and rheumatoid arthritis to be differentiated ? Rheumatoid arthritis lacks the paroxysmal character of gout. Unlike gout, it is observed in the underfed rather than in the overfed. In rheumatoid arthritis the deposits of uric acid and of urates in various structures, characteristic of gout, are want- ing. Gout never presents the peculiar deformities of the hands and feet seen in rheumatoid arthritis. The latter does not lead to the fibroid condition of the kidneys, heart and vessels to which gout gives rise. THE BLOOD. What are the methods of studying the constitution of the blood ? For purposes of diagnosis especially, the blood is frequently examined as to its corpuscular richness, as to the proportion of hemoglohin it contains, and as to the presence of abnormal bodies. The corpuscular richness of the blood is determined by means of an instrument called a hemocytometer or blood-cell counter, which consists of a shallow cell of known capacity, mounted on a glass slide, in microscopic divisions of which the numbers of red and white blood-corpuscles contained in a centesimal dilution of blood are respectively counted. In healthy men, the blood 96 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. contains about five million red corpuscles to the cubic milli- meter ; in women, about four and a half millions. The number of white cells is held not to permanently exceed under normal conditions, 10,000 per cubic millimeter. The normal ratio of white cells to red cells varies between 1 : 400 and 1 : 800. The -proportion of hemoglobin in the blood is determined by comparing the color of the diluted blood with a standard, called a he7noglobinometer, the result being expressed in percentages. The percentage of hemoglobin is sometimes spoken of as ab- solute or total ; sometunes a.s relative. By the term absolute ^per- centage is meant the comparative richness in hemoglobin of the whole volume of blood, as shown by the direct reading of the hemoglobinometer scale. By relative percentage is meant the relation or ratio of the absolute hemoglobin percentage to the percentage of red corpuscles. Thus, if in a given case, the number of red corpuscles to the cubic millimeter is estimated at 3,000,000, or 60 fo (5,000,000 being taken as the standard or 100 per cent.), and the hemiglobinometer reading is 54 per cent., the latter figure (54%) would represent the absolute hemoglobin per- centage, while the relative hemoglobin percentage would be f *- or 90 per cent. Deficiency of blood is known as anemia or oligemia ; deficiency of corpuscles, as oligocythemia; deficiency of hemoglobin, as oligo- chromemia; deficiency in solid constituents of the plasma, especially albumin, as hydremia; temporary excess of white cor- puscles, as leukocytosis; persistent excess of white corpuscles, as leukemia or leukocythemia. The normal diameter of the red blood-corpuscle is l/x. Srflaller red corpuscles are called micro- cytes ; larger, megalocytes. Irregularly-shaped red corpuscles are called poikilocytes. Certain white cells that readily absorb the staining material called eosin are from this fact termed eosino- phile cells. The blood sometimes contains j;io?-asiies, such as the hematozoa of malaria, the spirilla of relapsing fever, the bacilli of anthrax, the embryos of filaria sanguinis hominis, etc. ANEMIA. 97 Anemia. What are the symptoms of anemia ? Simple anemia may be a result of hemorrhage, of long-con- tinued discharges, of syphilis, malaria, fevers and wasting dis- eases, of mal-assimilatiou, of impaired nutrition, of the presence of parasites or of poisons in the system. The blood is deficient in quantity and in quality. The actual volume of the circulating fluid, as well as its corpuscular rich- ness, is diminished. The number of red cells and the number of lohite cells are less than normal ; so is the absolute quantity of Jiemoglobin^ while the relative proportion per corpuscle may be scarcely altered. Some of the red cells are ill-shaped and diminutive. Anemia long continued gives rise to fatty degeneration of various structures, notably of the walls of the bloodvessels, of the heart and of other viscera. The countenance and visible mucous membranes are usually pale ; though in exceptional instances of great vascularity of the face the complexion may be rosy. The eyeball has a bluish tint. There are shortness of breath, an undue readiness of fatigue, and a disinclination to mental or physical effort. The j^atient complains of neuralgia, of headache, of vertigo and of sleep- lessness. The appetite and digestion are impaired ; constipation is the rule. The urine is pale and may be of low specific gravity, from diminution in urea. Emaciation is not always evident. The action of the heart is enfeebled. Palpitation is common. The pulse is soft, compressible, and usually small. A soft, blow- ing murmur is often to be heard at the base of the heart and in the vessels of the neck ; in the arteries less constantly than in the veins (venous hum, '■'■bruit de diabW''). Edema ultimately develops and hemorrhages from various surfaces may take place. When anemia is associated with enlargement of the spleen it is termed splenic anemia. By some authorities splenic anemia is considered to be a variety of pseudo-leukemia. In the yellow, waxen countenance of its subjects, in its clinical course, which is sometimes remittent or intermittent, in its intensity and its fatality, the disease closely resembles pernicious anemia. Un- 98 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. like the latter affection, splenic anemia presents a definite visce- ral lesion, a relative increase of white cells, and a diminution in the relative percentage of hemoglobin. Chlorosis. What are the symptoms of chlorosis ? Clilcnvsis or green-sickness is a depraved condition of the blood, seen especially at about the time of puberty in young women, with derangement of menstruation. In addition to tlie symptoms of simple anemia^ the complexion and the con- junctivae present a yellowish-green hue. The number of red corpuscles is not diminished in the same degree as is the per- centage of hemoglobin, while the number of leukocytes is not appreciably altered. Pernicious Anemia. What are the symptoms of pernicious or idiopathic anemia ? There is a form of anemia in which the impoverishment of the blood is marked, and which pursues a progressive and usually fatal course. It is more common in women than in men. No constant visceral lesion has been found associated with the disease. In some instances, there has been atrophy of the gas- tric glands ; in others, disease of the medulla of the bones ; in others, increase of iron-containing pigment in the liver ; in still others, no lesion except that of the blood has been detected. The disease sometimes appears in connection with pregnanc3% The sympt07ns are those of intense anemia, with irregular out- breaks of febrile temperature. The complexion is pallid and often assumes a strikingly yellowish (lemon) hue. The lips and palpebral conjunctivae may be white. The bones, especially the sternum, exhibit tenderness on pressure. The ])ulse is usually rapid. The urine may be notably dark-colored, and contains an excess of nitrogenous matters. Sometimes deceptive remissions in the symptoms occur. The layer of subcutaneous fat is often well-preserved. Hemorrhages take place from the mucous surfaces, beneath the skin, into the LEUKOCYTOSIS — LEUKEMIA. 99 retina and elsewhere, as a result of fatty degeneration of the coats of the arteries. The heart is also likely to undergo fatty degeneration. The volume of blood is small ; the number of red corpuscles is considerably diminished (less than 2,000,000 per c. mm.), as is necessarily the absolute quantity of hemoglobiyi^ of which, however, the relative proportion per corpuscle is increased. The red corpuscles are poorly developed and ill-shaped. Mega- locytes preponderate ; microcytes and poikilocytes are likewise found. In some cases minute, highly-colored globules resem- bling " small red-tinged, fat globules" are seen. The number of white corpuscles may remain unaltered ; in some cases, it has has been increased ; in others, diminished. What special precautions must be taken in arriving at a diagnosis of the various forms of anemia ? When a condition of anemia is discovered, a searching in- quiry' into the history and symptoms and a careful physical examination must be made, to determine whether or not there be a coexistent morbid condition, such as carcinoma, tuber- culosis, hemorrhoids or other source of hemorrhage, nephritis, malarial infection, intestinal parasites, defective or insuflficient nutrition, mal-assimilation, arsenical, plumbic, mercurial or other form of poisoning, and conditions that occasion jaundice. Leukocytosis. What is leukocytosis ? Leukocytosis is a condition of the blood in which, without alteration in the number of red corpuscles, without enlargement of the spleen, of the liver or of the lymphatic glands, the num- ber of white corpuscles undergoes an intermittent or transitory increase. It may be physiologic^ as when it occurs after meals, or it may be a transitional stage of leukemia or pseudo-leukemia. Leukemia. What is leukemia or leukocythemia ? Leukemia is a morbid condition in which, in association with enlargement of the spleen, of the liver, of lymphatic glands, or 100 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. with alterations in the medulla of bones, the blood contains a permanent excess of leukocytes and is deficient in red cells (Fig. 18). Fig. 18. Appearance of the blood in leukemia. (Funke.) Three varieties of leukemia are recognized: Uenal, lyynphatic and raedullary, as the spleen and liver, the lymphatic system, and the medulla of bones, respectively, are involved. Early in the course of the disease, the spleen becomes con- spicuously enlarged ; sometimes friction-fremitus may be de- tected on palpation, and a blowing murmur on auscultation ; ascites may develop. In the further course of the disease, the liver and the lymphatic glands may also become enlarged ; the bones may be painful and tender ; changes in the kidneys and in the intestinal glands are sometimes noted. The number of ivhite corpuscles in the blood is increased beyond 10,000 to the cubic millimeter, sometimes in extraordi- nary degree. The number of red cells and the quantity ofliemo- globin are diminished. Through increase in the number of the white, and diminution in that of the red, there ensues a great change in the ratio of white cells to red cells. The ratio is, as a rule, not less than 1 : 50, and may reach or exceed 1 : 1. Masses of leukocytes may occasion infarcts in the spleen or lungs. It is PSEUDO-LEUKEMIA. lOl said that in lienal leukemia large leukocytes predominate ; in lymphatic leukemia, small leukocytes ; and in myelogenous leu- kemia, large leukocytes, having large nuclei, together with transition-types and many eosinophils cells. The depravity of the blood occasions dyspnea and edema ; conjoined w^ith the secondary changes in the bloodvessels, it predisposes to extravasation of the blood. There are thus breathlessness on exertion, epistaxis and other hemorrhages from mucous surfaces and into the retina and subcutaneous connective tissue. Diarrhea is common. The urine contains an excess of uric acid. Earely, disturbances of vision occur — as a result of hemorrhage, of leukemic deposit, or of leukemic retinitis. From time to time febrile periods, lasting from a few days to a week, in which the temperature may rise to 102° F., ai'e observed. Remissions in all of the symptoms sometimes take place during the progress of the case. Leukemia is most common between the ages of twenty and fifty ; it is more common in men than in women. It is usually insidious in onset, the early clinical phenomena being those of anemia in general. Epistaxis is often the first significant symp- tom. The etiology of leukemia is obscure. In some cases there has been a history of antecedent malarial infection ; in others, of traumatism of the spleen ; in others, of traumatism of bones. Privation and exposure are cited among predisposing and ex- citing causes. Pseudo-leukemia. What is pseudo-leukemia ? Pseudo-leukemia, Hodgkin^s disease^ lymphatic anemia, malig- nant lymplioma or lympliadenoma, is an affection characterized by hyperplasia of adenoid tissues, and especially by enlargement of the lymphatic glands in various parts of the body, and by changes in the blood. Anemia prevails, the number of red cor- puscles and the relative proportion of hemoglobin being dimin- ished, the number of white corpuscles remaining unchanged or not uncommonly being slightly inci-eased. An apparent excess 102 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. of white cells, due to decrease in the number of red cells, with consequent moderate elevation of the ratio, must not be mis- taken for an actual increase in the number of leukocytes. The superficial glands, especially those of the neck and axilla, are usually chiefly involved. Sometimes the glandular enlarge- ment is first noticed in the groin. The spleen and other viscera may also be enlarged. In addition to the symptoms of anemia and malnutrition, pressure-phenomena are observed. Enlarge- ment of the tonsils, of the lingual, postnasal, cervical, peri- tracheal and peri-bronchial glands gives rise to cough, dyspnea and dysphagia. The cerebral circulation may be impeded from pressure upon the vessels of the neck. Pressure upon nerves may cause paralysis, pain or edema. Jaundice and ascites are sometimes observed. There are, in addition, a tendency to effusions, hemorrhages and j)etechi8e, and from time to time febrile periods. How are leukemia and pseudo-leukemia to be differentiated? It is possible that leukemia and pseudo-leukemia represent stages of a single condition. Individual cases present symp- toms of both affections. The differentiation of well-marked cases, however, is not difficult. In leukemia, the spleen enlarges early ; the lymph-glands are not necessarily involved ; when they are, however, it is late in the disease. In pseudo-leukemia, the lymph-glands are primarily enlarged ; the spleen and liver may escape entirely ; should they become involved, it is late in the disease. In leuke- mia, the number of white blood-cells is always increased — often in decided degree. The alteration of relation of white cells to red cells in pseudo-leukemia is due to decrease in the number of the red cells ; actual excess of white cells constitutes no essential part of the disease ; though not rarely observed, it never reaches the high figures of leukemia. How are tuberculosis of the lymph-glands ("scrofula") and pseudo-leukemia to be differentiated ? The lymphatic glands over a wide distribution may become tuberculous. Such a condition will also be associated with anemia — so that a clinical picture will be presented simulating INFANTILE PSEUDO-LEUKEMIC ANEMIA. 103 that of pseudo-leukemia. Microscopic examination of a portion of one of the growths will disclose the presence of tubercle- bacilli in the one instance and a condition of simple hyper- plasia in the other. In pseudo-leukemia the enlarged glands are not inflamed, and do not give rise to inflammation in the surrounding con- nective tissue. They are not hot or tender to the touch ; they are not adherent to the skin, and are, as a rule, freely movable upon each other. Tuberculous glands are usually adherent to the skin, and to each other, and manifest a tendency to chronic inflammation, with caseation and suppuration. There are usu- ally other evidences of tuberculosis present, in the bones, joints, or elsewhere ; and the fades is often significant. Glandular tuberculosis and pseudo-leukemia may, however, coexist ; or inflammatory changes may be set up by traumatism in the glands of pseudo-leukemia. Infantile Pseudo-leukemic Anemia. What is infantile pseudo-leukemic anemia ? Jaksch has described in infants a form of anemia in tUe last stage of which there are a deficiency of red corpuscles, a defi- ciency of hemoglobin, and an increased number of white corpuscles. The condition differs from leukemia in that the increase of white corpuscles is not so great, that eosinophile leukocytes are never present, that, while the spleeii is enlarged, the liver is not, and that the prognosis is favorable. 104 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS, Table showing alterations in the constitution of the blood in disease. Number of red cells. Number of white cells. Proportion of hemoglobin. Total. Per red cell. Anemia Diminished. Normal or .diminished. Diminished. Normal or diminished. Chlorosis Diminished. Normal or diminished. Diminished. Diminished. Pernicious anemia Greatly diminished. Variable. Greatly diminished. Increased. Splenic anemia . Diminished. Increased. Diminished. Diminished. Psevido-leukemia Diminished. Normal or increased. Diminished. Normal or diminished. Leukocytosis Normal. Increased. Normal. Normal. Leukemia Diminished. Greatly increased. Diminished. Normal or diminished. Scorbutus. What are the symptoms of scorbutus ? Scorbutus or scurvy is a disease dependent upon deficiency in the diet, of certain substances usually contained in the juices of fresh vegetables and iruits. It was formerly common at sea, and in jails and poorhouses. Outbreaks still occasionally occur. Isolated cases sometiaies appear under unexpected circumstances. The disease is characterized by a depraved condition of the blood, with degeneration of the walls of the vessels and conse- quent hemorrhages. The gums are soft and spongy, and bleed on slight provocation or spontaneously. The breath is defiled by the fetor of the decomposing necrotic tissue. Hemorrhages take place from other mucous surfaces, while inflammation of serous membranes, with hemorrhagic efltusions, may occur. Ex- travasations of blood take place into the subcutaneous tissues, especially in the course of the superficial veins of the dependent parts of the body, giving a mottled, bluish or purplish appear- PURPURA. 105 auce to the skin in more or less extensive areas. The discolor- ation frequently resembles that of a bruise, and, as it slowly fades, assumes a greenish tint. It is often quite persistent. Extravasation into the muscles may likewise occur. With this, edema is often associated. Brawny induration of the connective tissue in various parts of the body may develop. Diffuse, dull pains are felt. The skin is dry and rough. There is mental apathy, with a sense of lassitude and an undue readiness of fatigue. Fungated hemorrhagic ulcers form. Ex- isting ulcers assume an unhealthy, spongy appearance. Frac- tured bones fail to unite, while the union of broken bones may be dissolved. The complexion is sallow ; anemia becomes evi- dent, with shortness of breath and rapidity and feebleness of pulse. In some epidemics, dysenterj- has been a complication. Sometimes hemeralopia or night-blindness has been observed. Without proper treatment death takes place. With proper treatment recovery is slow. Purpura. What are the clinical features of purpura? Purpura is a manifestation of a deteriorated condition of the blood and vessels, as a result of which petechise form, and hem- orrhages from the mucous membranes take place. Sometimes blood is extravasated into the serous cavities ; and occasionally intracranial hemorrhage occurs. The disease sometimes devel- ops in the midst of apparent health ; at other times, in the course of nephritis, the exanthemata, hepatic disease, and rheu- matism. Occasionally, transient febrile periods are observed. Sometimes the disease begins acutely, with a chill followed b}' pain in the back or limbs, but without fever. The purpuric spots may be large or small, of limited or of extensive distribu- tion. Usually they ajjpear in successive crops. At fii-st red- dish, they soon become of a deep purple, gradually fading to brown, and then to yellow, as they disappear. The varieties of purpura commonly recognized are purpura simplex, purpmra hemorrhagica and ptirpicra rheumatica. The names are sufficiently descriptive. 106 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. How are scorbutus and purpura to be differentiated? Scorbutus occurs among those that are massed together and are insufficiently supplied with fresh vegetables ; purpura may develop amid circumstances apparently the most favorable and in the face of an abundant supply of fruits and vegetables. The gums may bleed in purpura, but they are wanting in the sponginess and livid ity of scorbutus. The breath is fetid in scurvy, not necessarily so in purpura. The petechise of scor- butus usually develop about the hair-follicles ; those of purpura are indifferent in distribution. The individual discolored patches are more extensive in scorbutus than in purpura. In the latter, large blotches can usually be resolved into a number of smaller spots aggregated. The hue in the two cases differs to the ex- perienced eye. How is purpura to be distinguished from measles? The eruption of purpura has in certain instances presented sufficient superficial resemblance to that of morbilli to occasion mistake— the youth of the patients and the coincidence of febrile symptoms increasing the difficulty. The course of the eruption is, however, quite different in the two affections. The distribu- tion of the purpuric spots is not so general as is that of the erup- tion of measles. The spots of purpura often appear first on the legs, while in measles the rash begins on the face and trunk. The purpuric spots change color and fade, new spots appearing while others are receding ; no such phenomenon occurs in measles. Catarrhal symptoms do not occur in purpura ; hem- orrhages are not usual in measles. The characteristic tempera- ture-curve of measles is absent from the course of purpura. Hemophilia. What are the clinical features of hemophilia ? HemcypMUa is a morbid condition manifested by an abnormal tendency to the occurrence of hemorrhages, spontaneously or upon slight provocation. Individuals so affected are called "bleeders." The disease occurs in families; it is much the more common in males, but is mostly transmitted through Addison's disease. 107 females, in whom, when it occurs, its manifestations are always mild. Slight wounds, a scratch, the extraction of a tooth, may be followed by alarming or even fatal hemorrhage. Petechise form, while sometimes large extravasations of blood take place into the subcutaneous textures and into the joints. The dis- ease usually first makes its appearance early in life. Tlie diagnosis depends essentially upon tbe history of hei'editar}' transmission, the unusual proneness to the occurrence of alarming hemorrhage, the formation of petechiee, the develop- ment of subcutaneous and articular extravasations of blood, and the appearance of the first symptoms early in life. Addison's Disease. What are the clinical features of Addison's disease? Addison observed that in certain cases, in which after death the supra-renal bodies were found tuberculous, there had existed during life a peculiar pigmentation of the skin, with remark- able asthenia and nausea and vomiting. The discoloration is usually of a brownish hue, like that which develops in one exposed to a tropical sun ; it resembles the pigmentation of the dark-skinned races. It occurs in plaques, on exposed surfaces, at parts that have been compressed or constricted, in the flexures of joints, and about the genitalia and the nipples. The mucous membrane of the mouth and tongue may be pig- mented. Progressive weakness is manifested ; and prostration finally develops. The subcutaneous fat, however, may be preserved. The hearVs action is feeble ; the pitZse is small and compressible. The appetite is impaired ; nausea and vomiting are common ; there may be diarrhea or constipation. Death may take place gradually, from exhaustion, or with unexpected suddenness. Tuberculous disease of the supra-renal bodies has been found when there was no bronzing of the skin. In such cases it has been thought that the disease had not progressed sufliciently to have occasioned symptoms. In other cases the skin has been pigmented, but no changes were found in the supra-renal bodies. Pigmentation of the skin may, however, be a result of other 108 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. conditions than supra-renal disease. By some, Addison's dis- ease is thought to depend upon changes in the semilunar ganglia and branches of the sympathetic system of nerves, Kachitis. What are the clinical features of rachitis ? Bacliitis is a disease dependent upon defective and perverted development of the osseous structures of growing children, probably as a consequence of fault}' nutrition. There is doubt- less congenital predisposition to its occurrence. The hones are soft and yielding, and wanting in their natural firmness and stability, so that various deformities result. The sides of the chest become flattened, and the sternum projects, giving rise to the " pigeon-breast." ^Nodules or " beads" form at the junction ot the ribs and their cartilages. The long, supporting bones become bent and their epiphyseal extremities enlarged. The soft and deformed bones are especially liable to green-stick frac- tures. The lower jcm is narrow and dentition is delayed. The teeth may decay and fall out soon after their appearance. The head appears large ; its summit is flat ; the fontanels close late. The deformities are maintained by the ultimate hardening of the affected bones. Rachitic children present a pasty complexion and pearly con- junctivae ; they are undersized and poorly resist disease. They are restless, and display a tendency to excessive sweating of the head. Digestion is impaired ; the abdomen is often protuberant. Laryngismus stridulus and convulsions are common occurrences. Internal viscera may be enlarged as a result of hyperplasia of the interstitial connective tissue. MoUities Ossium. What are the clinical manifestations of mollities ossium? MoUities ossium is a morbid condition that develops in adults amid unfavorable hygienic surroundings and in women that have borne many children. It manifests itself by both soften- THE HEART. 109 ing and rarefaction of the bones, so that progression is impos- sible, and fractures are common. Occasionally febrile symptoms are present. Death is the common result, either from exhaus- tion, or from mechanical interference with respiration. How are rachitis and mollities ossium to be differentiated ? Mollities ossium is a disease of adult life, attended by changes in developed bone, and usually of fatal termination. Rachitis is essentially a disease of childhood, dependent upon abnormali- ties in developing bone, and from which recovery usually takes place, only the sequels of the disease remaining, THE HEART. Inspection. What can be learned of the heart by inspection? On inspecting the normal chest, one perceives in the left fifth intercostal space, two inches below and an inch within the nip- ple, in an area of perhaps an inch in diameter, a gentle rise and fall — the cardiac impulse or apex-heat. It is less distinctly visible in fat than in lean persons. The position of the apex-beat varies slightly with the respira- tory movements, with posture, and with the state of the abdominal viscera. It may be displaced, as to the left by an effusion in the right pleural cavity, or by adhesions of the left pleura ; or to the right by an cfllision in the left pleural cavity, or by adhesions of the right pleura. It may be increased in extent, as when the heart is enlarged, or when the pei'icardium is distended with fluid. Under varying conditions an impulse is seen in the epigastrium. The impulse may be strong, as in cases of caixliac hypertrophy ; feeble, as in cases of dilatation ; ivavy, as when the pericardial cavity is occupied by fluid ; when the pericardium is adherent "systolic dimpling" occurs. 110 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. Palpation. What is to be learned of the heart by palpation ? PaliMtion confirms aud reinforces what is learned by inspec- tion. An impulse that cannot be seen can sometimes be felt. A feeble impulse indicates that the action of the heart has been enfeebled by disease or by an eftusion in the pericardial cavity ; a strong impulse is indicative of strength, of hypertrophy. A pericardial friction-rub may sometimes be felt. In most cases of mitral valvular obstruction, a imrring treriwr is perceived on palpation. Percussion. What is to be learned of the heart by percussion ? By percussion— which is best practised with the patient re- cumbent—the approximate size of the heart can be learned. A considerable portion of the organ is covered by lung-tissue. By superficial percussion of a normal chest the cardiac dulness is found to be represented by a triangle included between a point at the lower margin of the fourth left costal cartilage at its iunction with the sternum, another at the apex-beat, and a third at the lower extremity of the sternum at its left border. Deep pjercussion defines a somewhat more extended area. The area of cardiac percussion-duluess is increased when the heart is enlarged, or the pericardial sac is distended by fluid, when the heart is uncovered by retraction of the lung, or in full expiration. The area is diminished when the heart is covered by emphysematous lung-tissue, or by the lungs in full inspira- tion. Auscultation. What is to be learned of the heart by auscultation? Auscidtation constitutes the most important method of physi- cal examination of the heart. It reveals the frequency, the rhythm, the quality, and the purity of the heart-sounds. In health, the heart of an adult at rest beats about seventy- two times to the minute. The frequency of action varies with AUSCULTATION. Ill the degree of bodily exertion, and witli posture. It is increased by exertion and by excitement, after meals, in febrile affections and in many diseases of the heart ; it is greater in the upright than in the horizontal posture ; it is diminished by rest and by jaundice ; in aortic obstruction in fatty degeneration, and dur- ing convalescence from acute disease. It is affected by various drugs and by nervous influences. The action of the heart in health is rhythmical and regular. There is a prolonged, dull, first souncZ, and a shorter, sharper second sound, follovired by an interval of silence— with rhythmical repetitions. Occasionally a cycle is omitted — the heart intermits. A normal first sound may be followed by two second sounds — duplication. The first sound may also be dupli- cated. The normal rhythm of the heart may be disturbed by organic disease of the heart, such as degeneration, and by de- rangement of other organs, as of the stomach. The _^rsi sound of the normal adult heart is a dull, but well- defined thud ; the second is a shorter, sharper, snapping or ring- ing sound ; it is followed by an interval of silence.^ Three elements enter into the production of the first sound, which is synchronous with the contraction of the ventricles (systole) and the closure of the auriculo-ventricular {mitral and tricuspid) valves. These are : the closure of the valves, the mus ■ cular contraction, and the impact of the heart against the chest- wall. The second sound, which is synchronous with the be- ginning of the diastole, is valvular ; it is due to the quick approxi- mation of the semilunar flaps, preventing return of blood through the arterial {aortic and pulmonary) orifices. The first sound of the heart may be altered in volume, in tone, in duration and in strength. These are usually increased when the heart is hypertrophied, temporarily under excitement and after the administration of certain drugs ; and diminished when from any cause the action of the heart is enfeebled— among ' There can likewise be detected by the trained ear a short interval of silence between the first and second sounds. The fact is mentioned here to avoid misleading the student in his further studies ; but for practical purposes this " minor silence," as it is called, may be entirely ignored. 112 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. such causes are dilatation, degeneration, pericardial effusion. The character of the second sound is largely dependent upon the tension in the arteries ; the higher the tension the sharper the sound. The ]jurity of the heart-sounds depends upon the condition of the heart-muscle, upon the state of the blood and upon the functional efficiency of the various valves and orifices. The functional efficiency of the valves and orifices of the heart can be determined by a study of the sounds of the heart as heard over the respective parts ; but these are so close together that points in the course of the blood-stream are selected for auscultation. That for the mitral sound corresponds to the situation of the apex-beat ; that for the aortic, to the junction of the right second costal cartilage with the sternum ; that for the tricuspid, to the ensiform cartilage ; and that for the pulmo- nary, to the left second intercostal space close to the sternum. Alteration of the structure and derangement of the function of the valves and orifices of the heart are revealed by adven- titious sounds, called murmurs, that accompany or replace the normal sounds, or occur in the interval between them. Mur- murs are often blowing ; sometimes they are soft, sometimes harsh, sometimes musical. The first sound occupies the ventricular systole; the diastole is taken up by the second sound and the period of silence. During the systole, the blood pases from the ventricles into the aorta and pv;lmonary artery ; the arterial valves should be freely open ; the auriculo-ventricular valves should be perfectly closed : mur- murs generated at the arterial orifices indicate obstruction to the outflow of blood from the ventricles ; murmurs generated at the auriculo-ventricular orifices indicate reflux of blood into the auricles. At the conclusion of the systole, there is a brief pause, fol- lowed by the diastole, during which the blood flows from the auricles into the ventricles ; the auriculo-ventricular valves should be freely open ; the arterial valves should be perfectly closed : murmurs generated at the auriculo-ventricular orifices indicate obstruction to the onflow of blood into the ventricles ; AUSCULTATION. 113 murmurs generated at the arterial orifices indicate reflux of blood from the arteries. Incompetency or insufficiency of a valve permits of regurgita- tion. Constriction or occlusion of an orifice occasions obstruction. The seat and character of an endocardial murmur are deter- mined from the 2)lace at which it is best heard (site of maximum intensity), in association with the time of its occurrence and the direction in which it is transmitted. Analogous conditions of the right and left heart necessarily give rise to murmurs at the same time ; analogous conditions of the auriculo-ventricular and arterial valves give rise to murmurs at different times ; and conversely. Thus, for example, the mur- murs of mitral insufficiency and of tricuspid insufficiency coin- cide in time with each other and with the murmurs of aortic obstruction and of pulmonary obstruction. Mitral and tricuspid regurgitant murmurs and aortic and pulmonary obstructive murmurs are heard during the systole— with or in place of Fig. 19. Auscultation of the heart-sounds. The small letters indicate the situation of the valves; the large letters, the points for auscultation, a^, aortic; mit/, mitral; tT, tricuspid ; pP, pulmonary. (Vierordt.) the first sound. Mitral and tricuspid obtructive murmurs and aortic and pulmonary regurgitant murmurs are heard during the diastole ; the latter two with or in place of the second sound ; 114 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. the first two, however, in what is normally the period of silence immediately preceding the first sound— hence presystolic. JMitral rtgurgitant murmurs are heard best at the apex of the heart ; they are transmitted in the course of the fifth and sixth ribs to the axilla, and may be heard below the posterior inferior angle of the scapula. Mitral obstructive murmurs are best heard at the apex of the heart, or a little above the apex ; they are but feebl}^ transmitted. Aortic rtgurgitant and aortic obstructive murmurs are most distinctly heard at the junction of the second costal cartilage on the right with the sternum ; the former are transmitted downwards in the course of the sternum, the latter upwards in the course of the great vessels, especially the carotid. Murmurs generated at the orifices and by the valves of the right side of the heart are exceedingly rare. Tricusidd regurgitant and obstructive murmurs are best heard at the ensi- form cartilage, or a little farther to the right. Fuhwmary mur- murs should be best heard in the second intercostal space on the left, close to the margin of the sternum. In anemia, soft blow- ing murmurs, dependent upon the condition of the blood, are heard in the same situation. All murmurs heard in the precordial region are not endo- cardial. Auscultation reveals as well the sounds of pericardial friction as of adjacent pleural friction. How are murmurs due to organic disease to be distinguished from so-called functional murmurs? In addition to adventitious sounds generated at the orifices of the heart as a result of structural changes, murmurs are heard when the condition of the blood is deteriorated, or when, from disturbed action of the heart or other cause, abnormal currents are generated in the blood-stream. These so-called functional murmurs are distinguished by their inconstancy and their softness ; they are usually heard only at the base of the heart and over the body of the organ ; they are not transmitted ; they are intensified by pressure with the stethoscope ; and they disappear with the removal of the conditions upon which they depend. Organic murmurs are usually harsher, more constant, and vary comparatively little in character and intensity. MALFORMATION — DEXTROCARDIA. 115 What is the sphygmograph? The sphygmograph is an instrument by which an artery is made to record certain of the characters of its pulsation. The sphygmogrum (Fig. 20) is an important aid in diagnosis, but Fig. 20. Normal pulse-tracing. (After Eichhorst.) cannot be reUed upon apart from the ordinary rational and physical signs. The use of the sphygmograph and the signifi- cance of its tracings must be learned by experience. Malformation. What are the most common malformations of the heart ? The most common malformations of the heart consist in an imperforate interventricular septum and a failure of the foramen ovale to close. i To what symptoms do malformations of the heart give rise ? Individuals in whom there exist serious abnormal communica- tions between the lateral halves of the heart rarely reach adult life. Cyanosis is the most common symptom. vSystolic mur- murs are heard practically indistinguishable from those oc- casioned by valvular derangement. Dextrocardia. What is dextrocardia ? Dextrocardia is a congenital displacement of the heart on the right side, commonly associated with displacement of the liver on the left and of the spleen on the right. 116 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. How is dextrocardia to be recognized ? In case of dextrocardia the impulse of the heart is wanting in its usual situation, and is seen to the right of the sternum. The area of cardiac percussion-dulness occupies on the right an extent corresponding to that which it normally occupies on the left. The sounds of the heart are heard on the right side instead of on the left. The hepatic percussion-dulness is not found in its usual situation, hut in a corresponding position on the left. The splenic dulness is found on the right instead of on the left. Functional Disturbance of the Heart. What is meant by functional disturbance of the heart? Under various conditions, as when the nutrition is impaired or the digestion is deranged, as a result of overwork, or of dissipation, or of the excessive use of tobacco, or tea, or coffee, and in connection with gout or lithemia, with hysteria or hypo- chondriasis, the action of the heart may be deranged without recognizable structural change. There will be present such symptoms as pain, palpitation, anxiety, headache, vertigo and breathlessness, sometimes with irregularity and increased frequency of the heart's action. The diagnosis depends upon the recognition of the primary condition and upon the absence of the physical signs of a cardiac lesion. Functional disorder, great in degree and long continued, may lead to structural change. Tachycardia. What is tachycardia? Tachycardia is a term applied to a somewhat rare condition of excessive rapidity of the action of the heart, accompanied with palpitation, the rhythm of the heart sometimes remaining un- affected. The pulse may exceed 200 beats a minute. Occurring in paroxysms, the qualification 'paroxysmal is applied. When no etiologic lesion is discoverable, the condition is termed essential paroxysmal tachycardia. The paroxysm usually begins suddenly, IRRITABLE HEART. 117 with or without warning ; at times without apparent exciting cause ; at other times seeming to result from some such con- dition as overdistention of the stomach. Tachycardia may be due to temporary paralysis of the vagus or stimulation of the cardiac accelerator nerve. Increased cardiac dulness and indefi- nite murmurs may be observed during the attack, and disappear with subsidence of the symptoms. The condition may be un- attended with other symptoms, and ordinarily does not shorten life. It may be a part of other neuroses. It has been observed in women at the menopause. How does tachycardia differ from angina pectoris? Tachycardia is wanting in the threatening symi3toras of an- gina pectoris — the anxiety, the pain, the cardiac failure. Ra- pidity of the heart's action and palpitation are the essential features of tachycardia ; while in angina pectoris the pulse is of variable frequency. How does tachycardia differ from exophthalmic goiter? Palpitation of the heart and increased frequency of the pulse are among the earliest phenomena of exophthalmic goiter. Be- fore the thyroid gland has become enlarged or the eyeballs pro- trude, the distinction from tachycardia is not possible. There is no difficulty in the diagnosis, however, when not only the exophthalmos and the goiter, but the array of other symptoms that characterize exophthalmic goiter, have also developed. Irritable Heart. What are the phenomena of irritable heart ? Irritable heart is a condition originally observed in soldiers in active service, in which there are in addition to increased fre- quency of the action of the heart, often with disturbed rhythm, recurring attacks of palpitation and pain in the precordia. There are usually headache and vertigo, especially during the paroxysms. The general health may suffer little or not at all. The first sound may be short and sharp or may be barely audible ; the second sound is accentuated. There is no constant murmur. The pulse is compressible and easily influenced by 118 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. position. Eespiration is. but little if at all accelerated. A simi- lar condition may develop in civil life in those unaccustomed to arduous labor called upon to perform unusual tasks. It has also been found in athletes and others who have committed excesses in physical exertion, and in masturbators. Under proper regi- men, restoration to the normal results ; under other circum- stances, hypertrophy of the heart develops. How does irritable heart differ from tachycardia ? Irritable heart results from well-recognized causes that are not concerned in tachycardia. In irritable heart the frequency is less than in tachycardia, and is habitual ; in tachycardia the increased frequency is extraordinary and usually occurs in paroxj'sms. It is pain and palpitation rather than increased frequency of action that marks the paroxysmal seizures of irritable heart. Tachycardia is also wanting in the distressing subjective sensations and the grave issue of irritable heart. Angina Pectoris. What are the characteristics of angina pectoris? Angina 2')e(^oris is a paroxysmal disorder for which no definite structural lesion has been found. Perhaps the most common condition associated with it is atheroma of the coronary arteries. The attack sets in suddenl}-, with a sense of oppression, dys- pnea, and pain in the precordia, rising to a high pitch of inten- sity, and attended with a sense of impending dissolution — and not uncommonly death does occur in the parox3sm. There is often a sensation as of throttling. The pain in the heart is de- scribed as " clutching," " squeezing," and " tearing." The pain radiates in various directions from the heart, especially to the left shoulder, and extends down the left arm. The face is pale, the features drawn, the pulse variable. The attacks may occur spontaneously, but are usually brought on b}^ excitement or exertion, or by gastro-intestinal derangement. They recur with varying frequency, sometimes over a long period of j'ears. HYPERTROPHY. 119 How does intercostal neuralgia differ from angina pectoris? The pain of intercostal neuralgia never attains the intensity or presents the peculiar character of that of angina pectoris ; nor are the general manifestations ever so portentous. The tender points of Yalleix, found in intercostal neuralgia, are absent in angina pectoris. An herpetic eruption on the chest, follow^ing the course of an intercostal nerve, is diagnostic of neuralgia. Hypertrophy. What are the symptoms of hypertrophy of the heart? The size of the heart is proportionate to the demands made upon it, or to the stimulation that it receives. Valvular disease and other conditions impeding the circulation may cause one or all of the cardiac chambers to enlarge and the walls to thicken. Hypertrophy, uncomplicated by valvular disease, results when the heart is called upon to perform excessive labor, or is stimu- lated by abnormal nervous influences. Symptoms arise only when the action of the heart is in excess of the requirements of the system. Under such conditions there will be a sense of dis- comfort in the precordial region, palpitation, paroxysmal cough, shortness of breath, headache, vertigo, ringing in the ears, dis- turbed sleep, deranged digestion, a florid complexion, and a tendency to hemorrhage. "What are the physical signs of hypertrophy of the heart? When the heart is hypertrophied, its impulse is decided and ex- tended, and usually displaced to the left. The area of per- mssion-dulness is increased. As the enlargement, in most cases, principally involves the left ventricle, the area of dulness in- creases to the left, though enlargement of the left ventricle is likely to be followed in turn by hypertrophy of the remaining cavities. Owing to the position of the heart in the chest, the left ventricle may be moderately enlarged without giving rise to appreciable percutory abnormality. Enlargement of the right heart may be the first cause of extension of the area of dul- ness. The action of the heart is moderately accelerated, regular and rhythmical. The first sound is strong and booming, the secmid accentuated. The pidse is correspondingly full and strong. 120 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS, Dilatation. What are the symptoms of dilatation of the heart ? Dilatation of the heart occurs under pretty much the same con- ditions as give rise to hypertrophy, except that the organ is unable to meet the demands made upon it. Dilatation may thus be a sequel of hypertrophy. As dilatation is frequentl}^ an ultimate result of obstruction to the pulmonary circulation, the right heart usually suffers the more. The symptoms are those of failing circulation : precordial anxiety, palpitation, head- ache, vertigo, syncope, i^allor, cough, dyspnea, venous conges- tion, and dropsy. What are the physical signs of dilatation of the heart ? The cardiac impulse is feeble and diffused, and usually dis- placed to the left. The area of cardiac percussion-d.ulness is in- creased. The first sound is weakened in correspondence with the disproportion between the enlargement of the cardiac cham- bers and the thickness of their walls; the second is little changed. If the dilatation has been great enough to so enlarge the orifices or weaken the muscles that the valves are no longer competent to efiect complete closure, regui'gitant murmurs may be devel- oped, even in the absence of structural alterations in the valves. Such murmurs are usually rather soft and may be inconstant. The action of the heart may be rapid and irregular. The pidse is small and soft. What are the distinctions between hypertrophy and dilatation of the heart ? HTPERTROPHT. DILATATION. Face florid ; ringing in ears ; rush- Face pallid ; tendencj* to sj-ncope ; ing of blood to the head. dropsy. Cardiac impulse strong, extensive. Impulse feeble, diffused, often ■wavy. Increased area of percussion-dul- Increased area of percussion-dul- ness. ness. Action rapid, regular, rhythmical. Action rapid, irregular. First sound strong. First sound relatively enfeebled. Pulse full, strong. Pulse small, yielding. VALVULAR DISEASE. 121 How does dilatation of the heart differ from fatty degeneration of the heart ? Tatty degeneration of the heart may be recognized when the skin has a peculiar, greasy appearance, when an arcus seniHs is present, when the sounds of a heart not enlarged are exceed- ingly feeble, and attended with the symptoms of a failing circulation. It differs from dilatation in the unchanged or diminished size of the heart and the association with such other evidences of fatty degeneration as may be present. The pulse is usually, but not invariably, slow in fatty degeneration, while it is rapid in dilatation. How is a pericardial effusion to be distinguished from dilata- tion of the heart ? Fluid may collect in the pericardium in connection with pericarditis, or as a part of a general dropsy. In dilatation of the heart the cardiac impulse is feeble and diffuse, but not as feeble or as wavy as in effusion. When dilatation exists, the percussion-dulness in the precordia is not as extensive as when there is an effusion, nor is it peculiarly triangular in outline. While the sounds of the heart are enfeebled over the organ when dilatation exists, they are almost obliterated in case of effusion, except at the base, where, in case of peiicarditis, friction-sounds may likewise be detected. The recognition of a condition that gives rise to pericardial effusion is an aid in diagnosis. Valvular Disease. What are the symptoms common to valvular lesions of the heart ? The functional deficiency of a diseased heart-valve may be compensated for by an improved condition of the heart-muscle. The presence or absence of rational signs will depend upon the extent and constancy of the structural and functional alteration of the muscle. If the alteration be too great, the symptoms will be those of an hypertrophied or ovei'acting heart. If it be too little, the symptoms will be those of an enfeebled heart. If it be inconstant, symptoms of excitement, of overaction or of 122 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. enfeeblement may appear in paroxysms, or for prolonged pe- riods at irregular intervals. Even when the compensatory change is apparently constant and sufficient, there may be at times or continuously, with or without pallor and weakness, a sense of precordial discomfort, palpitation of the heart, short- ness of breath, perhaps headache and vertigo — all aggravated by exertion. Often, when compensation is but slightly imper- fect, there are evidences of gastric and intestinal derangement, and a sense of fulness in the hypochondria. Should the heart fail, and compensation be disturbed, the condition becomes vir- tually or actually that of dilatation of the heart ; the phenomena are those of insufficient vis a tergo in the circulation. As a re- sult of the stagnation of blood in the veins, there is engorge- ment of various organs, especially of the lungs, liver, kidneys and spleen ; the existing symptoms become intensified, and in addi- tion there appears dropsy, first manifesting itself in the lower extremities, and extending upwards. When two or more lesions coexist, the compensation is less readily established and more easily ruptured than in the case of single lesions. Pulmonary congestion and hemoptysis occur not infrequently. Mitral Incompetency — Mitral Regurgitation. What are the signs of incompetency of the mitral valve (mitral regurgitation) ? As a result of endocarditis, or of fibrous or calcareous degen- eration, the bicuspid leaflets, or the chordae tendinea, become thickened and contracted, interfering with the accurate apposi- tion of the segments of the mitral valve during the systole. In consequence, blood is abuormallj' diverted backward through the mitral orifice, giving rise to a blowing (systolic) sound, heard with greatest distinctness at the apex, and transmitted, in the course of the fifth and sixth ribs, to the axilla and to the inferior angle of the scapula. The heart is usually enlarged — under favorable conditions, hypertrophied ; under unfavorable conditions, dilated. AORTIC OBSTRUCTION. 123 Mitral Obstruction. What are the physical signs of obstruction at the mitral orifice ? The mitral orifice becomes contracted as a result of endocar- ditis or of degenerative changes in the segments of the valve. The characteristics of mitral obstruction are : a rumbling murmur heard just before the systole, with greatest intensity over the left ventricle, and a purring tremor or thrill perceived by the hand placed over the precordia. The left ventricle diminishes in size, while the left auricle becomes enormously enlarged. In turn the right side of the heart becomes enlarged. The pulse is small and feeble. Not rarely mitral incompetency is associated with obstruction. Aortic Obstruction. What are the physical signs of aortic obstruction ? Aortic obstruction is a result of structural changes in the semilunar valves or in the aorta, induced by inflammation or degeneration. Aortic obstruction and incompetency are often associated. The action of the heart is strong ; the left ventricle becomes hypertrophied ; the pulse may be full and strong or small and tardy. At midsternum and on the right side over the junction of the second costal cartilage with the sternum, a coarse, blowing, systolic murmur is heard, transmitted into the great vessels. The murmur of aortic obstruction is sometimes to be heard over the right carotid artery when at midsternum and at the aortic cartilage, merely an obscuration of the first sound can be detected. Aortic obstruction, apart from insufficiency, is one of the less common lesions. A systolic murmur heard at the aortic carti- lage and transmitted into the neck may be due to dilatation oi roughening of the aorta, without valvular or^'orificial change, and may give rise to no circulatory disturbance. 124 ESSENTIALS OP DIAGNOSIS, Aortic Incompetency— Aortic Regurgitation. What are the physical signs of incompetency of the aortic valve (aortic regurgitation) ? Aortic incompetency arises from conditions similar to those tliat give rise to imperfections at tlie otlier orifices of the heart. It is often associated with aortic obstruction. It is character- ized by a blowing, diastolic murmur, replacing or accompanying the second sound of the heart, heard with greatest intensity at the aortic cartilage, and transmitted downwards in the course of the sternum. Tlie action of the heart is powerful ; the left ventricle becomes enormously hypertrophied ; vascular pulsa- tion is common and may be evident even in parts remote from the center of circulation ; the pulsation in the cai'otids may be so strong that the head is shaken ; the pulse comes up well with the systole of the heart, but immediatel}'^ recedes — consti- tuting the gaseous pulse, the watei'-hammer pulse, or the pulse of Corrigan. This character is well shown in the sphygmo- graphic tracing. (Fig. 21.) Fig. 21. Pulse-tracing of aortic insufficiency. (After Striimpell. PULMONARY INCOMPETENCY. 125 Tricuspid Incompetency — Tricuspid Regurgitation. What are the signs of tricuspid regurgitation (incompetency of the tricuspid valve) ? Lesions of the valves and orifices of tlie riglit side of the heart are uncommon. If the tricuspid valve is incompetent, blood regurgitates with the contraction of the ventricle ; in coiisequcnce, a blowing systolic murmur is heard at the ensiform cartilage, and systolic pulsation is visible in the veins of the neck. In some cases the liver is seen to pulsate. Tricuspid Obstruction. What are the signs of obstruction at the tricuspid orifice ? When the tricuspid orifice is obstructed the blood must accumulate in the peripheral veins ; a presystolic murmur is heard at the ensiform cartilage. Pulmonary Obstruction. What are the signs of obstruction at the pulmonary orifice ? When the pulmonary orifice is obstructed a systolic murmur is heard in the third intercostal space on the left, close to the sternum. Pulmonary Incompetency — Pulmonary Regur- gitation. What are the signs of incompetency of the pulmonary valve (pulmonary regurgitation) ? When the pulmonary valve is incompetent regurgitation occurs with the dilatation of the ventricle ; as a result a diastolic mur- mur is heard at the junction of the third costal cartilage on the left with the sternum ; the murmur may be transmitted down- wards in the course of the sternum. 126 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. o o c d d a _o _o _o a a « a bo _o _sc bo bo ta bjj bo bo "H ^ =^ /v» tc K ^ Ph M ■^ tc ^ 7 ^' 1 1 1 ji ^ p t>. ■3 X 3 >. >. ^ 1 1 '~> 1 1 1 1 1 1 ct s be -2 rf s 3 bt bo jz; ^ Ci ^ 5 i. ^ ^ ^ a a p C3 5 c 3 2 ^ ►^ ^ *^ ;2 ►^ ►^ ?? 12; t»i >% d "2 S "S rt'^ <35 > >> >% s •SjS'd 3 3 Sas s :5 3 ffl-r; c 1) a> r* a> ^^ " H '^ H M H ^ ,- g ,- a g K >> c a 8 ^ a^ m i ^ -^ $ fe X a CS ji .^ "3 0* s 3} 6 bc.t: 1 i 'S 5: a" « M t_ iJ a 3 :— ^ C Of ^ bC C5 il ~ ;^ K E "^ — a "" c a bo c 1 -Is t2 a m 1^ §"5 ac 4; "" /2 jC 6 x ^j"" OJ -^ -»j > < < -< < <; . I X p X '-' >-. >, ti. >. ■— •— — — " ^ Oj X x. a> — r— - — ^— ' ACUTE PERICARDITIS. 127 Acute Pericarditis. What are the distinguishing features of acute pericarditis ? Acute ^pericarditis may develop in association with rheuma- tism, infectious diseases, nephritis, or pleurisy, endocarditis, or other adjacent disease; it may also result from exposure to cold or from hlows upon the chest. It is attended with pain in the precordial region, and sometimes in the epigastrium ; consider- able elevation of temperature and other febrile symptoms ; a sense of anxiety ; dyspnea ; irregularity and increased rapidity of the heart ; irritable cough ; possibly headache, vertigo, deli- rium, nausea, and vomiting. The gastric phenomena may ob- scure the actual condition, or the cerebral symptoms may sug- gest meningitis ; careful inquiry and examination will, however, reveal the inflammation of the pericardium. What are the physical signs of acute pericarditis ? In the first stage, the characteristic sign is a rubbing friction- sound heard close to the ear at one or more points in the pre- cordia, synchronously with one or both sounds of the heart. The sound is to be distinguished from an endocardial murmur by its quality, its superficiality and by increase of distinctness caused by pressure with the stethoscope. In the second stage— that of effusion, a murmur is no longer heard, except j^erhaps above the fluid at the origin of the great vessels. The cardiac impulse is feeble, extended and wavy. The area of percussion-dxdness is increased, and presents a pecu- liar outline — being triangular, with the base below. At the apex and over the body of the heart, the sounds are heard but feebly or not at all, while at the base they may be heard with ordinary distinctness. In the third stage, the fluid has disappeared, and murmurs may again be heard. In the course of time, however, the opposite surfaces of the inflamed membrane become adherent, so that the pericardial cavity is in whole, or in part, obliterated. Adhesions to the chest-wall give rise to localized retraction, and to systolic dimpling. The heart in turn becomes enlarged. 128 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. How are acute pericarditis and acute pleurisy to be differ- entiated ? Pericarditis and pleuritis arise under similar conditions. The two may be associated. The physical phenomena of both are analogous, differing, however, in degree, extent and situa- tion. The friction-sound of pleurisy is heard synchronously with the respiratory movements, that of pericarditis synchron- ously with the cardiac movements — the latter is thus the more frequent. If doubt arise, the breathing should be suspended for a short time : a pleural friction disappears. The percussion- dulness occasioned by an eflfusion into the pericardium is situ- ated in the precordia, and has a characteristic triangular out- line ; the percussion-dulness of an effusion into the pleural cavity involves the lateral and posterior aspects, as well as the anterior aspect of the chest. Acute Endocarditis. What are the characteristics of acute endocarditis ? Acute endocarditis develops in the course of infectious diseases and of nephritis and chorea, but more especially in connection with acute rheumatism. It is characterized by a sense of dis- tress in the precordia, palpitation and increased frequency of action of the heart, sometimes with irregularity, elevation of temperature, dyspnea, slight cough and an anxious expression. In addition, the face may be flushed ; there may be chills, headache, vertigo, delirium, icterus, irritability of the stomach, and diarrhea. The characteristic sign of acute endocarditis is a soft, blowing, systolic murmur, though it is possible for endo- carditis to exist without the detection of a murmur. How is the murmur of an acute endocarditis to be distinguished from a murmur the result of a past endocarditis ? The murmur of acute endocarditis is soft, inconstant in its seat, unattended with enlargement of the heart and associated with the fever, precordial anxiety and other symptoms of acute endocarditis ; a murmur dependent upon a past endocarditis is harsher, fixed in seat, unattended with fever, but associated MYCOTIC ENDOCARDITIS. 129 Avith cardiac enlargement and a history of one of the conditions that may cause endocarditis or of a remote attack of endo- carditis. ACUTE ENDOCARDITIS. CHRONIC VALVULAR DISEASE. The murmur is soft and inconstant The murmur is harsher, fixed in in seat and occurrence. seat and constant in occurrence. Unattended with enlargement of Attended with enlargement of the the heart. heart. Associated with fever, precordial Not associated with fever or other anxiety and other symptoms of symptoms of an acute condi- acute endocarditis. tion. No history of a remote acute endo- Remote history of acute endocar- carditis. ditis. Associated with rheumatism or Absence of an -immediate cause of other cause of acute endocar- acute endocarditis. ditis. How is acute endocarditis to be distinguished from acute peri- carditis ? The pain of pericarditis is likely to be more severe than that of endocarditis. The murmur of pericarditis appears closer to the ear than that of endocarditis ; the former is a friction-sound, diastolic as well as systolic ; the latter is blowing in character and only systolic. When a pericardial effusion exists, it presents a peculiar area of dulness on percussion, the heart-sounds at the apex are enfeebled or they may be absent, and there is a dif- used, feeble and wavy impulse, not found in endocarditis. Mycotic Endocarditis. What are the symptoms of mycotic or ulcerative endocarditis? In addition to the ordinary symptoms of acute endocarditis, the mycotic form is marked by high temperature with decided oscillations, chills, sweats, the evidences of septic infection, ecchymoses, prostration, a typhoid condition and albuminuria. Mycotic endocarditis is usually engrafted upon preexisting val- vular disease. Septic vegetations may form and ulceration and perforation occur. Embolism is among the threatening dangers. 9 130 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. Myocarditis. What are the symptoms of myocarditis ? Some degree of myocarditis necessarily attends pei'icarditis and endocarditis. Inflanwiaticni of the muscular structure of the heart may occur in the course of rheumatism or in association witli septicemia or pyemia. The condition does not give rise to definite signs or symptoms apart from those of the inflamn)ation of the pericardium or endocardium witli which it is commonly associated. What are the features of interstitial myocarditis ? Interstitial myocarditis may be a result of acute inflammation of the heart or form part of a general fibroid degeneration. The action of a heart so aftected is likely to be irregular and intermittent ; one or both sounds may be duplicated, while the second is likely to be accentuated. Hydropericardium. What are the characteristics of hydropericardium ? When not the result of pericarditis, an effusion into the pericar- dium is usually part of a general dropsy. It presents physical phenomena indistinguishable from those of pericarditis in the stage of effusion, but lacks the febrile symptoms as well as the friction-murmurs of the first or of the third stage. Evidences of general dropsy, such as edema, pleural and peritoneal effu- sions, and symptoms or signs of the causative disease — nephritis, for example — will be found if looked for. Heart-Clot. What are the symptoms of heart-clot ? The blood may coagulate in the cavities of the heart in the course of endocarditis, of diseases in which the coagulability of the blood is increased, such as pneumonia, and when from any cause the action of the heart has become enfeebled. Under such circumstances the surface of the body becomes cold and livid, THORACIC ANEURISM. 131 there is intense dyspnea, the action of the heart becomes rapid, feeble and irregular, a faint murmur may be heard over the organ and the area of cardiac percussion-dulness is increased. There is great anxiety, nausea, vomiting, nervous excitement, delirium, venous turgidity and attacks of syncope. Thoracic Aneurism. What are the symptoms of thoracic aneurism ? The symptoms and physical signs of thoracic aneurism vary with the location of the aneurism. Aneurisms of the aorta are the most common. The frequency of aneurisms of the aorta diminishes with the distance from the heart. The characteristic manifestations of an aneurism are the existence in the course of a bloodvessel of a imlsating expansile tumor, attended with a thrill and hruit; on percussion, a circumscribed area of dulness will be found to correspond with the area of expansile pulsation, over which a thrill can be perceived with the palpating hand, and a systolic bruit can be heard on auscultation. Other symjj- toms depend upon the compression of adjacent structures. There may thus be a peculiar metallic cough, with or without expec- toration ; dyspnea ; dysphagia ; irregularity of the action of the heart ; venous stagnation and edema ; manifestations of de- rangement of the cerebral circulation ; localized sweating ; dila- tation or contraction of one pupil ; paralysis of one or both vocal bands ; enfeeblement of respiratory murmur over certain areas, from obstruction of a large bronchus ; inequality of the radial pulses ; neuralgic pain and erosion of bone. How is an intra-thoracic tumor to be distinguished from an aortic aneurism ? An aneurism develops only in the course of a bloodvessl ; a tumor of any other sort is not so restricted. The former presents pulsation, expansion, and usually thrill and bruit ; the latter may rise and fall if seated over an artery, but does not expand or present a thrill or bruit. The sphygmographic tracing (taken in loco) of a solid tumor situated above a normal artery is that of the normal artery ; the curve given by an aneurism is abnor- 132 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. mal and often characteristic. Intra-thoracic tumors are usually either secondary or give rise to metastases. If the tumor were a gumma, the diagnosis would depeud upon a history of syphilis or upon other manifestations of syphilis, together with a reces- sion of the symptoms on appropriate treatment. Tuberculosis of the mediastinal glands would be but one manifestation of a general tuberculosis. How is an abscess of the mediastmum to be distinguished from an aneurism of the aorta ? In addition to the features that distinguish all other thoracic tumors from aneurism, an abscess presents fluctuation if acces- sible, rigors, elevation of temperature, and sweating. There is a history of traumatism or of pyemia. How is incompetency of the aortic valve to be distinguished from an aneurism of the aorta ? Incompetency of the aortic valve may be attended with marked pulsation in the course of the aorta, with a thrill and bruit, but the evidences of tumor and the consequences of com- pression are wanting ; the radial pulses are of the Corrigan or water-hammer type, but are equal ; while the second sound of the heart at the base is accompanied or replaced by a murmur transmitted downwards in the course of the sternum. How is a dilated auricle to be distinguished from an aortic aneurism ? An enlarged auricle ma}' give rise to pulsation at the base of the heart, but not to the compression-phenomena of an aneur- ism, not to the thrill or bruit, be3'ond the sounds generated in the heart itself as a result of the lesion that has led to the enlargement of the auricle : usually obstruction at the mitral orifice with a presystolic murmur. Arterio- Capillary Fibrosis. What is arterio-capillary fibrosis ? Arterio-capiUary fibrosis is a degenerative process of the walls of the smaller bloodvessels, due to the long-continued circulation in the blood of irritants, such as alcohol, lead, the poisons of SYMMETRICAL GANGRENE. 133 syphilis, of gout, of rheumatism, and of infectious diseases. Yaso-motor spasm and hyperplasia of the connective tissue of the arteries and of the intercelkilar elements of parenchymatous organs take place. The coats of the vessels become thickened and the size of organs becomes increased. From secondary con- traction of the newly-formed fibrous tissue, the lumen of the arteries becomes narrowed and the organs become reduced in size. The circulation is curtailed and nutritive processes are interfered with ; atrophy may result ; thrombi may form in situ. Sclerotic vessels are prone to rujiture, in the brain, in the retina, and elsewhere. What are the symptoms of arterio-capillary fibrosis ? The diagnostic symptoms of arterio-capillary fibrosis or arterio- sclerosis are those of vascular spasm, impeded circulation, and impaired nutrition : shortness of breath, vertigo, mental impair- ment, nervous derangement, irregularity of cardiac action, resistant radial arteries, prominent, tortuous temporals, in- creased arterial tension. Edema may be present. The urine becomes increased in quantity and may contain a trace of albu- min and an occasional tube-cast. Numbness and coldness of the extremities are common. The nails are sometimes bluish from impeded circulation. The knee-jerk is often exaggerated. Tran- sient local palsies sometimes occur. Angina pectoris and pseudo- angina are not uncommon. The action of the heart may be arhythmical, the sounds duplicated ; the second or arterial sound is usually accentuated. An hypertrophied left ventricle, without valvular disease of the heart, should be suggestive of the existence of vascular disease. Chronic interstitial nephritis is a frequent result of arterio-capillary fibrosis, or of the same causes that give rise to the vascular changes. Cerebral and retinal thrombosis or hemorrhage may be complviations. Symmetrical Gangrene— Local Asphyxia. What are the symptoms of symmetrical gangrene ? RaynaxuVs disease, local asphyxia, or symmetrical gangrene is an aftection in which the fingers or toes on both sides of the body 134 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. become cyanotic, edematous and numb ; they may even undergo spontaneous gangrene. The patholog}- of the disease is not known ; it is considered a vaso-motor neurosis, the persistent contraction of the peripheral capiharies giving rise to the symptoms. The afiection sometimes appears after exposure to severe cold. Its onset is occasionall}' marked by the occurrence of hematuria. How are the symptoms of Raynaud's disease and those resulting from frost-bite to be differentiated ? The appearances presented by Raynaud's disease and those presented bj^ frost-bite may be almost indistinguishable. Frost- bite is not likel}', however, to exhibit the symmetrj- of distribu- tion observed in cases of Raynaud's disease. The symptoms of frost-bite, moreover, usually recede when cold weather departs, while the manifestations of Raynaud's disease persist, though, perhaps, also aggravated by cold. Raynaud's disease is not necessarilj- dependent upon severe cold as a cause ; while frost- bite is essentially so dependent. THE RESPIRATORY SYSTEM. How are affections of the upper air-passages (nose, pharynx, larynx and trachea) to be diagnosticated ? The diagnosis of affections of the upper air-passages is based, in part, upon the symptoms ; but the only certain methods are those of direct inspection, or of indirect inspection by means of a suitable mirror. For both direct and indirect inspection, proper illumination is necessary. When direct daylight does not suffice, a reflector is employed, either with daylight or with artificial light. There are also apparatus for direct illumination b}' artificial light. Palpation with probe or finger is sometimes additionally necessary. It is sometimes necessar}' to remove from the line of vision, by means of suitable retractors, certain structures, as the an- terior palatine folds, the uvula, soft palate or epiglottis. By transhimination, or transmission of light through the tis- THE RESPIRATORY SYSTEM. 135 sues, information is sometimes gained as to the comparative density of structure. Direct inspection of the nasal passages by means of a specu- lum inserted by way of the nostrils is called anterior rhinoscopy. Indirect inspection of the nasal passages by means of a mirror so placed in the pharynx, behind and below the soft palate, as to reflect au image of the posterior choanEe and neighboring structures, is called x>^sterior rhinoscopy. The vault of the pharynx and the mouths of the Eustachian tubes are examined by the methods of posterior rhinoscopy. Direct inspection of the pharynx is termed direct pharyngo- scopy. To carry it out, only light to illuminate and a spatula to depress the tongue are required. Those parts of the pharynx inaccessible to direct inspection are examined by means of a mirror appropriately placed {indirect jyharynyoscopy). The laryngeal structures are rarely accessible to direct inspec- tion. Sometimes a part of the epiglottis^ may be seen, and in exceptional instances a glimpse of the supra-arytenoid struc- tures has been obtained. Laryngoscopy is practised by means of a mirror so placed in the pharynx, with the uvula lifted out of the way upon the back of the mirror, as to reflect an image of the deeper parts. In favorable cases, the interior of the trachea, to its bifurcation, may be seen. When the patient phonates, the superior face of the vocal bands and the structures above are reflected. When the patient inspires deeply, the internal face of the vocal bands and the structures below are additionally revealed. One endeavors to observe the contour, the color and the motility of the various parts, and to determine the presence or absence of secretion, ulceration, cicatrices, abnormal growths or foreign bodies. To what conditions may difficulty of nasal respiration be due ? Difficidty of nasal respAration may be dependent upon enlarge- ment, engorgement or distortion of the septum or of the turbi- 1 A very long epiglottis, visible on direct inspection, when the patient "gagged," has been mistaken by physicians for a red worm, and one hysterical patient, feeling the epiglottis with her finger, thought, because it was broad and hard, that it was a tapeworm. 136 ESSENTIALS OV DIAGNOSIS. nate bodies, upon the presence of foreign bodies, or of pol3'pi or other neopla^^ms, or, especially in children, upon overgrowth of the glands of the vault of the pharynx (adenoid vegetations). The diagnosis can be made only by rhinoscopj-, anterior and posterior, sometimes in conjunction with palpation. What symptoms other than those directly referable to the nose may arise from the conditions that occasion difficulty in nasal respiration ? In addition to the local S3'mptoms, the conditions that occa- sion difficulty of nasal respiration may be attended by anemia from deficient oxygenation, together with persistent cough, facial tic, headache, asthmatoid seizures, epileptiform convulsions, chorea, exopthalmic goiter, or various other reflex disturbances. The diagnosis is to be based upon a careful study of all of the phenomena and conditions, general and local. What is a frequent, unsuspected cause of epistaxis ? An ulceration or erosion of the mucous membrane of the nasal septum, usually situated near the anterior inferior angle of the triangular cartilage, is a not uncommon cause of epistaxis. Malignant growth, especialh' sarcoma, which may involve the frontal sinuses and even be hidden from rliinoscopy is another condition worthy of mention. The bleeding may be insignifi- cant in quantity, and might easily be considered of little moment. Coryza — Acute Nasal Catarrh. What is coryza? Coryza or acute nasal catarrh is a superficial inflammation of the nasal mucous membrane, attended b}' sneezing and a pro- fuse watery discharge from the nostrils. There is usually head- ache and sometimes more or less fever. The swollen membrane and more especially the engorged turbinate bodies impede res- piration and modify articulation. In the course of a few daj'^s, the discharge becomes more viscid, often muco-purulent. Usu- ally the attack subsides completely in a week. Conjunctivitis, HAY-FEVER. 137 pharyngitis, laryngitis, bronchitis and otitis media are among the complications and sequelce sometimes manifested. How is coryza to be differentiated from influenza? Some authorities refuse to make a distinction between coryza and influenza. Coryza, with conjunctivitis or bronchitis, is sometimes epidemic. From fully-developed influenza, simple coryza, whether due to cold, to non-specific irritation or to in- fection, differs by the absence of the constitutional symptoms and of the profound depression characterizing the former disease. Hay-Fever. What is hay-fever? Hay-fever, hay-asthma^ rag-weed fever ^ autumnal catarrh, June cold, rose-cold, idiosyncratic coryza, periodic vasomotor coryza, are names applied to a group of symptoms developed in susceptible individuals as the effect of special irritants upon the mucous membranes of the eyes and air-passages, more especially of the nose. The manifestations vary much in severity and in con- stancy in diff'erent individuals, and in the same individual at different times, and comprise conjunctivitis, coryza, pharyngitis, laryngitis, bronchitis, asthma and gastric, enteric and renal crises. There is commonly intolerable itching of the eyelids and of the palate. Fever is not common ; but when it occurs, it is irregular. In some individuals the syndrome occurs when any irritating substance gains entrance to the nasal passages. In others the powder of certain drugs, such as ipecacuanha, or the pollen of certain plants, such as grasses, rag-weed, roses, is the exciting cause. The 2jredisposing cause is usually a neurotic constitution, perhaps induced by excessive mental exertion or by undue in- dulgences ; sometimes the presence of nasal abnormalities ag- gravates the symptoms. In those in whom the attacks depend on special pollens, the manifestations necessarily recnv periodically. In North America tlie rag-weed is the most common provocative agent, and with most sufferers the attacks begin about the middle of August, and 138 ESSENTIALS OF DIAaNOSIS. last until the cause has disappeared, June-colds are dependent on hay and roses. How is hay-fever to be distingnished from simple coryza? The distinguishing features ot hay-fever are the invariability of its causation, and the severity and association of its symptoms ; together with the rapid disappearance of symptoms on removal to a locality (usually the mountains or the seashore) where the provocative agency is not present. Acute Laryngitis. What are the symptoms of acute laryngitis ? Acute laryngitis usually results from exposure to cold, or from the inhalation of irritating fumes. It occurs deuteropathically in the course of many inflammatory and infectious diseases, whether general or of the respiratory or digestive organs. With great variations in the degree of severity, it manifests itself by laryngeal irritation, hoarseness or painful aphonia, painful deglu- tition, dyspnea and slight hawking cough, with mucous expec- toration. There may also be slight elevation of temperature. Laryngoscopicallij, the laryngeal structures will be seen to be more or less reddened and swollen. If edema occur, the breath- ing will be labored and stridulous, and, as a result of the im- pediment to respiration, cyanosis may develop. Laryngoscopy or palpation will reveal the cause. How is laryngitis to be distinguished from pharyngitis? The only reliable method of discrimination is by inspection, both directly and by means of the mirror, as symptoms are very likely to be misleading, and the two aftections not infrequently coexist. In pharyngitis the alteration in voice — aphonia or hoarse- ness, of laryngitis is wanting. The difficulty and pain of swal- lowing are likely to be the less in laryngitis, and inspection will reveal the seat of the inflammation. EDEMA OF THE LARYNX. 139 How does parotiditis differ from laryngitis ? In parotiditis the voice remains unaffected. In laryngitis there is no swelling about the face. How does tonsillitis differ from laryngitis ? Inspection discloses the swelling of the tonsils and the absence of involvement of the larynx. In tonsillitis the voice ma}'^ be nasal, but it is not hoarse or lost ; cough and expectoration ax'e absent, while the difficult}^ of breathing may be great. The difficulty and pain of swallowing are greater in tonsillitis than in laryngitis. How does hysterical aphonia differ from acute laryngitis ? Hysterical aphonia, as a rule, sets in more or less suddenly ; often in association with emotional disturbance, in a person, usually a female, presenting other manifestations of hysteria ; and is unattended with pain, ditficulty of breathing or elevation of temperature. Laryngoscopic examination will reveal the motor impairment of the vocal bands, and the non-existence of an inflammatory process. Recovery may take place as suddenly as did the onset. The attack is likely to be repeated. Edema of the Larynx. What are the symptoms of acute edema of the larynx ? Acute edema of the larynx may occur so insidiously as to pro- duce death without giving rise to appreciable symptoms, or the symptoms may be sudden and overwhelming. When edema of the larynx occurs in the course of other affections, or as a sequel, there may be the usual prodromes of inflammatory fever, but as a rule the onset is sudden, and the severity of the attack rapidly increases. There are local ten- derness, dryness and heat in the throat, with a sensation as of the presence of a foreign body ; more or less inefffectual cough ; muffling or extinction of voice ; difficulty of swallowing ; difficulty of inspiration, with harsh stridor, occurring in par- oxysms that increase in frequency and severity, and unless re- lief be afforded, result in expiratory difficulty and apnea. 140 ESSENTIALS OF DTAGNOSTS. Bespiration is hurried and spasmodic ; tlie pu^se is small, fre- quent and irregular ; the temperature is elevated ; the eyes are prominent ; the face is flushed and anxious, finally cyanotic. When dependent upon acute disease, the suffocative attacks will be abrupt and violent, and will recur at intervals of a feAv hours. When dependent upon chronic disease, the paroxysms mny pass off, to recur irregularly, at progressively shorter intervals. Fever is absent, unless the underlying disease itself be febrile. Simple inspection of the pharynx may reveal the swollen epiglottis projecting up behind the base of the tongue. Palpa- tion with the finger may detect a soft, elastic, bladder-like swell- ing of the epiglottis, or of the aiy-epiglottic folds ; but unless cautiously practised it may induce a pai'oxysm of suffocation from the additional obstacle or irritation. Laryngoscopic ex- amination at once reveals the cause of the symptoms. What are the symptoms of chronic edema of the larynx ? Chronic edema of the larynx may be due to laryngeal disease, or to the usual causes of effusions. It gives rise eventually to progressive difficulty of breathing, paroxysmally aggravated, with perhaps some impairment of voice, and pain or difficulty in swallowing. The diagnosis is only to be made by laryngo- scopy, in default of which palpation may perhaps be of service. How is chronic edema of the larynx to be distinguished from asthma ? Principally by laryngoscopic examination. The paroxysms may exactly simulate asthmatic attacks. Suffocative parox- ysms, due to laryngeal neoplasm, may likewise be mistaken for asthma if laryngoscopic examination be not made. Before the days of laryngoscopy many cases of sudden death were found to be due to laryngeal neoplasm. Acute Tuberculous Laryngitis. What are the characteristics of acute tuberculous laryngitis? Acute tuberculous laryngitis is characterized by the constitutional symptoms of acute miliary tuberculosis, and locally by great LARYNGISMUS STRIDULUS. 141 pain in swallowing, by cough, dysphonia or hoarseness, and sometimes pain in respiration. Laryngoscopic ms2jecti(yn reveals peculiar thickenings of the epiglottis and other laryngeal struc- tures, which are quickly followed by ulceration ; or there may be ulceration from the first. Tubercle-bacilli are sometimes to be detected in the secretions or in the debris of ulcers. Laryngeal manifestations are sometimes observed before evi- dences of pulmonary tuberculosis can be detected ; but the lat- ter, sooner or later, become manifest. A somewhat rapid fatal termination is the rule, but recognized instances of recovery are multiplying. Laryngismus Stridulus. What is laryngismus stridulus ? Laryngismus stridulus is a spasmodic affection characterized b}' contraction of the constrictor muscles of the larynx, giving rise to dyspnea, inspiratory stridor and a ringing, croupy cough. It occurs most frequently in rachitic children. The attacks are paroxysmal and usually nocturnal. The child may be awakened from sleep with a sense of suffocation and an appearance of lividity. The paroxysm lasts for a few minutes and terminates with a deep inspiration, attended with a crowing sound. Occa- sionally death results in the paroxysm ; perhaps, from incarce- ration of the epiglottis. How does laryngismus stridulus differ from asthma ? Laryngismus stridulus is a disease of childhood ; asthma is rare in children. Eickets predisposes to laryngismus stridulus ; asthma may be apparently idiopathic, or some recognized ii'ritation, direct or reflex, may be discoverable. The wheezing and rales of asthma differ from the cough and stridor of laryngismus. The asthmatic paroxysm terminates in abundant expectora- tion ; laryngismus stridulus subsides without critical pheno- menon. 142 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. Laryngeal Vertigo. What is laryngeal vertigo ? The name laryngeal vertigo is applied to a group of symptoms of rare occurrence that may appear in connection with recog- nized nervous diseases, as posterior spinal sclerosis or epilepsy, or without obvious explanation. The symptoms are not always the same, but the essential elements in association are pain or spasm of the larynx, vertigo and perhaps syncope. The oc- currence of laryngeal vertigo should lead to careful search for symptoms or signs of the causative disorder. Catarrhal Croup — Spasmodic Croup. What is catarrhal or spasmodic croup? Catarrhal or spasmodic croup is essentially a catarrhal laryn- gitis, associated with a tendency to spasm of the constrictor muscles of the larynx, causing paroxysms of suffocation. It is almost exclusively a disease of children. It xwBiy follow exposure, may be simultaneous with the prevalence of epidemics of influ- enza, of measles or of scarlatina. It may tegin insidiously with slight hoarseness, or suddenly, with chill. It usually attracts attention at first toward evening ; the voice will be hoarse, with a slight cough. In the middle of the night, the child will sud- denly awaken, with crying and paroxysms of suffocation, and with a peculiar, ringing, metallic cough, which is termed croupy. The spasm may quickly pass away, or it may be repeated several times during the night and for three or four successive nights, the symptoms of ordinary laryngeal or laryngo-bi'on- chial catarrh being manifested during the day. Becxwery may take place, or high fever may set in with a firm, bounding pulse, flushing of the cheek, abnormal brilliance of the eye, and development of the obstructive symptoms of pseudo-mem- branous laryngitis. How does catarrhal croup differ from laryngismus stridulus ? Laryngismus stridulus is a disorder of repeated occurrence, and comparatively chronic duration, occurring in rachitic chil- MEMBRANOUS GROUP. 143 dren, and not associated with fever, cougli or other symptom of inflammation. Spasmodic croup begins acutely, is of sliort duration, attacks healthy as well as rachitic children, and is associated with slight fever, cough and symptoms of catarrhal inflammation. How are croup and edema of the larynx to be distinguished ? Apart from the revelations of laryngoscopy, croup is a disease of childhood principally — edema usually occurs in adults. In febrile cases the history of exposure to irritating fumes, or of other exciting cause of acute edema, the pain in swallowing, and the local tenderness ; in other cases the absence of fever, and the knowledge of the existence of causative conditions ; together with the absence of the croupal cough, and the purely inspiratory character of the stridor, are additional discrimina- tive features of edema. Membranous Group. "What are the symptoms of membranous croup ? Membranous croup or pseudo-membranous laryngitis, whether an idiopathic disease or due to the extension or original formation of diphtheritic membrane in the larynx and trachea, is mani- fested by symptoms of mechanical and s]>asmodic or paralytic obstruction of the larynx and trachea, associated with more or less fever and the constitutional symptoms of diphtheria, if that disease be present. In some instances, the palate, tonsils and pharynx are involved in simple, exudative or diphtheritic in- flammation. In severe cases, the process extends into the bronchi, and in some cases there is pneumonitis. There is a peculiar ringing cough, which gradually becomes muflled, with progressive muffling or extinction of the voice ; and great diffi- culty in breathing, intensified in pai'oxysms, which may pro- gress to suffocation. Evidences of the severity of the obstruc- tion are the recession upon inspiration of the soft tissues above and below the sternum and the use by the child of the auxiliary muscles of respiration, in its efforts to obtain breath. There is extreme restlessness and agitation, with paroxysmal 144 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. exacerbations,' attended by protrusion of the eyeballs, distention of the nostrils, flushing of the cheek, grasping at supports. Sometimes a child will sit up straight in bed and clutch at its neck, as if trying to pull away some obstruction. Suffocative paroxysms, being parti}' spasmodic, are sometimes relaxed by the effects of the resulting carbonic acid poisoning, and with the production of cyanosis there comes a deep sighing expiration, followed by a deep inspiration, and a period of com- parative quiet. Flakes of membrane or even membranous casts of the trachea and bronchi may be expectorated. The duration may be short, from twenty-four to forty-eight hours ; it may be prolonged to two or three weeks ; usually, however, asphyxia or recover}' oc- curs in from five to eight days. Convulsions often precede death. How are membranous croup and retropharyngeal abscess to be distinguished ? Retropharyngeal abscess may be detected by inspection and palpation. The evidence of tuberculosis or syphilis, the histoiy of previous infectious disease, may be suggestive of abscess. The voice is toneless but distinct in croup ; in abscess it is nasal and indistinct. In abscess there are pain and difficulty in swallowing ; these symptoms are absent from croup. In abscess there is stiff- ness of the neck, with tumefaction and pain on pressure exter- nally ; this is not the case in croup. In croup there is a pe- culiar cough and sometimes expectoration of false membrane ; these are not present in abscess. How do membranous croup and catarrhal croup differ 1 In catarrhal croup fever and constitutional symptoms are slight. In membranous croup, fever is severe ; and in diph- theria, toxemic symptoms are evident. In catarrhal croup the obstruction to breathing is purely spas- modic, and disappears with relaxation of the spasm. In membranous croup there is mechanical obstruction, con- tinuing when the spasm has passed. In catarrhal croup the voice remains clear, or at most becomes hoarse ; the cough preserves its ringing, " croupal" chai-acter. In membranous croup voice and cough become toneless. WHOOPING-COUGH — PERTUSSIS. 145 In membi-anous croup shreds of membrane or casts may be expectorated, and diphtheritic membrane is sometimes visible in the pharynx. Laryngoscopic inspection, when possible, will settle the diagnosis. How is obstruction of the larynx, trachea or a bronchus by a foreign body to be distinguished from croup ? In the absence of the history, which would at once prevent error, the lack of fever and its concomitants, the absence of the peculiar cough, the variation in the symptoms, and finally laryngoscopic examination or the evidences of bronchial obstruc- tion discovered on auscultation and percussion, permit the diag- nosis of foreign body to be made. Whooping-Cough — Pertussis. What are the symptoms of whooping-cough ? Pertussis, or whooping-cough, is a contagious disease of child- hood, attended with catarrhal symptoms, to which is added a peculiar cough, occurring in paroxysms and attended with a characteristic whoop. For several days there is coryza, accom- panied with an acrid discharge, conjunctivitis, laryngitis and bronchitis. The cough then becomes paroxysmally explosive, a series of expiratory eftbrts being followed by a peculiar, ring- ing, inspiratory whoop. During these attacks the child may become livid and appear as if about to suftbcate ; sometimes vomiting is induced. The violence of the cough may cause ul- ceration of the under surface of the tongue on either side of the frenum ; or there may be hemoptysis or epistaxis. The parox- ysms are repeated with variable frequency. The disease may last many weeks, the severity and number of attacks progress- ively diminishing. It may be complicated by catarrhal pneu- monia, which sometimes proves fatal. Bronchitis may long per- sist as a sequel. What are points of discrimination between membranous croup and whooping-cough? In whooping-cough there is little or no fever, no continuous dyspnea, no alteration of voice, and the child is usually up and 10 146 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. about, unless there is pulmonary complication. In croup there is not the characteristic whoop. What are the differential features of laryngismus stridulus and whooping-cough ? Laryngismus stridulus is a paroxysmal neurosis, most com- mon in rickety children ; whooping-cough is a contagious dis- ease that attacks all children alike. The cough of laryngismus stridulus is croupy ; that of whoop- ing-cough occurs as a series of explosive expiratory sounds, fol- lowed by a distinctive inspiratory whoop. During the intervals of freedom, whooping-cough presents the symptoms of bron- chitis ; laryngismus stridulus does not. Chronic Laryngitis. What are the symptoms of chronic laryngitis ? Chronic laryngitis may be a result of repeated attacks of acute laryngitis ; it may depend on nasal disease, gastric catarrh, dilated heart, constipation, or kidney disease, or other near or remote affection. It is common in those who use tlieir voices improperly or immoderately, and in those who smoke to excess. It is characterized by hoarseness, persistent, irritable cough and discomfort in phonation and deglutition. Laryngoscopicall}' the structures within the larynx are seen to be thickened, con- gested, covered by tough secretion ; the vocal bands have lost their pearly, glistening appearance, and their motility may be impaired. In many cases chronic lai'yngitis is of tuberculous or of syphilitic origin. How is chronic laryngitis to be distinguished from laryngeal neoplasms ? The only safe method of diagnosis is by means of laryngo- 'scopy, and its neglect is criminal. PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. 147 Chronic Tuberculosis of the Larynx. What are the characteristics of chronic tuberculosis of the larynx ? In case of chronic tuherctdosis of the larynx the subjective and objective symptoms may be simply those of ordinary chronic laryngitis, or there may be characteristic tumefactions, ulcera- tions or vegetations in the larynx, or all combined ; with more or less pain and difficulty in swallowing and in respiration, and alteration of the voice. The signs of pulmonary tuberculosis are usually well advanced. Cases of recovery from the local disease in the larynx, or of its prolonged abeyance, are not rare. How are paralyses, ulcerations, abscess, stricture and other conditions affecting the larynx and trachea, and giving rise to alterations in voice and difficulty in respiration, to be diagnosticated ? The only reliable method is laryngoscopy. PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. What are the methods of physical exploration ? In a physical exploratimi, systematically conducted, five means of investigation are employed : inspection, mensuration, palpation, percussion and auscultation. What does physical exploration teach ? By physical exploration information is gained of physical or mechanical conditions, so far as these may influence the size, con- tour, 'movement, temperature, density, elasticity and acoustic relations of the structures examined. The nature of patho- logic conditions cannot be directly determined from physical signs, but is to be inferred from the latter in association with all other phenomena in a given case. What is to be learned by inspection ? By inspection the general appearance of an individual is noted— the height, the apparent relative nutrition, the color. 148 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. the configuration, the movement, the state of the pupils, the expression. Examhiing tlie chest more especially, its symmetry or asym- metry, its fulness or retraction ; the frequency and character of the respiratory movements ; the extent of the respiratory excursion ; the situation, extent and vigor of the cardiac im- pulse are observed, and abnormal manifestations are looked for. The chest is distended symmetrically in emphysema and usually in case of hydrothorax ; pleural effusions and pneumo- thorax commonly occasion unilateral bulging. The chest is retracted when the parietal and visceral pleurae are adherent, and M^ien the lung is shrunken, as in interstitial pneumonitis. The retraction is well marked after some forms of operative treatment of empyema, and when the lung is col- lapsed from any cause, A healthy adult breathes from eighteen to twenty times in the minute. The normal respiratory excursion is curtailed and the frequency of respiratory action is accelerated by almost all diseases of the lung and pleura and also in case of peritonitis. The respiratory frequency is also accelerated when the pulse is quickened, as in febrile conditions. In case of pleurisy, the patient lies on the affected side, so as to reduce to a minimum functional movement of that side. Rapidity of breathing may be hysterical. Women breathe mostly with the upper portion of the chest ; men with the lower. What is to be learned by mensuration? Mensuration determines with precision what inspection does approximately : the size, configuration, symmetry or asym- metry and respiratory excursion of the chest. What is to be learned by palpation ? By touch ov palpation one distinguishes elasticity from rigidity and resistance, investigates the existence of pain or tenderness, of edema, of moisture or dryness, of heat or cold. When the palm of the hand is applied to the chest of a speaking person a diffuse, vibratory sensation is perceived, usually slightly greater in intensity on the right side than on the left. This is known as the vocal or tactile fremitus. PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. 149 It is increased in conditions of condensation of tlie lung or thickening and adliesion of tlie surfaces of the pleura. It is dimi- minished or lost over collections of fluid in the pleura. Variations in vocal fremitus correspond pretty closely with variations in vocal resonance. Sometimes a pleuritic friction-ruh can be felt. How is percussion performed? Percussion may be immediate or mediate. In the former a sharp blow is struck with the tips of the fingers bunched together, or with the palmar surface of the extended fingers. Mediate percussion is performed by means of a thin, flat plate of ivory or of hard rubber (called a pleximeter), applied over the part to be examined, and a small rubber-tipped hammer (called a plexor). For many purposes it is preferable to use the extended finger of one hand as a pleximeter, and the index or middle finger (or both) of the other hand as a plexor. Percussion is said to be weak or strong^ superficial or deep, according to the energy of the blow of the plexor. What is to be learned by percussion ? Percussion gives information as to the relative distribution of gases (usually air), fluids and solids in the structures examined. Attention is paid to the quality (or timbre)^ the pitch and the intensity of sounds. Percussion of the healthy chest elicits a sound called clear^ representing the normal^ pulmonary^ vesicular resonance. This may be impaired by increased density of the pulmonary tissues or of superjacent structures — as in interstitial pneumonitis, in pleural thickening or when the chest-wall is thickened. Percussion-dulness is dependent upon a high degree of conden- sation — as in the solidification of pneumonia, or at the late stage of tubercle-formation. The sound elicited over solid viscera, as the liver, heart or spleen, or over serous efl'usions — as in hydrothorax or hydro- pericardium, or in ascites, is flat. The sound occasioned by air (or gas) in inclosed spaces larger than the alveoli of the noriiial lung may be hyper-resonant or tympanitic— as in vesicular emphysema or over the intestines. 150 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. An amphoric or metallic sound is elicited by percussion over large closed cavities, with tense walls, containing air— as a dis- tended stomach or a large vomica in the lungs, A cracked-pot or cracked-metal sound is occasioned by per- cussing over a cavity of some size, with a small opening, through which air escapes — as in the case of a pulmonary cavity com- municating with a bronchial tube. The percussion-sounds may display alterations in degree or pitchy and in intensity or volume. Increased density gives heightened pitch^ — hence a dull sound is higher in pitch than a clear one. The pitch of tympanitic sounds varies. As a rule, it is higher than that of the normal pulmonary resonance. Other things being equal, the greater the volume of matter set in vibration the greater the intensity of the sound. By mediate percussion with the fingers a sense of elasticity, or of resistance, can be appreciated. Sometimes auscultation is practised by one while a second at the same time practises percussion— so-called anscidtatm-y per- cussion. The percussion sounds elicited during full-held inspiration diflFer from those elicited during full expiration — so-called respAra- tory percussion. How is auscultation practised? Auscultation, like percussion, may be immediate or mediate. In the former, the ear is directly applied to the part to be auscultated ; in the latter, auscultation is performed through the mediation of a stethoscope. Stethoscopes are monaural or binaural. Each has its advantages. The student should become familiar with all of the methods of auscultation. What is to be learned by auscultation ? Auscultation gives information as to the movement of air and fluids, as to the comparative calibers and lengths of the tubes through which the air passes, and as to the presence in the path of the air-current of matters capable of acting the part of reeds in the production of musical tones. Listening to the normal respiratory sounds one hears a soft. PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. 151 breezy inspiration — the normal vesicular murmur^ followed by a scarcely audible, briefer expiration. These sounds may be exaggerated — as they normally are in children ; hence they are then called imerile. The respiratory sounds are also intensified in a lung, or in a portion of lung, performing an excess of function— as after violent exercise, or, compensatorily, when the function of the other lung, or of a portion of the same lung, is interfered with ' by condensation or compression. The respiratory murmur is enfeebled or wanting when there is an obstruction to the circulation of air in the lung — as in incipient pulmonary tuberculosis, and in occlusion of the air- passages— as by intrathoracic aneurism, or when the air vesicles have lost their elasticity— as in emphysema. The respiratory murmur is rendered harsh and is heightened in pitch when the bronchial tubes are thickened, and their caliber is narrowed— as in bronchitis. Under similar conditions, rhonchi or dry rdles may be heurd— sibilant, if generated in the small tubes ; sonorous, if generated in the large tubes. Sometimes the sounds are high-pitched and wheezing. If the vesicular murmur is but partially obliterated, the breathing is called vesiculo-bronchial ; or if the bronchial element predominates, broncho-vesicular. When occlusion of the alveoli entirely obliterates the vesicular quality, the breathing is said to be bronchial or tubular or blowing ; these terms respectively indicating progressive encroachment upon the integrity of the smaller air-tubes. In case of a cavity in the lung, the breathing may be cavernous; if the cavity have a tense wall and a small orifice of communication with a bronchus, the sound transmitted to the ear is amphoric. The presence of secretion in the bronchial tubes occasions rdles, usually qualified as moist : subcrepitant, if in the smaller tubes, mucous if in the larger. The presence of fluid in a vomica may give rise to bubbling or gurgling. The separation of the adherent surfaces of pulmonary alveoli lined by viscid secretion, as in pneumonia, gives rise to the crepitant rdle. When isolated softening of pulmonary tubercles 152 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. takes place, a sound is generated comparable to that produced when salt is thrown upon fire, or when a few hairs are rubbed together between the fingers — so-called crackling. When moist rales are heard through solidified pulmonar}- tissues they are transmitted with a peculiar clearness and with a sort of ringing character. Thej^ are then called consonating. In the first stage of pleurisy, before effusion has taken place, and in the third stage, after the fluid poured out has been absorbed, a coarse crackling, or creaking, or rasping sound of pleural /cicf ion may be heard. In case of pneumothorax resulting from the perforation of a pulmonary vomica into the pleural cavity, vibration of the fluid that has been effused sometimes gives rise to metallic tinkling. Under similar conditions, or in case of a large vomica contain- ing considerable fluid, vigorous shaking of the patient, with the ear applied to the chest, may elicit the sound of splashing — the so-called Hippocratic succussion sound. When the ear is applied to the normal chest of a speaking in- dividual a confused sound is heard — the vocal resonance. If fluid is effused into the pleural cavity the transmission of the voice is intercepted below the upper level of the fluid. If the pulmonary tissues are solidified, as in pneumonia and tuber- culosis, the resonance is increased, constituting hronchopJiony. When spoken language and whispers can be distinguished, the phenomena are termed pectoriloquy and whispering pjectoo-iloquy respectively. The latter, if circumscribed, is usually indicative of the existence of a cavity in the lung. When, in the course of pleurisy, a small quantity of fluid has been poured out the voice is transmitted above the level of the fluid with a peculiar bleating character, constituting egophony. Not only may the character of the breath-sounds be altered, but their rhythm may deviate from the normal. Thus, expiration may be prolonged, as when, as in emphysema, the elasticity of the walls of the alveoli is diminished ; or the expiratory sound may be prolonged or jerking, as when, as in the early stages of pulmonary tuberculosis, there is some obstruction to the exit of air. ACUTE PLEURISY. 153 Acute Pleurisy. What are the symptoms of acute pleurisy ? Acute pleurisy may set in with a chill and shai'p pain in the side, aggravated by the respiratory movements. The dyspnea may be slight or considerable. The teinperature rises moderately high ; the breathing is feeble, shallow and rapid. There is slight irritative cough, and scanty, frothy expectoration. In the course of a few days the symptoms subside, and at the end of a week or ten days the patient ,is well. Acute pleurisy may occur as a jirimary condition. It may follow traumatism or exposure to cold. Quite commonly it is secondary to inflammation of adja- cent structures, especially of the lungs. It also occurs in the course of various infectious diseases of nephritis and of rheuma- tism. Pleurisy may be " dry" or attended with effusion. Effu- sion gives rise to respiratory and circulatory embarrassment proportionate to the volume of fluid poured out. The fluid poured out may not be readily absorbed. On the contrary, it may remain obstinately persistent. In the course of time, it may become purulent ; under other circumstances, it is purulent from the outset ; in either case the condition is known as empyema. More commonly, the fluid is absorbed and the two layers of the pleura become adherent, with obliteration of the pleural cavity ; in the progress of the case considerable thickening takes place, followed in turn by retraction of the chest. When the effusion is purulent there are repeated rigors, fever, sweats and emaciation ; otherwise the health may be preserved, unless the chronic pleurisy is tuberculous. By the action of the heart, pulsation may be imparted to a collection of fluid in the left pleural cavity, so that an aneurism, may be simulated. When the collection is purulent, the condition is designated pulsatory emi)yema. What are the physical signs of acute pleurisy ? For convenience of study, the physical signs of acute pleurisy may be considered in three stages. In the first, or pjlastic stage, as the surfaces of the two layers of the pleura, roughened by exudation, slide over one another in inspiration and expiration, 154 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS, a harsh, creaking sound is heard, the vibration occasioning which may sometimes also be appreciable on palpation — the so-called friction-sound or nib. The breathing is shallow, feeble and rapid ; the movements of the affected side being restrained in the greater degree in order to mitigate the pain. In the second stage, or stage of effusion, serum in variable quantity, possibly mixed with blood, is poured out into the pleural cavity. The corresponding lung is pushed upward and backward, and the heart, liver, spleen and diaphragm may be displaced. One side of the chest appears larger than the other, and the interspaces corresponding to the situation of the effusion are abnormally prominent. The cardiac impulse is visibly displaced. The respiratory excursion is limited. Below the upper level of the fluid the percussion-note is fiat ; above, it is subtympanitic. Through the eflfusion the breath-sounds are heard feebly and indistinctly ; the voice-vibrations are not trans- mitted to the palpating hand ; nor, as a rule, to the auscultating ear, though exceptionally bronchophony may exist. To the ear applied to the chest above the level of the fluid the voice may be transmitted with a peculiar bleating quality — constituting egophony. In the thi7'd stage, the eflfusion has been absorbed and the apposed layers of pleura again come in contact. The friction- sound of the first stage returns. Ultimately the pleura may be restored to its original condition or its apposed surfaces may become adherent and thickened, giving rise to retraction of the chest and percussion-dulness. How does acute pleurisy differ from croupous pneumonia ? Pleurisy usually accompanies pneumonia. The signs of the former, however, should not be permitted to obscure the exist- ence of the latter. Neither the local nor the general symptoms of pleurisy are so profound as those of pneumonia. While pneumonia may then present the symptoms of pleurisy, pleurisy does not present the blood-streaked expectoration, the crepitant rale, the blowing breathing, the deficiency of the chlorides in the urine, or the critical termination of pneumonia. The percussion-note of pneumonia is dull ; that of pleurisy, when an effusion exists, is fiat. The dulness of pneumonia is ACUTE PLEURISY. 155 usually over a lower lobe ; that of pleurisy is universally at the base. In pleurisy, the breath-sounds are heard feebly, or not at all, througli the effusion ; in pneumonia the breathing is bronchial. Vocal resonance and fremitus are increased in pneumonia ; they are diminished or absent in pleural effusion ; above the fluid, however, a bleating sound is transmitted to the auscultating ear. Simple, uncomplicated pneumonia is un- attended with friction-sounds and occasions no displacement of adjacent viscera. How are intercostal neuralgia and acute pleurisy to be dif- ferentiated ? The pain of intercostal neuralgia may simulate that of acute pleurisy, and give rise to rapid, shallow, feeble respiratory movements. Intercostal neuralgia is paroxysmal and unat- tended with friction-sound, dulness on percussion or fever ; it occurs in anemic individuals with neurotic tendencies, and may be attended with a unilateral herpetic eruption in the course of the nerve affected. In addition there are a number of tender points. How are a pleuritic effusion and an hydatid cyst of the liver to be differentiated ? When an hydatid cyst of the liver attains proportions suf- ficient to give rise to definite physical phenomena, these will appear in a region beyond that in which the signs of a pleuritic effusion on the right side are found. The history of an acute attack is wanting, while it is present in pleuritic effusion. Neither in case of pleuritic effusion, nor in case of hydatid of the liver, is the percussion-dulness confined to the right hypo- chondrium ; in the one it extends rather upwards, in the other downwards ; in the latter it is associated with fluctuation. In a case of hydatid cyst it may by percussion be possible to elicit the characteristic thrill or fremitus. In a case of pleuritic effusion the breath-sounds and the vibrations of the voice are feebly transmitted ; breath-sounds, vocal resonance, and fremitus are unaltered in hydatid cyst of the liver. Egophony is char- acteristic of the presence of fluid in the pleura ; it is thus not present in case of hydatid cyst of the liver. Exploratory 156 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. puncture may determine the presence of hydatid hooklets, the detection of which places the diagnosis beyond doubt. How are a pleuritic effusion and abscess of the liver to be differ- entiated ? Symptoms of respiratory interference are naturally less con- spicuous in case of abscess of the liver than in case of pleuritic effusion. Hepatic abscess may occasion tumefaction in the right hypochondrium ; pleural effusion renders the chest asym- metrical from unilateral bulging. Pleuritic effusion impairs the transmission of the breath-sounds and of the vibrations of the voice, which is unaltered by an hepatic abscess. Egophony may be elicited in case of pleuritic effusion, but not in case of hepatic abscess. Rigors commonly attend an abscess of the liver ; they only take place in cases of pleuritic effusion when suppuration has occurred. In case of hepatic abscess, there is usuall}-^ a history of gallstone, of ulceration of the bowel or of pyemia ; in case of pleuritic effusion, there is a history of an acute attack of pleurisy. Hepatic abscess and perihepatitis may, however, give rise to pleural effusion by extension. How are pleuritic effusion and abscess of the spleen to be differ- entiated ? Abscess of the spleen is most common as a manifestation of py- emia ; pleuritic effusion is a sequel of an acute pleurisy. The symptoms of respiratory derangement, a necessary part of pleu- ritic effusion, are subordinate in case of splenic abscess. Re- peated rigors occur in abscess of the spleen ; rigors occur in case of empyema, but not when the effusion is not purulent. Egophony may be developed when fluid is present in the pleu- ral cavity, but not in case of splenic abscess. How is an intra-thoracic tumor to be distinguished from chronic pleurisy ? Tumors in the chest may arise from the pleura or from the lung ; they may develop in the mediastinum ; or they may be aneurismal. Malignant tumors are secondary to growths elsewhere — an element in diagnosis. They give rise to circum- scribed areas of dulness on percussion, not necessarily limited to one side ; to enfeebled breathing and perhaps friction-sounds ; ACUTE BRONCHITIS. 167 in their physical signs, tliey more closely resemble encysted pleurisy than ordinary chronic pleurisy. When actually com- plicated by pleurisy, the diagnosis may not be possible. Aneu- risms occur in the course of the aorta and large vessels, and, in addition to the evidences of tumor, are accompanied by thrill, bruit and pulsation. How are a pleuritic effusion and hydrothorax to be differ- entiated ? Hydrothorax occurs as a result of cardiac insufficiency or as a part of a general dropsy, from nephritis for instance. In contradistinction from pleuritic effusion, the effusion of hy- drothorax is bilateral. In the former there has been an antece- dent pleurisy ; in the latter there are other evidences of cardiac failure or of a general dropsy. How is a pericardial effusion to be distinguished from a pleural effusion ? A pericardial effiision occurs under circumstances similar to those that give rise to a pleural effusion— as a result of in- flammation or as a part of a general dropsy. The position and outline of the percussion-dulness to which a pericardial efiusion gives rise, however, are entirely different from what is found in a case of pleural effusion ; nor are the breath-sounds notably in- terfered with, while the circulation is embarrassed and the heart-sounds are almost obliterated at the cardiac apex. Acute Bronchitis. What are the symptoms of acute bronchitis ? Acute bronchitis results from exposure to cold, the inhalation of irritating fumes, or as a secondary disorder in the course of fevers, rheumatism or heart-disease. There is irritative cough, and, at fii-st, scanty mucous expectoration, which subsequently becomes more copious and muco-purulent ; slight elevation of temperature ; increased frequency of respiration ; some dyspnea ; retro-sternal pain, and mild constitutional symptoms. What are the physical signs of acute bronchitis ? The chest is not deformed and expands well. The percussion- resonance is vesicular. The breathing is harsh at first ; dry rales, 158 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. sonorous and sibilant, are heard ; subsequently large and small moist rales. Vocal resonance and fremitus are not perceptibly altered. How does acute bronchitis differ from acute miliary tubercu- losis ? In acute miliary tuberculosis the dyspnea is greater, the tem- perature is higher, with greater oscillations, the breathing is more rapid, and the symptoms are more profound than in acute bronchitis. The further progress of the case clears up any pos- sible doubt. Recovery from acute bronchitis is the invariable rule. Pulmonary consolidation aud softening, percussion-dul- ness and fine moist rales, emaciation, hectic fever, gradual fail- ure of the vital powers and ultimately death mark the usual course of acute miliary tuberculosis. Chronic Bronchitis. What are the symptoms of chronic bronchitis ? Chronic hronchitis is usually a result of repeated attacks of acute bronchitis ; it may manifest itself as a special suscepti- bility to acute bronchitis ; at first it appears as a winter cough, subsequently becoming continuous. It may obstinately resist treatment ; it is attended with a good deal of cough, copious muco-purulent expectoration, marked shortness of breath, and may in time give rise to emphysema, or to bronchiectasis. It is often attended with loss of flesh and strength. What are the physical signs of chronic bronchitis ? If emphysema coexists the chest may be enlarged ; otherwise it is not abnormal in size or form ; the respirato^-y excursion is somewhat diminished ; the percussion-resonance is little or not at all impaired ; the hreaihing is harsh and may be feeble, the bronchial element preponderating. Coarse rales, moist and dry, are heard at all parts of the chest. Vocal fremitus and resonatice are rather increased. PLASTIC BRONCHITIS — PUTRID BRONCHITIS. 159 How is chronic bronchitis to be distinguished from interstitial pneumonitis ? A certain degree of bronchitis commonly attends interstitial pneumonitis ; but the chest is likely to undergo retraction, which is not the case in bronchitis. If impairment of resonance attend chronic bronchitis, it is general and not well defined, while the dulness of interstitial pneumonitis is the more circumscribed and the more decided. How does chronic bronchitis differ from pulmonary tuber- culosis ? While chronic bronchitis may be attended with obstinate cough, muco-purulent, sometimes blood-streaked, expectoration, loss of flesh and strength, the physical signs are general in their distribution and not localized as in tuberculosis. The impair- ment of resonance is not so great in chronic bronchitis as it is in tuberculosis. The elevation of temperature observed in tuber- culosis is wanting in bronchitis. Tubercle-bacilli are not found in the sputum of cases of simple chronic bronchitis. Plastic Bronchitis — Fibrinous Bronchitis, "What are the characteristics of plastic or fibrinous bronchitis ? In addition to the phenomena of ordinary broncliitis, there are present in plastic bronchitis decided dyspnea and cyanosis, together with the expectoration of tough, fibrinous casts of the smaller bronchial tubes ; there occur lancinating pains in the chest-, and there may be bleeding from the nose and mouth. Putrid Bronchitis. What are the clinical features of putrid bronchitis ? In case of bronchitis with bronchial dilatation, accumulation of secretion may take place, with ulceration and inflammation of the bronchial mucous membrane, as a consequence of which expectoration is augmented, the breath and sputa possessing an offensive, fetid odor. To these phenomena fever and a typhoid condition may be added— and even pulmonary gangrene may supervene. 160 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS, Bronchiectasis^ What is bronchiectasis'? Bronchiectasis consists in a cylindrical or saccular dilatation of the bronchial tubes, usually developed in the course of some condition attended with powerful or sustained expiratory' efforts— such as chronic bronchitis. It may also result from contraction of the peribronchial tissues. In addition to the symptoms of the causative aftection, the characteristic feature of bronchiectasis is the periodical occurrence of jDaroxysms of cough, attended with the expectoration of large quantities of muco-purulent secretion of ofi'ensive odor. The tubes filled with fluid may give rise in small areas of irregular distribution to l^ercussion-dulness that disappears with the evacuation of the fluid. On auscultation large, coarse, moist rales and gurgling may be heard. If of moderately large size, bronchiectatic cavi- ties may yield a hyper-resonant percussion-note, with blowing breathing and whispering pectoriloquy. How does bronchiectasis differ from pulmonary gangrene? The grave constitutional symptoms of gangrene are lacking in bronchiectasis. The expectoration of both is offensive, but that in gangrene is actualh' fetid. The sputum of gangrene contains shreds of pulmonary structure ; that of bronchiectasis does not. How does bronchiectasis differ from pulmonary abscess ? A sacculated dilatation of a bronchial tube containing fluid fulfils the physical conditions of an abscess communicating with a bronchial tube. The expectoration of a case of bronchial dila- tation, however, has an offensive odor not present in abscess. The fever and sweats of abscess are wanting in bronchiectasis. How are bronchiectasis and catarrhal pneumonia to be differ- entiated ? In the small areas of dulness of irregular distribution, bron- chiectasis may simulate catarrhal pneumonia, but the former is wanting in the febrile phenomena and the constitutional depres- sion of the latter disease. The association of bronchiectasis with CAPILLARY BRONCHITIS, 161 chronic bronchitis is different from the occurrence of catarrhal pneumonia in children. The ofleusive sputa of the former are entirely wanting in the latter. Capillary Bronchitis. What are the symptoms of capillary bronchitis ? Capillary bronchitis, sometimes called suffocative catarrh, is an inflammation of the smallest or '' capillary" bronchi, most com- mon in children and in old persons, and usually secondary to bronchitis of the larger tubes. In addition to the symptoms of the latter affection, capillary bronchitis is attended with de- cided constitutional depression ; the dyspnea is more profound, and cyanosis may be marked. Cough is severe, while expectoration is scanty ; the pulse is rapid, the respirations hurried, the countenance discolored, the expression anxious ; fever is moderately high. What are the physical signs of capillary bronchitis? The chest is symmetrical. The breathing is rapid and shallow. The percussion-resonance is vesicular, though in spots it may be slightly impaired. When it exists, the impairment of resonance does not depend upon exudation, but upon atelectasis. The phenomenon may, therefore, be inconstant, and its location shifting. The breath-sounds are harsh, and in many places in both lungs small, mucous rales may be heard. Vocal resonance and /remitws are slightly increased. The de- viations from the normal are most marked at the bases of the lungs posteriorly. How are capillary bronchitis and acute miliary tuberculosis to be differentiated ? Capillary bronchitis is a quite brief disease of the very young and the very old ; acute miliary tuberculosis is a more prolonged disease of the young and of adults. Dyspnea, cyanosis and constitutional depression are earlv more decided in capillary bronchitis than in acute miliary tuberculosis. The fever of tuberculosis is more intense and vacillating than that of bron- chitis. Localized areas of persistent percussion-dulness, followed 11 162 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. by the moist rales of softening, may develop in the course of acute miliary tuberculosis, which is progressively fatal ; recovery from capillary bronchitis is not uncommon. Catarrhal Pneumonia — Broncho-pneumonia. What are the symptoms of catarrhal pneumonia ? Catarrhal pyieimionia, also called lobular pneumonia, or brmicJw- pneumonilis, may be apparently primar}-, but is often secondary to capillary bronchitis, as also to measles, influenza and other constitutional affections ; it ma}' result from the inspiration of infectious material, whether contained in the food or from septic surfaces in the respiratory tract. It is attended with cough, muco-purulent expectoration, in- creased frequency of respiration, decided febrile phenomena that may be hectic, and constitutional depression. The course of the disease may be protracted. What are the physical signs of catarrhal pneumonia ? The chest is symmetrical ; respiration is shallow. The range of movement is sometimes curtailed on one side. Small, irregularly distributed patches of jjera<,ssio»-d«Z>ie5S may be found here and there over both sides of the chest, an- teriorly and posteriorly ; the hreathirtg is harsh ; fine and large moist rales may be heard ; the vocal resonance and fremitus ai'e intensified in patches corresponding, as a rule, to the areas of percussion-dulness. How does catarrhal pneumonia differ from capillary bron- chitis? The gravity of the symptoms in both depends upon the extent of the disease. Other things being equal, capillary bronchitis is the more acutely dangerous affection, the depression some- times being profound. The duration of catarrhal pneumonia is the longer. Its febrile phenomena are the more decided, and its temperature-range is marked by great oscillations. The impairment of percussion-resonance is more decided in catar- rhal pneumonia than in capillary bronchitis ; it is constant, and does not change its seat. ACUTE CROUPOUS PNEUMONIA. 163 What are the means of distinguishing atelectasis from catar- rhal pneumonia? Atelectasis is the pre-natal condition of the lungs, before they have been inflated with air. It uia}' also arise in the course of affections attended with inspiratory obstruction of the bronchial tubes, as in whooping-cough or capillary bronchitis, for instance, a plug of mucus acting as a ball-valve, allowing the expiration of air but preventing inspiration. It is said also to occur in parts of the lung functionally inactive. The condition is not an inflammatory one and is not necessarily attended with eleva- tion of temperature, as is catarrhal pneumonia. The collapse is not persistent, but may successively involve diflerent parts of the lung ; so that the physical signs are not constant, but tran- sitory as well as migratory. How does catarrhal pneumonia differ from pulmonary infarc- tion? Catarrhal pneumonia does not set in with the acuteness and the severe pain of pulmonary infarction ; nor is the expectora- tion as persistently blood-streaked in the former as in the latter. Catarrhal pneumonia is attended with decided febrile manifes- tations and is of considerable duration, while pulmonary infarc- tion scarcely occasions fever and its symptoms soon subside. The detection of a source of an embolus would be strongly in favor of the existence of infarction. Acute Croupous Pneumonia. What are the symptoms of croupous pneumonia? Croupous pneumonia, also called Johar pneumonia^ and at one time lung fever, is an acute, infectious disease dependent upon the invasion of microorganisms (Fig. 22), often following ex- posure to cold, settinij in suddenly with a chill, sometimes with convulsions, the temperature rising at once to 103° or 104° P., the respiratory frequency reaching 35, 40, 50 or more, M^iile the jjwfee is not proportionately accelerated. There is at first slight cough, with scanty expectoration of a viscid sputum, which soon becomes blood-streaked (rusty). 164 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. There is considerable dyspnea ; the alee nasi are retracted in breathing ; and one or both cheeks are flushed. The cough increases ; the expectoration becomes more free, more hemorrhagic, less viscid, and presents the appearance of prune-juice. There is pain in the chest, often referred to the nipple of the affected side ; usually Involving the lateral or axil- lary region in addition. The pain is increased on attempting to make prolonged inspiration. The lijjs and cheeks may be cya- FiG. 22. M Micrococci of croupous pneumonia. (Yierordt.) notic. The tongue, is coated ; the cqypetite is lost ; thirst is in- creased ; there may be jaundice, and, at the height of the attack, delirium. Between the second and fifth daA's, herpes of the lips may appear. The symptoms continue for from five to seven or nine days, to subside by cmis. Profuse perspiration occurs ; the temperature declines ; and convalescence sets in. The cough is still free ; the expectoration copious and muco- purulent. During the attack the urine is deficient or wanting in chlorides, which return as resolution proceeds. Resolution may fail to take place, or it may be but partial ; so that suppura- tion may ensue or chronic induration be a sequel. Death hap- pens in a variable proportion of cases, not rarely from heart- clot or heart-failui'e. Pleurisy is a common accompaniment of pneumonia. Occa- sionally large effusions are poured into the pleural cavity. ACUTE CROUPOUS PNEUMONIA. 165 What are the physical signs of croupous pneumonia? For convenience of description, pneumonia is divided into three stages : a stage of congestion, a stage of exudation, a stage of resolution. What are the physical signs of the first stage of pneumonia, or the stage of congestion ? The aspect of the chest is unchanged. The breathing is accelerated, becoming shallovsr and labored. The percussion-resonance is little or not at all impaired. The respiratory murmur is roughened over a cii'cumscribed area, usually corresponding to a low^er lobe. At the end of in- spiration a fine, moist, crepitating rale may be heard. Vocal resonance and fremitus are not perceptibly altered. What are the physical signs of the second stage of pneumonia, or the stage of exudation ? The respiratory excursion is curtailed ; the breathing is hurried. The lower part of the chest on one side, corresponding to the lower lobe of the lung, may be a little fuller than elsewhere. Here the percussion-note is dull. Above, the note is hyper-reso- nant. At the dull area, the breathing is bronchial in character. At other parts of the chest the breathing is puerile. The crepitant rale has disappeared. Vocal resonance and fremitus are increased at the area of per- cussion-dulness. A pleuritic friction-sound may be heard and the signs of effusion may develop. What are the physical signs of the third stage of pneumonia, or the stage of resolution ? The localized fulness of the chest may remain. The respiratory excursion and the expansion have somewhat augmented. Some degree of impairment of the percussion-resonance persists. The breathing is yet bronchial, though not in the same degree as it was. The crepitant rale, which for a time had disappeared, can again be heard — the crepitus redux; other moist rales also now become discernible. Vocal resonance and fremitus are still increased. 166 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. How is edema of the lungs to be distinguished from pneu- monia ? Pulmonary edema may develop in the course of heart-disease, if the compensation be disturbed ; in the course of nephritis or in the course of general asthenia ; in subjects of these affections, it may follow exposure. It is not confined to one lung, hut involves both alike throughout their entire extent. Pulmonary edema may be uiTcomplicated, but is likely to be associated with eifusions into the serous cavities and dropsy elsewhere. The sputum is frothy and abundant, but not rusty or like prune-juice. The cheeks are flushed in pneumonia; the face is pale or livid in pulmonary edema. Edema usually does not present febrile symptoms ; the percussion-resonance scarcely suffers ; large and small moist rales are heard all over the chest ; the proportion of chlorides in the urine remains un- altered ; while the brief duration of the condition, speedily terminating, as it does, in recovery or in death, and the knowl- ledge of the existence of a condition that may occasion it, make the diagnosis clear. In what respects do catarrhal and croupous pneumonia differ ? Croupous pneumonia is sudden in onset ; catarrhal pneu- monia is rather commonly secondary to some other condition. Lobar pneumonia usually attacks robust adults ; broncho-pneu- monia, children, the aged, the debilitated. The sputum of catarrhal pneumonia is not blood-streaked, as is that of croupous pneumonia. Croupous pneumonia terminates in the course of seven or nine days by crisis ; catarrhal pneumonia is a disease of long duration, with tardy convalescence. The physical signs of croupous pneumonia are well-defined, usually limited to one lung and to a lower lobe ; the signs of catarrhal pneumonia are ill-defined, and irregularly disseminated. How is passive or hypostatic congestion of the lungs to be distinguished from pneumonia? Passive or hypostatic congestion of the lungs may develop in the course of acute or chronic debilitating diseases or as a re- sult of heart-disease ; it usually affects the bases and most de- pendent portions of the lungs. It is attended with increased ACUTE CROUPOUS PNEUMONIA. 167 frequency of breatliing, impaired percussion-resonance, and the presence of fine rales. It differs from pneumonia in its associa- tion with the conditions that give rise to it ; in the absence of fever, unless arising in the course of a febrile disorder ; in its bilateral distribution ; in theabsenceofblow^ing breathing ; in its course and in its submission to appropriate management. If ex- pectoration attend congestion of the lungs it is not hemorrhagic. How is pulmonary infarction to be distinguished from pneu- monia ? Coagulation of the circulating blood may take place in the right side of the heart as a result of increased coagulability or of retarded circulation, or a thrombus may form in a distant vein, and detached fragments of clot be swept into the lungs. The occurrence is attended with pain in the chest, dyspnea, and blood-streaked expectoration. Small areas of dulness on per- cussion can be detected, with enfeebled or bronchial breathing. There may be slight fever, from secondary inflammation. The condition differs from pneumonia in being secondary to a pre- existent condition, in the circumscribed distribution of the physical phenomena on the part of the lungs, in the comparative absence of fever, and in the course of the disease. Pulmonary infarction is not of itself fatal. The danger is from the condition of which the infarction is but one result. How is pulmonary infarction to be distinguished from pul- monary abscess ? Pulmonary embolism may result in either infarction or ab- scess. The outcome depends upon the presence or absence of pyogenic microorganisms. The immediate phenomena are the same in both instances. If suppuration take place, how- ever, there are repeated chills, decided fever, with purulent expectoration. Pulmonary abscess is obviously the graver con- dition. The existence of disseminated suppuration is an aid in the diagnosis. How is pneumonia to be discriminated from pulmonary tuber- culosis ? Pneumonia is an acute disease, terminating by crisis in from five to nine days ; the tendency of pulmonary tuberculosis is to 168 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. be chronic ; its duration is indefinite. Tlie sputum of pneu- monia ma}^ be profuse!}' admixed with blood, but actual hemorrhage does not occur except in the peculiar form of pneu- monia associated with influenza. The emaciation, the anemia, the sweats of pulmonary tuberculosis are not present in uncom- plicated croupous pneumonia. The temperature of tuberculosis commonly displays wide variations ; the temperature of pneu- monia is of a continued type. Tuberculosis usually involves the upper portion of the lung, successively invading the remainder of the lung, and the opposite lung as well ; pneumonia is usually unilateral and situated in a lower lobe. The physical signs differ in accordance with this peculiarit}- of distribution. It is not uncommon for pneumonia to be superadded to pul- monary tuberculosis. Pulmonary Gangrene. What are the clinical features of pulmonary gangrene ? Gangrene of the lung may result in the course of pulmonary tuberculosis, or of pneumonia ; it may depend upon ulcerative communication of the lung with an adjacent septic process ; it may be occasioned by the inspiration of septic matters from some portion of the respirator}- tract ; finally it may have its origin in a septic embolus. The sj'mptom characteristic of pulmonary gangrene is the expectoration of a horribl}- offensive, stinking sputum, in association with a typhoid condition. Un- less cavitation occurs, the physical signs are obscure ; at best, they may be masked by those of the primary condition. How is pulmonary gangrene to be distinguished from pulmo- nary abscess ? The physical signs and the local phenomena of pulmonary gangrene and of pulmonary abscess may be similar ; but tbe ex- pectoration in a case of abscess is copious and purulent, while that of a case of gangrene is brownish and horribly offensive and more likely to contain fragments of pulmonary structure. The signs of a cavity are more likely to attend abscess than to attend gangrene. Gangrene is more nearl}- certain than abscess to be fatal PULMONARY TUBERCULOSIS. 169 How are pulmonary tuberculosis and pulmonary gangrene to be differentiated ? Gangrene may complicate tuberculosis of the lung. It differs from uncomplicated tuberculosis by the characteristic odor of the breath and sputum and the absence of tubercle-bacilli from the matters expectorated. Pulmonary Tuberculosis. What are the varieties of pulmonary tuberculosis ? In the present state of knowledge pulmonary tuberculosis may, for practical purposes, be considered under two forms : confluent and disseminated. The lesion in both is essentially the same, the process in the one instance having a tendency to localization and chronicity, with slow extension ; in the other to diffusion and acuteness. The first is commonly known as pulmo- nary phthisis, the second as acute miliary tuberculosis. Acute miliary tuberculosis most frequently involves several organs from the first, and is comparable, in many respects, to an acute infectious fever, such as one of the exanthemata. Localized tuberculosis may undergo retrogression and cicatrization by fibroid substitution, sometimes associated with calcareous de- posits. On the other hand, it may terminate by softening (cheesy necrosis or caseation) leading to excavation, or the formation of vomicee. Calcification, however, may occur, even after caseation has taken place. Galloping consumption or florid phthisis is either an extremely rapid form of confluent tuberculosis, or a rapidly caseating sub- acute or chronic broncho-pneumonitis, on which tuberculosis has supervened. Fibroid phthisis is a slow, localized tuberculosis in which cica- trization keeps almost even pace with tuberculous ulceration. The fibroid conditions of the lungs found in miners, in steel- grinders, and in others exposed to the inhalation of fine parti- cles of dust, will be considered as forms of interstitial pneumo- nitis, comparable to interstitial hepatitis and interstitial ne- phritis. Tuberculosis may supervene, running then the ordi- narjr course. 170 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. What are the symptoms of pulmonary tuberculosis ? The course of ordinary chronic pulmonary tuberculosis may pathologically be divided into three stages : a first or incipient stage, in which the formation of tubercles begins ; isolated, mili- ary nodules are localized at some part of the lung, most com- monly at an apex ; a second stage, of cmtsolidcition, in which the formation of tubercles has increased in number and density, but not correspondingly in extent, the tendency to localization con- tinuing ; and a third stage, of softening, in which, as a result of caseation and breaking down of the older tuberculous forma- tions, cavities develop ; while at the same time invasion of new areas takes place. The p^iysical signs in the different stages differ in accordance with the lesions. The symptoms of one stage, however, pass by imperceptible gradations into those of another. The on^et of the disease is usually insidious. The individual complains of a sense of lassitude and of an unusual readiness of fatigue. Exertion induces shortness of breath. There is a gradual failure of nutrition. The color fades ; the digestion is deranged. Perhaps now a slight, irritating cough, attended with little or no expectoration, sets in. Sometimes, however, the first symptoms are observed after a neglected " cold," or super- vene upon an attack of catarrhal pneumonia (so-called caseous phthisis). An occasional sense of chilliness in the back may be perceived. The body-weight diminishes. Perhaps at this time, unprovoked, the patient feels a tickling in the throat, perceives a salty taste, and before he realizes what is about to transpire he ejects a mouthful of bright-red, frothy blood. The hemor- rhage may be repeated ; at this stage it is not likely to be fatal. The cough becomes more aggravated ; it occurs in paroxysms, the severity of which may induce vomiting. The simtum is abundant and muco-purulent ; it contains elastic fibers and tubercle-bacilli. The dyspnea has become decided. Emacia- tion progresses ; evening fever appears ; debilitating night- sweats occur. Hemorrhages "become more common and more profuse. The cheek is flushed, the eye bright, the intelligence quickened, the mind hopeful. The hair becomes straiglit and prematurely gray. Digestion fails. Diarrhea becomes trouble- PULMONARY TUBERCULOSIS. 171 some. Atrocious pains in various parts of the cliest indicate the existence of accompanying pleuritic processes. The ends of the fingers become enlarged and bulbous, the nails incurvated. The anemia is profound ; the lower extremities become edematous. The patient must take to his bed. In the last stages of the disease, the patient may suddenly be seized with agonizing pain in the side, increased dyspnea, and a sense of impending death. One side of the chest becomes enlarged ; the percussion-reso- nance is tympanitic ; the breathing is but feebly transmitted ; and metallic tinkling may be developed. Pneumothorax has oc- curred. Death ultimately results from exhaustion, and is frequently preceded by the supervention of disseminated tuberculosis, giving rise to the febrile and toxemic symptoms of that condition. Occasionally a large hemorrhage brings about a fatal issue by suffocation, from inspiration of a portion of the fluid. Pulmonary tuberculosis is not rarely complicated by or asso- ciated with other tuberculous afi'ections, especially laryngeal tuberculosis and intestinal tuberculosis, the symptoms of which are then superadded. What are the physical signs of the first stage of pulmonary tuberculosis ? The chest may be full and symmetrical. The respiratory excur- sion may be sufficient ; perhaps, by standing behind the patient and placing the hands on the front of his chest, a slight defi- ciency of expansion at an apex may be detected. The percus- sion-resonance is vesicular, except over a small area at the upper- most portion of one lung, where there is slight relative impairment. At this point, too, the vesicular murmur is altered. The inspiratory murmur is less soft and breezy than normal, while expiration is prolonged and heard more distinctly than usual ; or inspiration is jerking and arhythmical. Careful auscultation by an acute observer may detect fine moist rales at the end of inspiration. Vocal resonance send fremitus are slightly increased. If there is any expectoration, careful search may detect a small number of tubercle-bacilli in the sputum. 172 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. What are the physical signs of the second stage of pulmonary tuberculosis ? The respiratory frequency is slightly accelerated. The upper part of the chest is less full on one side than on the other, and the expansion in this area is deficient. The resonance here is impaired ; the percussion-note may be dull. The vesicular ele- ment of the respiratory murmur is wanting. Inspiration is harsh ; expiration is prolonged and blowing ; the breathing may be bronchial. Fine crackling sounds are heard. Vocal reso- nance and fremitus are notably increased. Blowing sounds may be heard on stethoscopic auscultation over the subclavian ves- sels. The sputum contains many bacilli. What are the physical signs of the third stage of pulmonary tuberculosis ? The general emaciation is striking. Decided depressions exist above and below the clavicle, on one or on both sides. The ribs are prominent, the interspaces narrowed. The cliest appears rigid ; it may heave, but it scarcely expands in respiration. The percussion-dulness is marked, perhaps in different degree over the upper lobes of the two sides. Here and there, in irreg- ular areas, are heard the dull sounds of a thickened pleura. In the midst of the dulness a tympanitic or amphoric or cracked-jjot sound is elicited. Coarse and fine rales, gurgling, bronchial or cavernous breathing are heard. Bronchophon}^ or whispering pectoriloquy are present. Tactile fremitus is increased. The sputum contains bacilli and elastic fibers. What are the best methods for detecting the presence of tubercle-bacilli in sputum ? In all bacteriologic investigations, the instruments and appliances used must be rigidly sterile. Sputa for examination should be collected in glass or poi'celain vessels that have been made clean by boiling, and finally washed with a 1 : 1000 solu- tion of mercuric chloride. The examination should not be too- long deferred. In the interval the vessel should be covered. The sputum should be poured from its receptacle on a steril- ized plate of glass having a black background. With a plati- num wire, first heated to redness in the flame of a lamp or PULMONARY TUBERCULOSIS. 173 Bunsen burner and permitted to cool, a small quantity of purulent matter is taken up and spread in a thin layer upon a cover-glass that has been washed with alcohol, ether, and bi- chloride solution and carefully wiped dry. The thin layer of sputum is permitted to dry at ordinary temperature, or the pro- cess is accelerated by gentle heat. When perfectly dry, the cover-glass preparation is drawn three or four times through the flame so as to fix the albuminoid matters. The preparation is now ready to be stained. For the staining, a filtered solution composed of one part of fuchsin (or gentian violet) , four of carbolic acid, ten of alcohol and one hundred of sterihzed distilled water, may be used ; or ten or fifteen drops of anilin oil and about a dram of sterilized distilled water are shaken together and filtered, and then sufficient of a saturated alcoholic solution of gentian-violet (or fuchsin) addded until a deep coloration is produced. The cover-glass preparation may now be floated on the sur- face of one of the solutions indicated, for twenty-four hours, at the ordinary temperature, or the process may be accomplished in Fig. 23, M- Tubercle-bacilli in sputum. (Ziegler.) fifteen minutes by the application of moderate heat until the vapor of steam arises ; or face upward, a few drops of either of the solutions indicated are placed upon the surface of the cover- glass preparation, which is gently heated until the vapors of steam arise. 174 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS The excess of free stain is removed with water. The prep- aration is decolorized iu a solution of nitric acid (1 : 3), or in one of sulphuric acid (1 : 4). It is then briefly passed through seventy per cent, alcohol. It may at once be dried and mounted and examined, but it is better to stain again with an aqueous solution of a color complementary to that first used — fuchsin and methylene-blue, gentian-violet and vesuvin or Bis- marck-brown. The search for bacilli in sputum may be facilitated by adding to a])Out four ounces of sputum, one ounce of sterilized distilled water, and from four to eight drops of liquor sodse and heating ; from two to three ounces more of water are added and the mixture is ijut aside in a conical glass for from twenty-four to forty-eight hours, when the supernatant fluid is decanted and cover-glass preparations made from the sediment. What is the clinical course of " galloping consumption" ? The rapid form of confluent pulmonary tuberculosis, known as "quick consumption" or phthisis jiorida^ as distinguished from the infectious fever known as acute miliary tuberculosis, not infrequentl}' supervenes upon a neglected "cold," com- monly a catarrhal pneumonia of the apex ; or it may suddenly become manifest after localized tuberculosis of the apex, so slight as to be unsuspected, has existed for a longer or shorter time ; it may closely or remotely follow an attack of influenza ; or its immediate antecedents may be untraceable. Frequently, the subjects of phthisis florida present an hereditary liability to tuberculosis. Clinically the disease is marked by high temperature of a continued or, more frequently, a remittent type ; profuse night- sweats ; profound digestive and circulatory disturbance ; rapid wasting, with accompan3'ing weakness ; and pulmonary symp- toms of progressive severity, with corresponding physical signs. Pathologically it is characterized by rapid caseation, with for- mation of extensive cavities : severe laryngeal and intestinal complications are frequent. It may apparently begin as an acute laryngitis of ordinary or of tuberculous type. Sometimes persistent diarrhea is the earliest symptom to attract attention. PULMONARY TUBERCULOSIS. 175 The duration of the disease is from a few weeks to about eighteen months. How is a pulmonary hemorrhage to be discriminated from a gastric hemorrhage? The blood of pulmonary hemorrhage has a sweetish or saltish taste, is usually fluid, bright-red, and more or less frothy. In gastric hemorrhage the blood is usually dark and clotted ; its taste is masked as a result of admixture with the contents of the stomach ; the stools that follow are tarry. Pulmonary hemorrhage may occur with or without cough, and is not provoked by taking food. Gastric hemorrhage usually occurs with vomiting, and is provoked by taking food. How is the distinction to be made between pulmonary tuber- culosis and chronic pleurisy ? Pleural adhesion and thickening are extremely common. They occasion retraction of the chest-wall, often more or less displacement of the heart, and give rise to dulness on percus- sion, enfeebled transmission of the breath-sounds, and increased vocal resonance and fremitus ; but they are not associated with the auscultatory and constitutional phenomena of pulmonary tuberculosis, or with the presence of tubercle-bacilli in the sputum. If a pleural effusion is present, there are bulging of the lower part of the chest, flatness on percussion, feebleness or absence of breath-sounds, and diminished vocal resonance and fremitus. If the fluid is purulent, there are chills, fever, sweats and emaciation. How is pulmonary carcinoma to be distinguished from pulmon- ary tuberculosis ? Carcinoma of the lung is a secondary affection. The meta- static growths give rise to irregularly distributed, multiple areas of percussion-dulness, without corresponding change in the auscultatory phenomena. The temperature is likely to be sub-normal rather than febrile, unless inflammation of the lung or pleura is excited. The duration of pulmonary carcinoma is limited ; pulmonary tuberculosis may be indefinitely protracted. Tubercle-bacilli are not found in the sputum in pulmonary 176 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. carcinoma. The presence of carcinomatous new-growths else- where is signiiicant in doubtful cases. How is pulmonary syphilis to be distinguished from pulmon- ary tuberculosis ? Sj'^philis of the lung appears either in the form of gummata or as fibroid induration. It is to be distinguished from tuber- "culosis by the absence of bacilli from the sputum, by the involve- ment of the middle and lower parts rather than the upper part of the lung, by the diftuse and irregular rather than concentrated localization of physical signs, by the absence of the constitu- tional phenomena of tuberculosis, and by the history or the knowledge of the existence of other syphilitic manifestations. The therapeutic test is sometimes available, but should be cautiously applied, as cases of tuberculosis are usually injured by potassium iodide. Syphilis and tuberculosis may coexist. How are bronchiectasis and pulmonary tuberculosis to be dif- ferentiated ? Bronchiectasis is attended with copious muco-purulent expectoration, and perhaps with decided emaciation ; the pul- monary resonance may be impaired, and large, moist rales may be heard ; but the pliysical phenomena are usually bilateral in distribution and most decided at the bases of the lungs ; pulmo- nary tuberculosis usually begins at the apex of one lung, whence it extends. Bronchiectasis is slowly if at all progressive ; tuber- culosis less commonly stops short of a fatal termination. The sputam of a case of bronchiectasis does not contain tubercle- bacilli. How is an abscess of the lung to be diagnosticated from pul- monary tuberculosis ? An abscess of the lung may develop in the course of a pneu- monia or an empyema, as a result of traumatism, or it may con- stitute a manifestation of a general pyemia. It is to be distin- guished from tuberculosis by a knowledge of its possible origin, by the appearance of the phenomena in a lower rather than in an upper lobe and upon one side only. The condition is acute ACUTE MILIARY TUBERCULOSIS. 177 rather than chror\ic, and the sputum does not contain tubercle- bacilli. The physical phenomena are peculiarly circumscribed. By what means are malarial fever and pulmonary tuberculosis to be differentiated ? When caseation and suppuration are taking place in a lung, the temperature is high in the evening, declining towards morning. In addition, however, there are persistent dyspnea, increased frequency of breathing, cough, expectoration contain- ing tubercle-bacilli, loss of flesh, night-sweats, dulness on per- cussion, and mucous rales on auscultation. The symptoms last enumerated are wanting in intermittent fever, while the Plas- modia of malaria are wanting in the blood in pulmonary tuber- culosis. Possible mistakes in diagnosis are to be avoided by a physical examination. How does tuberculosis of the bronchial glands differ from whooping-cough ? Whooping-cough is a self-limited disease ; tuberculosis is not. Grave constitutional symptoms attend the latter ; re- covery from whooping-cough is comparatively rapid. While the cough induced by tuberculosis of the bronchial glands is ringing, it does not possess the peculiar character of the cough of pertussis. Cases of whooping-cough do not occur isolated. By pressure on adjacent structures, enlarged bronchial glands may occasion dyspnea, cough and cyanosis, and edema of the face and neck. Acute Miliary Tuberculosis. What are the symptoms of acute miliary tuberculosis ? A(Mte miliary tuberculosis sets in insidiously. The victim may be a member of a tuberculous family. He is taken ill with slight cough, scanty or no expectoration, marked dyspnea, ele- vation of temperature, rapidity of pulse, delirium, and other symptoms of a grave intoxication. Tuberculous involvement of the bowel will cause diarrhea ; of the cerebral meninges, the signs of meningitis. The course of the disease may be rapid or protracted. Death may take place from exhaustion, or, in. 12 178 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. rarer instauces, the acute symptoms subside, and those of chronic tuberculosis appear. What are the physical signs of acute miliary tuberculosis ? The physical signs of acute miliary tuberculosis are at first practically those of an acute bronchitis : a full chest ; rapid breathing ; unaltered percussion-resonance ; harsh, vesiculo- bronchial respirator}- sounds ; unchanged vocal resonance and fremitus. Later, dulness at one apex or at both apices, or jutt below, and fine crackling rales are heard ; and still later, evi- dences of caseation are found on auscultation and percussion. The detection of tubercle-bacilli may be very late. Some cases early develop indications of apex-pneumonia. How are acute miliary tuberculosis and typhoid fever to be dis- tinguished from one another ? The prostration and the general condition are much alike in both ; but in acute miliary tuberculosis the epistaxis, the rose- spots, the characteristic temperature-course, and the peculiar stools of typhoid fever are wanting. The temperature of acute miliary tuberculosis presents considerable oscillations on the same day ; without therapeutic interference, it may be normal, subnormal and very high. Bronchitis may attend typhoid fever, but the dyspnea is never so marked as it is in acute miliary tuber- culosis. The progress of the case determines the diagnosis. Not only do the marked physical signs of destructive change in the lungs develop in the one disease, and not in the other, but typhoid fever is a self-limited disease of known duration, with a tendency to recovery, while acute miliary tuberculosis is a dis- ease of uncertain duration, and sooner or later almost inva- riably fatal. Tubercle-bacilli may sometimes be discovered in the sputum of acute miliary tuberculosis. The knowledge of previous scrofulous or tuberculous disease in the patient, or a family history of scrofula or tuberculosis, should excite suspicion of acute tuberculosis ; and in susceptible subjects the latter disease may even quickly follow typhoid fever. PULMONAKY EMPHYSEMA. 179 Interstitial Pneumonitis. What are the characteristics of interstitial pneumonitis ? As a result of the irritation occasioned by the constant inhalation of fine particles of dust by miners and grinders, and others, a chronic bronchitis with hyperplasia of the interstitial pulmonary tissue develops. The two layers of pleura are often adherent and thickened. As time progresses, contraction takes place, terminating in condensation of the lung and dilatation of the bronchial tubes. Interstitial pneumonitis may develop as a part of a general fibroid degeneration. In coal miners the condition is known as anthracosis ; in iron- workers as siderosis ; in grinders as chalicosis. What are the symptoms of interstitial pneumonitis ? There is obstinate cough and abundant muco-purulent expec- toration, which sometimes contains pai'ticles of the dust inhaled. There may be considerable wasting and dyspnea. What are the physical signs of interstitial pneumonitis ? The chest is diminished in size, rather flattened anteriorly, from retraction. The respiratory excursion is small, the chest expanding but little in inspiration. The percussion-resonance is impaired over a large area of pulmonary surface. The breath- ing is bronchial. Large moist and dry rales are heard. The vocal resonance and fremitus are increased. How does interstitial pneumonitis differ from chronic pleurisy? Interstitial pneumonitis and chronic adhesive pleurisy are allied conditions and are often associated. Occurring alone the former is wider in its distribution and is more likely than the latter to be bilateral. Blowing breathing, rales, cough and expectoration attend the pulmonary, but not the pleural, con- dition. Pulmonary Emphysema. What are the characteristics of pulmonary emphysema? Pulmonary emphysema is usually a result of long-continued ex- cessive expiratory effort with closed glottis— as in protracted 180 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. cough or in the habitual blowing of wind instruments. It is often associated with chronic bronchitis. The air-vesicles be- come dilated into large sacs, and the bloodvessels in the inter- lobular septa are obliterated. The increased work thrown upon the right heart in turn gives rise to dilatation. Emphj'sema manifests itself by dyspnea, expiratory in char- acter ; shortness of breath, aggravated in paroxysms, and at- tended with distressing cough and scanty expectoration. The cardiac insufficiency adds to the dyspnea and may be the cause of dropsy. What are the physical signs of emphysema ? The chest is large, " barrel-shaped ;" the circumference being increased in greater degree than the vertical diameter. The respirator}/ excursio)i is slight and may be scarcely visible ; al- though the chest may rise and fall as a whole, the ribs being fixed in the position of full inspiration. The percussion-resonance is heightened, almost tympanitic. The hreath-sounds are feeble, being almost continuous and without intermission, expiration being prolonged and attended with a succession of puffs. The vocal resonance and fremitus are diminished. The area of super- ficial cardiac dulness is diminished, but deep percussion will reveal enlargement of the right ventricle. How is emphysema to be distinguished from pneumothorax ? Pneumothorax usually results from the breaking through the pleura of a destructive process in the lung, such as the casea- tion and suppuration of tuberculosis. The symptoms to which it gives rise are abrupt in onset and distressing in character. The patient perceives a sudden, severe pain in the side, and is seized with great dyspnea and a sense of impending death. The chest is seen to be enlarged, the breathing rapid and shal- low, the respiratory excursion small ; the percussion-resonance is tympanitic and the breath-sounds are feeble. In pneumo- thorax, the dilatation of the chest and the tympany are, however, unilateral ; in emphysema, the}^ are symmetrical. In pneumo- thorax, an amphoric blowing sound is heard on inspiration, and if pleurisy with effusion have set in, metallic tinkling, succussion sounds and egophony as well. The recognition of a condition PNEUMOTHORAX. 181 that may give rise to perforation and pneumothorax aids in the diagnosis. How is emphysema to be distinguished from a pleural effusion? An effusion into the pleura may take place in the course of a pleurisy, or as a result of disease of the heart or kidney. Ad- jacent organs are displaced in proportion to the quantity of fluid poured out. If the percussion-note be hyper-resonant at the upper part of the chest, above the level of the fluid, it is flat below. Pleuritic effusions are usually unilateral ; when the eff"usion is part of a general dropsy it is usually bilateral. Em- physema is rarely unilateral. In emphysema, the breath-sounds are everywhere feebly heard ; in pleural effusion the breathing- may be puerile, or even bronchial, above the level of the fluid, but the breath-sounds are not well heard through the fluid. Yocal resonance and fremitus are diminished in emphysema ; absent below the level of a pleural effusion. If the effusion becomes puru- lent, rigors, hectic fever, sweats and marked emaciation occur. Pneumothorax. What are the clinical features of pneumothorax ? Pneimiothorax may result from traumatism that causes fracture of a rib and perforation of the lung ;. from the rupture of an emphysematous pulmonary alveolus ; from communication be- tween the pleural cavity and an adjacent hollow viscus ; from the softening of a septic infarct or of an area of pneumonic con- solidation ; but the most common cause is ulcerative perforation of a tuberculous cavity in the lung. The phenomenon usuall}' sets m suddenly, with sharp pain in the side, intense dyspnea and a sense of great oppression. The breathing is hurried and shallow. The chest on the affected side becomes bulging ; the percussion-note is tympanitic ; the breath-sounds are enfeebled or distant, perhaps amphoric ; as fluid is poured out, metallic tinkling may be heard, and by shaking the patient, with the ear applied to his chest, a succussion-sound may be elicited ; the voice-sounds and vibrations are poorly transmitted. The heart, as well as other viscera, may be displaced. 182 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. How are pneumothorax and diaphragmatic hernia to be differentiated ? The stomach may be dragged upwards beneath the ribs by a contracting lung, or the stomach or the large intestine may bulge through a yielding portion of the diaphragm, so that there may be unilateral percussion-tympauy, with displacement of the heart ; vibrations of the fluid in the hollow viscus may give rise to metallic tinkling, whicb, however, occurs independently of respiration and is associated with rumbling sounds peculiar to the gastro-intestinal tract. The interference with the respi- ratory functions that results is, moreover, not only acute in on- set, as it is in pneumothorax (of which the etiologic elements are'', wanting), but it may be equally sudden in disappearance. Dia- phragmatic hernia may have a history dating from birth ; it bodes no danger unless strangulation occurs, of which the symp- toms are characteristic. The outcome of pneumothorax is in the nature of things often rapidly fatal. How are pneumothorax and a pulmonary cavity to be differentiated? A large cavity in the lung may yield a tympanitic percussion- sound, amphoric respiration, metallic rales or tinkling, and suc- cussion-sounds, but the phenomena are usually circumscribed ; there is no bulging, no acute exacerbation of pain, dyspnea and oppression, and the percussion-flatness of an eflusion into the pleural sac is wanting. How is pneumothorax to be distinguished from a pleural effusion ? Pneumothorax sets in suddenly, with acute pain and dyspnea. A pleural effusion usually takes place insidiously. Pleurisy with effusion usually attends pneumothorax, so that the signs of both may be present ; but when the pneumotliorax is the primary condition, the percussion-note above the level of the effusion is more pronouncedly tympanitic and the voice more distinctly egophonic. Succussion-phenomena and tinkling are not heard unless both air and fluid are present in the pleural sac. Finally, the recognition of a condition that gives rise to pneumothorax may decide the diagnosis. ASTHMA. 183 Asthma. What are the symptoms of asthma ? Asthma is a paroxysmal affection, the symptoms of which are probably dependent upon spasmodic narrowing of the smaller bronchial tubes. The attacks recur at irregular intervals, with or without apparent exciting cause. Among provocative con- ditions are changes of climate and weather, overeating,. indiges- tion, emanations from feathers and sexual excitement. The seizure is sudden in onset, usually occurring at night. The patient is awakened with a sense of oppression and distressing dyspnea, inspiratory in character. Orthopnea is common. Dur- ing the jjaroxysm, which may last for several hours, the chest heaves spasmodically, but the pulmonary expansion is slight ; the face is pale or livid, and the distress is evident. Loud, wheezing sounds are heard. On auscultation, the breath-sounds are feeble, or the vesicular murmur may be obscured by the wheezing or replaced by sonorous and sibilant rales. The percutory phenO' mena are unaltered. The crisis takes place with a profuse ex- pectoration of mucus, perhaps, also, with a copious discharge of limpid urine. This may terminate the attack, or the same phe- nomena may be repeated on several successive nights or even in- vade the day. Asthma may be primary or secondary. It may result from reflex influences, such as disease of the nose. It may apparently replace the convulsive seizure of epilepsy, Asthmatoid seizures are common accompaniments of chronic bronchitis and emphy- sema, of cardiac insufficiency, and of chronic nephritis. How is asthma to be distinguished from an asthmatoid con- dition ? In true asthma, no cause for the disease may be found or else some local or reflex irritation may be discovered. When so- called asthmatoid attacks occur, their discrimination depends upon the recognition of an organic pulmonary affection, such as emphysema or bronchitis, or of cardiac incompetency or of chronic nephritis. Such attacks do not pursue the typical course of true asthmatic seizures and do not terminate suddenly with profuse expectpration. 184 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. How does asthma differ from whooping-cough ? Whooping-cough is a disease of children ; asthma, a disease of adults. The characteristic wlioop of pertussis is wanting in asthma. An attack of whooping-cough does not last more than a couple of months, at most ; asthma may continue indefinitely. What are the points of differentiation between asthma and paralysis of the diaphragm ? The dyspnea resulting from paralysis of the diaphragm is not paroxysmal, as is that of asthma. Paralysis of the diaphragm is not characterized by an absence of the breath-sounds, followed by wheezing and high-pitched rales. When the diaphragm is paralyzed, inspiration is attended with expansion of the chest and depression of the abdominal wall ; in expiration the chest collapses and the abdominal wall is elevated ; stimulation of the phrenic nerves restores the normal harmony of action ; attempts at bearing down are futile or ineffective. THE DIGESTIVE SYSTEM— THE MOUTH. Catarrhal Stomatitis. What are the clinical characteristics of catarrhal stomatitis ? Catarrhal inflammation of the r)utcous menihrane of the month may result from the ingestion of irritating substances, from the presence of carious teeth, or by extension from adjacent dis- ease ; it may also develop in conjunction with morbid dentition, or derangement of digestion, or in the course of the exanthe- mata. It manifests itself by redness, tumidity, and increased heat of the structures within the mouth, and by increased secretion. The taking of food is attended with discomfort or with pain ; taste is impaired ; and the breath is offensive. As a rule, there is little or no constitutional disturbance. Aphthous Stomatitis. What are the clinical features of aphthous stomatitis ? In individuals exposed to unfavorable hygienic conditions, and in those debilitated by disease, small discrete or confluent. THRUSH — ULCERATIVE STOMATITIS. 185 grayish or whitish masses of degenerated epithelium accumu- late at various parts of the mucous meuibrane of the mouth ; the desquamation of the masses exposes subjacent ulceration. Mastication in adults and nursing in infants are difficult and painful ; the secretions of the mouth are increased ; the appetite may be impaired ; digestion may be deranged ; and there may be diarrhea. Thrush. What are the clinical manifestations of thrush? Thrush, muguet or parasitic stomatitis is a mycotic inflamma- tion of the mucous membrane of the mouth and throat, to which children are especially prone. It is dependent upon the presence of a fungus, termed the mycoderma (or didiiim) albicans. An acid reaction of the secretions of the mouth is an essential condition for the development of the affection. The growth of the fungus and the resulting irritation give rise to the formation of minute curd-like masses upon various parts of the mucous membrane. Forcible detachment of the masses occasions bleed- ing. The symptoms are those of the ordinary form of stomatitis, plus the flaky deposits containing the characteristic fungus. There may also be diarrhea and a varying degree of constitu- tional disturbance. In nurslings, the inability to suckle may result in inanition and death. Ulcerative Stomatitis. What are the symptoms of ulcerative stomatitis ? Ulcerative stomatitis is an aggravated form of inflammation of the mouth, attended with ulceration, which it is stated is usually unilateral. The affection arises amid conditions of crowding and filth, and in those supplied with insufficient and inappropriate food ; it may also be a sequel of other forms of stomatitis, of caries of the teeth, or of the maxillary bones. It is manifested by impaired appetite, fetid breath, increased salivation, pain in eating, and constitutional symptoms of varying intensity. Sometimes adjacent lymphatic glands under- go enlaroremeut. 186 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. Mercurial Stomatitis. What are tlie clinical manifestations of mercurial stomatitis ? Stomatitis sometimes results from the medicinal iugestion of large quantities of mercury, or of small quantities by persons possessing an idiosyncrasy, or as a manifestation of mercurial intoxication by means of articles of food or drink, or from ex- posure to the metal in certain occupations. The symptoms vary greatly in severity. The gums especially become swollen, red- dened, tender, and sometimes ulcerated. The teeth may fall out, and the maxillary bones become carious. The breath is fetid. The salkxi contains mercury ; its secretion and discharge are inordi- uatel}- increased, giving rise to the term "salivation,"" as descriptive of the affection. Gangrenous Stomatitis — Noma. What are the clinical features of gangrenous stomatitis ? Gangrenous stomatitis, noma or cancrum oris is essential!}* an affection of childhood, rare, and almost invariably fatal, which OAvelojjs in those of depraved constitution, often at the termina- tion of one of the exanthemata, particularly measles. The disorder is manifested by a brawny induration of one cheek, the structures of which undergo disintegration, with resulting ulceration of the mucous and cutaneous surfaces, and, not rarely, perforation. Adjacent portions of the gums may by contiguity become involved in the process. The teeth may fall out and the maxillary bones become carious. The early symptoms may be obscured by those of the antecedent condi- tion. Soon, however, the breath becomes fetid, and, in addition to the local manifestations, the symptoms of septic intoxication mav appear, in the midst of which the child may die. Hecovery may take place, with hideous deformity of the face. Pneu- monia, pulmonary gangrene, and entero-colitis ma,j he compli- cations. GLOSSANTHRAX. 187 THE TONGUE. Glossitis. What are the symptoms of glossitis ? When the tongue is inflamed, from whatever cause, the organ becomes enlarged, tumid, reddened, painful; speech, degluti- tion and mastication, sometimes respiration, are interfered with, and the secretions of the mouth are increased. The swelling may be so great that sulfocation results, unless relief be given by incision. Glossitis may be superficial or parenchy- matous, acute or chronic; the intensity and character of the symp- toms being modified accordingly. It may be due to erysipelas, either primarily or secondarily. Epidemics of erysipelatous glossitis have occurred, and the name "black tongue" has been applied to this afteetion. Parenchymatous glossitis sometimes proceeds to suppuration. Leukoplakia Lingualis. What is leukoplakia of the tongue ? Leukoplakia lingualis, or leukoplakia buccalis^ is a name applied to a peculiar chronic affection of the tongue or of the tongue and buccal mucous membrane, characterized by the formation of persistent, horny, whitish patches upon the surface, some- times extending entirely through the epithelial layer. Untreated, it is said to lead at limes to the development of carcinoma. Sometimes it appears to be related with gout. Glossanthrax. What is glossanthrax ? Glossanthrax is a term applied to the localization of malignant pustule upon the tongue. It is to be differentiated from carci- noma, tuberculosis, syphilis and other affections leading to suppuration or ulceration. The local and constitutional symp- 188 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. toms are those of anthrax in general. The appearance of the eschar is characteristic and the presence of anthrax-bacilli is diagnostic. Nigrities. What is nigrities ? Nigrities, also called blach tongue and hairy tongue, is an affec- tion of the filiform papillee of the tongue, supposed to be due to the irritation of a special fungus. The papillae in various situa- tions become discolored, thickened, and elongated, giving the appearance of a scattered or compact hairy growth upon the dorsum of the tongue. Desquamation takes place, after which the tongue may remain comparatively clean for a longer or shorter period ; then the growth recurs. The aflfectiou is to be differentiated from staining of the tongue by tobacco, medicines, and the like. MUMPS— PAROTIDITIS. What are the symptoms of parotiditis ? Parotiditis or -mumps may be primary or secondary in the course of infectious diseases. It is characterized by pain at the angle of the jaw, followed by tumefaction of the parotid gland, at first on one side and then on the other. Movement of the jaw, as in mastication, is difficult and painful. Deglutition is not interfered with ; hearing may be deranged. The secretion of saliva is usually excessive. There are febrile manifestations of moderate severity. Orchitis or ovaritis is a peculiar complication of parotiditis. It is likely to occur as the parotid swelling subsides. THE PHARYNX. Pharyngitis. What are the symptoms of pharyngitis ? In acute catarrhal pharyngitis, or angina, the symptoms vary with the intensity and extent of involvement. Ordinarily, there PHARYNGITIS. 189 are "sore throat," irritable cough, pain or difficulty in deglu- tition, interference with respiration, enlargement of the tonsils and of the glands of the neck. On inspection, the soft palate, the uvula, the tonsils, the posterior and lateral walls of the pharynx, or the palatine arches may, one or more, be seen to be reddened and tumefied, and often coated with glairy mucus. A moderate degree of fever attends acute pharyngitis. Acute phlegmonous pharyngitis is a much more serious affection, involving not only the mucous membrane, but also the sub- mucous connective tissues and even at times the sheaths of the muscles. The constitutional symptoms are in accordance with the severity of the process, and may be those of pyemia. The pus may gravitate to the cellular tissues of the neck, manifesting as an external swelling and causing dyspnea or even suffocation from compression of the trachea. The inflamed tissues of the throat, especially the soft palate and uvula, may be greatly swollen and edematous. What is acute tuberculous pharyngitis ? Acute tuberculous pjharyngitis is a form of acute miliary tuber- culosis, apparently beginning in the pharynx. The constitutional manifestations are those of an acute febrile process of grave type, sometimes simulating typhoid fever. Locally, deposits of tubercle may be observed beneath the mucous membrane as little semi-transparent, grayish nodules, resembling in size and form vermicelli-seeds or fish-eggs. These are collected into little patches more or less confluent, which eventually undergo ulceration. The uvula is sometimes thickened into a somewhat character- istic gelatinous-looking, reddened, club-shaped mass. This ge- latinous thickening may likewise take place in other portions of the pharynx. The disease may extend to the epiglottis, tongue, and larynx, or to the vault of the pharynx and the nasal passages. The ulcerative process usually begins on a palatine fold or on a lateral wall of the pharynx, whence it rapidly extends. Ulceration may penetrate the submucous tissues, and the muscles may undergo tuberculous or fatty degeneration. Pus 190 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. is usually absent from the surface of the ulcers and the bacillus tuberculosis is sometimes found in the detritus. The chief and most distinctive local suhjective symptom is in- tense pain in swallowing, often more than can be accounted for by the extent of visible disease. The pain may extend into the ears. As the disease progresses, cough is superadded, emaciation becomes rapid, and signs of pulmonary disease, and perhaps of other complications, become manifest. Death may result within a few weeks, and is rarely postponed beyond two or three months. Recovery is the exception. How is tuberculous pharyngitis to be distinguished from syphilitic sore-throat ? The intense pain in swallowing, the characteristic deposit and gelatinous infiltration, the absence of pus from the ulcers, the histor}'^ of the attack, the personal histor}', the family history of the patient, and the febrile symptoms ; the discovery of the tubercle-bacillus in the detritus of the ulcers, or in the sputum, together with the detection of the evidence of pulmonary tuber- culosis as the case proceeds, are the points upon which the diag- nosis from syphilis must depend. Syphilitic and tuberculous disease may, however, coexist. The supervention of typhoid symptoms in a case of supposed syphilitic ulceration of the throat should excite suspicion of the existence of tuberculosis. How is tuberculous pharyngitis to be distinguished from typhoid fever ? Typhoid fever is sometimes accompanied by ulcerative phar- yngitis and laryngitis, though the cases in which this occurs are nuich rarer in North America than they appear to be in Europe. The characteristic fish-egg-looking infiltration of tuberculosis and the non-purulent character of the ulceration would make the discrimination locally ; while, constitutional!}', there would be absence of the characteristic temperature-course, of the rose- spots, and of the peculiar stools of tj^phoid fever. Discovery of the tubercle-bacillus would be conclusive. TONSILLITIS. 191 Tonsillitis. What are the symptoms of tonsillitis ? When the tonsils are inflamed, adjacent parts usually partici- pate in the process. Parenchijmatous tonsillitis or quinsy may be primary or secondary to various infectious diseases. It sometimes sets in suddenly, with a chill, followed by decided elevation of temperature and other febrile manifestations. Usually, one tonsil only is affected, or first one and then the other, but bilateral in- volvement may occur and the glands become so intensely swollen as to meet in the middle line, practically obstructing deglutition and respiration. In such cases the voice is nasal, and fluids at- tempted to be swallowed may return through the nose. There is always some interference with swallowing. The pain is atrocious, and may extend into the ear on the affected side. There is increased secretion of saliva ; swallowing is increased in frequency, and aggravates the pain. Sometimes the patient lies with open mouth, making labored and noisy efforts at respi- ration, while the saliva dribbles. On examination, the tonsils are seen to be enlarged and angry, adjacent parts in some degree participating in the inflammatory process. The enlargement of the glands can, sometimes, be distinctly detected from without. Tenderness on pressure beneath the angle of the jaw is common. An inflamed tonsil or the peritonsillar tissues may suppurate, and grave complications, such as ulceration into the carotid artery, have occurred. Lacunal ov follicular tonsillitis is a much less serious affection. The process is superficial, the lining membrane of the lacuna; or ducts being involved rather than the substance of the gland. Scattered o.ver the surface of the inflamed and enlarged tonsils are a number of yellowish points or patches, indicative of ac- cumulations of sebaceous matter, desquamated epithelium and fungi, at the orifices of the ducts. These plugs may be readily removed by means of a scoop, sometimes by syringing — a point of some importance in the discrimination from diphtheria. Parenchymatous tonsillitis sometimes follows lacunal tonsillitis, 192 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. and tonsillar or peritonsillar abscess may then develop. Un- treated, the duration of tonsillitis is from two to ten days or more. Some cases of tonsillitis are associated with pain and other rheumatic manifestations in the muscles or joints, and endo- carditis and pericarditis have been noted. An endocardial murmur is not uncommon. Swelling of the joints may appear in apparent metastasis as a tonsillar inflammation declines. Anomalous eruptions and albuminuria are among the less common concomitants of tonsillitis. Paralyses are rare sequelse> Herpetic Sore-Throat. What is herpetic sore-throat ? Herpetic sm-e-ihroat, herpetic tonsillitis, herpes of the phary)ix, common membranous sore-throat, ulcer o-memhranous angina, diph- theroid throat, are names applied to a disease often mistaken for diphtheria, but which is, in reality, a form of inflammation of the mucous membrane of the palate, tonsils, uvula and pharynx, characterized by the eruption of herpetic vesicles. Avhich soon rupture, leaving little circular ulcers that coalesce and become covered with a tibrinous exudation. It is sometimes associated with herpes of the lips. Constitutional symptoms may be absent, but, when present, are usually of a mild febrile type. There may, however, be high fever, preceded by malaise or chill. The pain in deglutition (odynphagia), and the dryness and heat of the throat are often much greater than in ordinary forms of pharyngitis. In rare instances, in children, the false membrane has extended into the larynx, causing suffocation. Usually the disease terminates in recovery in about a week or ten days. Chronic or recurrent herpes of the throat is encountered in rare instances. How is common membranous sore-throat to be distinguished from diphtheria ? The diagnosis is sometimes very difficult, and, when in doubt, the safer plan is to consider the case one of diphtheria. As a GANGRENOUS PHARYNGITIS. 193 rule, however, the islet-like distribution of the patches of fibrinous exudation covering the ulcers left by rupture of the vesicles of herpes is quite different from the appearance presented by the coherent, continuous mass of thick, yellowish or grayish mem- brane observed in diphtheria. Herpes is more frequent upon the palate and tonsils. Diphtheria usually involves the phar- ynx extensively. The constitutional symptoms of diphtheria are, as a rule, much more profound than those of herpetic sore-throat. Herpes of the lips often coexists with herpetic sore-throat, very rarely with diphtheria. Diphtheria is con- tagious. Herpes is non-contagious. Gangrenous Pharyngitis. What is gangrenous pharyngitis ? Gangrenous pharyngitis, or putrid sore-throat, may originate independently of any other malady or may follow ordinary forms of pharyngitis, or the sore-throat of the exanthemata, or of dysentery, or of typhus or of typhoid fever. It sometimes occurs in cases of tuberculosis. Constitutional symp)toms are typhoid in type. The local symptoms are those of violent inflam- mation of the mucous membrane of the tonsils, palatine folds, and walls of the pharynx, which soon become covered with gangrenous patches. The destructive process rapidly extends, sometimes into the esophagus, the larynx, and the nares. Sometimes the process is extremely limited, as to the tonsils. Erosion of blood-vessels may cause fatal hemorrhage. How is gangrenous sore-throat to be distinguished from diph- theria ? In gangrene, the patches are grayish-black in color from the outset, while the pseudo-membrane of diphtheria becomes dark only as the disease progresses. Swelling of the cervical glands is unusual in putrid sore throat, and the characteristic odor of gangrene is almost unmistakable. 13 194 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. Retro-pharyngeal Abscess. What are the symptoms of retro-pharyngeal abscess ? Suppuration in the retro-pharyngeal tissues is most commonly a result of destructive disease of the cervical vertebrae ; it may also be due to inflammation of the lymphatic glands or of the connective tissues, resulting from traumatism or developed in the course of infectious disease, or by extension from adjacent disease. The affection is more common in children than in adults, and in tuberculous or syphilitic than in other subjects. There may be an initial chill, with nausea and vomiting, fol- lowed by considerable elevation of temperature and acceleration of pulse. There are soreness of the throat, with pain and difficulty of swallowing ; orthopnea ; suffocative parox3fsms ; and noisy breathing ; the voice is muffled or nasal. The head is often thrown back. There is little or no cough. The neck may be swollen and tender to touch, especially be- hind the angle of the jaw, in front of the sterno-mastoid muscle. The submaxillary glands may suppurate and fluctuation become evident. On inspection of the throat the posterior wall of the pharynx ma}' appear tumid, or a distinctly circum&cril)ed projection may be seen, the mucous membrane over and around the swelling being reddened, perhaps ecchymotic. The abscess may be so hidden that the use of the mirror may be necessary for its detection. On palpation fluctuation may be elicited. THE ESOPHAGUS. Stricture of the Esophagus. What are the symptoms of stricture of the esophagus ? Tlie esophagus may be narrowed by new-growths in its walls, by cicatrices resulting from previous syphilitic or tuberculous disease or from the ingestion of corrosive substances, by pressure THE STOMACH. 195 from without, as by an aneurism or a new-growth, or as a con- genital malformation. Deglutition is interfered with, so that it may be possible to swallow only liquids. If the narrowing is decided, a pouch forms above the seat of constriction, in which considerable quantities of food accumulate, to be periodically rejected. Esophageal growths, if favorably situated, can some- times be detected by the methods of laryngoscopy. Esopliago- scopy has not yet been sufiSciently developed for diagnostic pur- poses. Conclusive evidence of the existence of a stricture of the esophagus is furnished by the resistance encountered in the in- troduction and withdrawal of a bulbous bougie ; if aneurism be suspected, this means of exploration is not permissible. How are functional and organic strictures of the esophagus to be differentiated ? Spasmodic contraction of the esophagus is apt to result from the presence of a foreign body, as a bougie, in the gullet. Spasm of the esophagus {esophayismus)^ in a degree sufficient to give rise to symptoms, sometimes occurs in hysterical persons. Under the conditions last named, food may be obstinately rejected and a considerable degree of emaciation result. The introduction of a bougie may be met with some resistance, which, however, slowly yields to gentle pressure. Careful observation will dis- close the fact that not all the food taken is rejected. A powerful impression, judiciously made, may at once cause the disappear- ance of the symptoms,which occur, without discoverable cause, in a person with other hysterical attributes. THE STOMACH. How may the duration of digestion be tested ? An experimental meal, consisting of gruel, an ordinary piece of beefsteak, and white bread, is given ; after which nothing is to be taken until the examination is concluded. Seven hours after eating, the stomach is to be washed out by siphonage with a soft-rubber esophageal catheter. If digestion is normal the washings should contain no remains of the food, or at most but a few particles. 196 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. What are the tests for free hydrochloric acid in the gastric contents ? Many tests have been proposed, none of which is absokxtely free from fallacy. For practical purposes, Congo-red and phloro- gluciu-vanillin seem to be the most available. 1. Strips of filter-paper saturated with Congo-red become blue if dipped in fluid containing fi'ee hydrochloric acid ; organic acids likewise discolor Congo-red, but do not produce the same blue tint. 2. One or two drops of a solution consisting of phloroglucin, two parts ; vanillin, one part ; absolute alcohol, thirty parts, are placed in a shallow, porcelain capsule, with an equal volume of the filtrate obtained from the stomach-contents, and gently heated. If free hydrochloric acid is present in a proportion of 0.05 or more per thousand, a bright-red deposit will form. If no hydrochloric acid be present, the deposit is brownish-red or brown. The presence of sulphuretted hydrogen is said to be the only source of error. How is the solvent power of the gastric juice tested By the administration, on an empty stomach or one hour after a trial-breakfast of tea and toast, of potassium iodide in rubber capsules fastened with fibrin, and examination of the saliva for iodine-reaction by means of starch-paper and the fumes of strong nitro-hydrochloric acid. I^ormally the reaction should be de- monstrable in from six to eleven minutes after the ingestion of the capsules. Gastralgia. What is gastralgia or gastrodynia? Gastric pain is usually symptomatic of inflammation, ulcera- tion or neoplasm. It may, however, occur independently of recognizable structural disease, and is then considered a neu- rosis—neuralgia of the stomach. ' The pain of neuralgia is spas- modic, of a cutting character, usually rather brief in duration, shooting and shifting in seat, and occurs spontaneously or im- mediately after the ingestion of food. It may induce and be relieved by vomiting or eructation. It is relieved by heat or ACUTE GASTRITIS. 197 pressure. It is not accompanied by vomiting of blood or by the usual manifestations of disordered digestion. Other neurotic symptoms may coexist. Acute Gastritis. What are the symptoms of acute gastritis ? Acute gastritis results from the entrance of irritating matters into the stomach. It varies in degree in accordance with the intensity of the causative irritant. The milder attacks are sometimes called '"'•acute gastric catarrlV or '•'■acute indigestion.'''' Acute gastric catarrh may complicate infectious diseases, or its exciting cause may escape detection. The symptoms are anorexia, nausea, vomiting, often epigastric pain and tenderness ; in a severe attack, the face is pale and anxious, the %)ulse small and firm ; the skin may be cold and clammy ; there may be moderate elevation of temioerature ; syn- cope and collapse may occur. The vomited matters consist of the contents of the stomach, mucus, perhaps bile, and sometimes blood. There is often violent retching, without expulsion of the contents of the stomach, or occurring when the organ is empty. In addition there are commonly headache and thirst. The tongue may be red and angry. Perforation of the walls of the stomach may take place. Peritonitis may develop. The intes- tines are not likely to entirely escape. How are the gastric symptoms occurring at the onset of acute febrile disorders or in the course of cerebral disease to be distinguished from the symptoms of acute gastritis? The vomiting of acute, febrile disorders, or of cerebral dis- ease, is not dependent upon the ingestion of food ; nor is it necessarily attended with nausea, coated tongue, or pain in the epigastrium. Tenderness is not common. If symptoms indicative of a constitutional affection have not been obtrusive, careful investigation will succeed in detecting them at once, or after the lapse of a variable period. No single symptom, but an associa- tion of symptoms establishes the diagnosis. 198 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. How are acute gastritis and intestinal obstruction to be differ- entiated ? The vomiting of intestinal obstruction usually, but not invariably, becomes fecal ; the rolling of the obstructed intes- tines may be apparent through the abdominal walls. The matter vomited in acute gastritis consists largely of mucus, perhaps of some blood, and shreds of mucous membrane ; while there is a history of irritation, poisoning, or indiscretion in diet. Obstinate constipation attends obstruction ; acute gas- tritis is rather likely to be associated with diarrhea. If an obstruction of the bowel be not speedily removed, death results. Recovery from the milder forms of acute gastritis may take place spontaneously. Chronic Gastritis. What are the symptoms of chronic gastritis ? Chronic gastritis or chrome gastric catarrh is the principai factor in the production of dyspepsia. The symptoms differ from those of acute gastritis not only in degree, but also in character. There are many varieties of the affection but the general phenomena are the same in all. The more or less per- sistent ingestion of food or drink, improper in quality or exces- sive in quantity, is the principal cause of chronic gastric catarrh. The disorder manifests itself by nausea, vomiting, impaired appetite, coated tongue, epigastric discomfort, aggravated by the ingestion of food, flatulence, eructations, pyrosis, acidity, bad taste, offensive breath, and palpitation of the heart. There is dull, diffuse abdominal pain, relieved by vomiting. There is also diffuse epigastric tenderness. The vomiting, as a rule, takes place from one-and-a-half to two hours after the ingestion of food. Constipation is common. Usually there is increased thirst. The complexion is often sallow. Headache is frequent and vertigo not uncommon. There may be loss of flesh and emaciation. Mental operations are in many cases temporarily sluggish, depression (" blues"), not rare, and sleeplessness or dis- turbed sleep and disquieting dreams quite common. If much accumulation of undigested and decomposing food GASTRIC ULCER. 199 takes place, or impairment of the motor activity of the stomach becomes decided, dilatation of the viscus {gasirectasia) may re- sult. A succession of meals may be taken before vomiting occurs ; when it does, astounding quantities of liquid, containing the macerated and fermenting remains of food, and various fungi (especially the yeast-fungi and sarcinse), are ejected. The quan- tity of hydrochloric acid in the gastric juice may or may not be changed. Organic acids of fermentation are usually present. What are the physical signs of dilatation of the stomach ? Dilatation of the stomach gives rise to abnormal prominence of the upper portion of the abdomen, with extension of the area of gastric percussion-tympany when the organ is empty, and of percussion-dulness when it is filled. When partially filled (the ordinary condition), succussion-splashing is easily elicited, the stethoscope being placed over the pyloric region while sudden motion is imparted to the left hypochondrium and lumbar region. If so late as thirty-six hours after the administration of salol, salicylic acid can still be detected in the urine by a purplish or purplish-brown precipitate on the addition of tincture of ferric chloride, the delay in the propulsion of the stomach-contents into the duodenum is considered sufficient to warrant the diag- nosis of gastrectasia. Gastric Ulcer. What are the symptoms of gastric ulcer ? Destruction of the mucous coat of the stomach may be a result of acute gastritis. More commonly, however, gastric ulceration develops in the course of chronic gastric catarrh, especially in anemic women with impaired nutrition. In some cases, ulcers of the stomach result from occlusion or obstruction of gastric vessels. Gastric ulcer is not infrequent in cases of cir- rhosis of the liver. The symptoms are sometimes obscure, and the disease may go unrecognized until suddenly perforation and death result. Symptoms of gastric catarrh are usually present, with vomiting, impaired appetite, discomfort after meals, flatu- lence, acidity, coated tongue. There are acute pain and marked 200 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS, tenderness in the epigastrium or hypochondrium, also sometimes in the lower dorsal or upper lumbar region. Pain and tender- ness over or near the spinal column opposite the site of epigastric pain is quite characteristic of gastric ulcer. The pain and accom- panying tenderness, anteriorly as well as posteriorly, are most frequently distinctly circumscribed. Pain is aggravated by the ingestion of food, especially solid food, and relieved by vomiting, which usually occurs soon after food is taken. The vomited matters are often blood-streaked ; or a considerable quantity of blood, bright-red in hue, or discolored by the gastric juice, is vomited. PoUovving hematemesis the stools contain more or less black, tarry matter. Anemia is a common attendant upon gastric ulcei'. Dyspnea and palpitation are its concomitants. There are often great emaciation and profound prostration. Occasionally perforation of the walls of the stomach results ; if adhesive inflammation have occurred, adjacent structures, as liver or pancreas, may constitute the floor of the ulcer ; other- wise fatal peritonitis ensues. How is chronic gastritis to be distinguished from gastric ulcer ? The difference is one of degree. With ulceration of the stomach are associated the symptoms of chronic gastritis, but in addition there are the exquisite localized epigastric pain and tenderness, which diff"er from the diffuse soreness of simple gastritis. Hematemesis is usual in ulcer of the stomach and less usual in chronic gastritis of other than alcoholic origin ; and the blood in the latter case is not likely to be bright in color or of frequent appearance in the vomit. In gastritis vomiting occurs not only after taking food, but not uncommonly on an empt}- stomach as well. The vomiting of ulceration is usually brought on by eating. Chronic gastritis responds more readily than gastric ulcer to judicious treatment. The age and sex of the patient sometimes help the diagnosis, as ulcer is most frequent in young persons and especially in anemic girls. Carcinoma of the Stomach. What are the symptoms of carcinoma of the stomach? Otrcinoma of the stomach appears principally in two forms. In the one the cellular element predominates ; in the other the CARCINOMA OF THE STOMACH. 201 tibrous. The former involves the coats of the body of the stomach ; the latter almost exclusively the pylorus. The symp- toms occasioned differ in each case. When the body of the stomach is involved the symptoms are those of an aggravated chronic gastritis : impaired appetite, pain after meals, sometimes vomiting, with slow emaciation. As time goes on, ulceration takes place in the neoplasm, with the addition of the symptoms of this condition : severe, deep-seated pain in the region of the epigastrium, aggravated by the ingestion of food, vomiting of blood-streaked matters and of discolored blood presenting an appearance of coftee-grounds. The stools contain tarry matters, from disorganized' blood. With the infiltration of the walls of the stomach, adhesions are formed with adjacent organs, which may be progressively invaded. When the new-growth involves the pylorus, a characteristic feature is dilatation of the stomach. The organ may be con- siderably displaced by the weight of the tumor. Emaciation ensues ; while the development of the carcinomatous cachexia is of diagnostic significance. The feature without the establish- ment of which the diagnosis of carcinoma of the stomach is doubtful is the presence of a tumor in the epigastrium. In scirrhus of the pylorus death results from exhaustion, as a result of inanition ; in cellular carcinoma metastasis plays a prominent part in determining a fatal issue. How are carcinoma and ulceration of the stomach to be differ- entiated ? The similitude between the symptoms of ulcer of the stomach and those of carcinoma of the stomach is sometimes so great that the diagnosis is extremely difficult. The detection of a tumor in the area occupied by the stomach is convincing. In its absence, a cachexia or the detection of enlarged glands or new-growths at other parts of the body may afford corrobora- tive evidence. While the symptoms of ulceration may set in acutely, and rapidly assume a grave aspect, they may on the other hand be comparatively mild ; recovery is the rule. The symptoms of carcinoma are more slowly developed, more per- sistent and more profound than those of ulcer, and the pro- 2Q2 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. gress of the case reveals its malignancy. If the pylorus is in- volved, vomiting does not take place for some time after food has been taken, while both in ulceration and in ceilylar carci- noma of the body of the stomach vomiting, when it occurs, takes place early. Obstruction of the pylorus by carcinoma occasions dilatation of the stomach. Before the fortieth year of life ulcera- tion is the more common ; after forty, carcinoma. In ulcer, the gastric hydrochloric acid is said to be excessive ; in carcinoma, to be Avanting. In simple ulcer, sudden, more or less profuse hemorrhages occur ; hence the blood is often bright, and when discolored it is a viscid fluid or coagulated in coherent clots. In carcinomatous ulcer there is a slight but more or less continuous oozing; hence vomiting of blood rai'ely occurs apart from the admixture with food of the disorganized " cofiee-grounds" sedi- ment. How is carcinoma or sarcoma of the omentum to be distin- guished from carcinoma of the stomach ? The detection of a tumor in the region of the epigastrium is not exclusively indicative of carcinoma of the stomach. The omentum may be the seat of carcinoma or sarcoma. In such a case the symptoms of gastritis are not necessarily present ; in particular the vomiting of matter resembling coffee-grounds is wanting. How is carcinoma of the stomach to he distinguished from carci- noma of the pancreas ? It may be impossible to decide from anatomic considerations, especially in view of the displacement that often occurs, whether a tumor in the epigastrium is gastric or pancreatic. If the former, definite symptoms of gastric derangement are present ; the visceral sjnnptoms of the latter are ill-defined. The exist- ence of diabetes and the imperfect digestion of fats would point to involvement of the pancreas. Jaundice sometimes accom- panies carcinoma of the pancreas from pressure upon the bile- ducts. In gastric carcinoma without hepatic complication this does not occur. THE INTESTINES. 203 How is chronic gastritis to be distinguished from carcinoma of the stomach ? It is not sufficient to make a diagnosis of chronic gastritis. The existence of carcinoma should, if possible, always be ex- cluded. If, in addition to the symptoms of gastritis, there is severe and persistent pain in the epigastrium, or pain increased or developed after eating, with vomiting shortly after meals or after a variable interval, the ejected matters resembling coffee- grounds ; if there exist cachexia, new-growths in various parts of the body^ and a tumor can be detected in the region of the epigastrium, the gastritis is but a concomitant of the mahgnant disease, which, in the course of a year or eighteen months, is almost necessarily fatal. Carcinoma is uncommon before forty ; gastritis may occur at any time of life. The gastric juice is said to contain free hydrochloric acid in nearly all cases of chronic gastritis, but to contain none in cases of gastric carci- noma. While the persistent absence of free hydrochloric acid should excite suspicion of the existence of malignant disease, it is not conclusive evidence. THE INTESTINES. Acute Enteritis. What are the symptoms of acute enteritis ? Acute inflammation of the small intestine may vary greatly in severity, from a simple catarrh of the mucous lining to an in- tense inflammation involving the submucous and muscular tunics and even the peritoneal investment. Acute intestinal catarrh or mucous enteritis is, in most cases, de- pendent upon the presence of irritating matters in the bowel. As a result, there occur diarrhea, with colicky pains, and often considerable tenderness in the abdomen, and febrile and other constitutional manifestations of varying intensity. The stools may number from three to six or more in twenty-four hours ; they are thin and liquid, containing undigested food and conside- rable mucus, and may be streaked with blood. The stomach is 204 ESSENTIALS OP DIAGNOSIS. likely to share in the inflammatory process, and the symptoms of a more or less intense gastritis are superadded. When gastro-enteritis is due to the ingestion of corrosive and poisonous substances or to the ingestion or development of ptomaines, the symptoms become more severe, and collapse and death may occur. In the severe cases of acute enteritis, involving the serous, mus- cular and submucous coats, constipation, or constipation alter- nating with slight, irritative diarrhea, is the rule ; actual ob- struction of the bowel, from inflammation, paralysis, or in- carceration by bands of lymph, is not uncommon. The consti- tutional and local symptoms are correspondingly intense. There may be an initial chill. While the pain may be colicky at fii'st, it soon becomes constant, subject, however, to paroxysmal ex- acerbations. It is increased by pressure, tenderness at times be- ing exquisite. As in peritonitis, the patient lies upon his back with flexed thighs, to relax the abdominal muscles. There is not uncommonly a marked and distressing pulsation to the right of the umbilicus. Thirst, nausea, vomiting and retching may be decided, even in the absence of gastric involvement. The fever becomes high and does not remit, as it does in intestinal catarrh. The 2mlse is^ rapid ; at first tense and full ; afterward, small and wiry. Following a copious stool, amelioration and recovery may ensue ; or symptoms of failing circulation, with distention of the abdomen, hiccough, incessant retching, sweating, anuria and exhaustion, may precede death. How are acute catarrhal enteritis and typhoid fever to be differentiated ? Some degree of inflammation of the small intestine necessa- rily attends typhoid fever. Occurring as an independent aftec- tion, however, enteritis is wanting in the epistaxis, the severe headache, the rose-spots, the characteristic temperature-curve, the peculiar character of the stools, the gravity and the typical course and duration of the general infectious disease. CROUPOUS ENTERITIS CHOLERA MORBUS. 205 Croupous Enteritis, What is croupous enteritis ? Croupous or membranous enteritis is a somewhat rare disease, characterized by the discharge of fibrinous casts of the bowel, or of flakes of false membrane. These are usually expelled, after paroxysms of colic, with painful straining, in watery stools containing mucus, sometimes blood, but little fecal matter. The paroxysms are often pre- ceded by constipation, and associated with or followed by diar- rhea. The aifection is obstinately recurrent. It occurs chiefly, if not exclusively, in hysterical or hypochondriacal subjects in early adult or middle life. Cholera Morbus. What are the symptoms of cholera morbus or cholera nostras ? Cholera marhus ov cholera nostras is an acute disease, most prevalent during the summer months and characterized by inflammation of the stomach and intestines. It is commonly a result of the ingestion of unsuitable and irritating articles of diet. The affection is manifested by colicky pains in the abdomen, by nausea, vomiting and diarrhea, by cramps in the legs, by increased thirst, by headache, vertigo and debility, by coldness of the extremities, by prostration and rapid wasting. Despite the severity of the symptoms, recovery is almost invariable. How are cholera morbus and cholera Asiatica to be differen- ^ tiated ? The symptoms of cholera morbus and those of cholera Asiatica differ principally in degree. Cholera Asiatica, however, occurs in epidemics ; isolated cases are rare. Cholera morbus, on the other hand, is not an epidemic disease. The mortality from cholera Asiatica is high ; recovery from cholera morbus is the rule. The detection of characteristic comma bacilli in the feces or in the vomit confirms a diagnosis of cholera Asiatica. 206 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. Cholera Infantum. What are the symptoms of cholera infantum? Cholera infantum is practically gastro-enteritis in children. It is a disease of the summer mouths, and is intimately related with heat, foul air, uncleanliness and fermentation of food. It is manifested by vomiting, profuse watery, often fetid diarrhea, fever, rapid Avasting, depressed fontanel, convulsions and coma. Among the poor the fatality of the disease is great. Chronic Enteritis. What are the symptoms of chronic enteritis? As chronic tnteritis or intestinal catarrh most frequently results from persistent errors in diet, the symptoms depend upon retarded and defective intestinal digestion. Pain and oppres- sion occur at a time after the ingestion of food that varies with the seat of the morbid process. In duodenal catarrh the s^'mp- toms appear earlier than when the jejunum or ileum is involved. When the lower portion of the intestine is affected, colicky pains are frequent. There may be persistent diarrhea, obstinate con- stipation, or diarrhea alternating with constipation. The stools are slimy and may contain undigested food. The aMomen is distended ; flatulence and belching are usual. The cmajjlexion is sallow. The nutrition is impaired. Headache is common. Sleep is disturbed by dreams, while there is unusual drowsiness. Acute Dysentery. What are the symptoms of acute dysentery ? Acute dysentery is practically an inflammation of the large in- testine, probably dependent upon a specific infection ; rarely the lower portion of the small intestine is involved. The in- flammation may be of varying intensit}'. It may be catarrhal, ulcerative or diphtheritic. There are slight fever, abdominal pains of a griping character (tormina), terminating with fre- quent, small, slim}' stools, streaked with blood, each evacuation ACUTE DYSENTERY. 207 being attended with bearing-down, burning pain and muscular spasm (tenesmus). The stools sometimes contain pus, sometimes shreds of membrane ; in many cases the ameba coli is found. In addition there are headache, vertigo, weakness, thirst and perhaps nausea and vomiting. Dysentery is a prolific source of hepatic abscess. Death may result from exhaustion, or from perforation of the bowel. How are intussusception of the bowel and acute dysentery to be differentiated ? In cases of intussusception of the bowel the stools may be small, frequent, mucous, blood-streaked, and attended with tenesmus. Inquiry, howevei", will elicit a history of abrupt onset ; examination will disclose the presence of a sausage- shaped abdominal tumor, perhaps also protrusion of the bowel at the anus. Intussusception is the more common in children ; dysentery, the more common in adults. How are acute enteritis and acute dysentery to be differen- tiated? The pain of acute intestinal catarrh is colicky, but the pecu- liar tormina and tenesmus of dysentery are wanting. The stools of dysentery are more frequent than those of enteritis, are smaller in quantity, contain more blood, and are in less degree fecal. Dysentery is more likely than is enteritis to be epidemic. How are acute dysentery and typhoid fever to be differen- tiated? While both acute dysentery and typhoid fever are attended with diarrhea, the stools of dysentery are frequent and small, perhaps ineffectual, and are composed principally of blood- streaked mucus ; the stools of typhoid iever are not necessarily frequent, are larger, often thin and like pea-soup. The epis- taxis, the rose-spots and the characteristic temperature-curve of typhoid fever are wanting in acute dysentery. The duration of dysentery is briefer than that of typhoid fever. 208 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS, Chronic Dysentery. What are the symptoms of chronic dysentery ? Dysentery may from the outset manifest a tendency to chron- icity ; or an acute dysentery may become chronic. The symp- toms of chronic dysentery differ Uttle from those of the acute disease. Febrile symptoms, however, are wanting ; intermis- sions occur ; wasting takes place ; anemia develops ; the com- plexion becomes sallow ; hepatic abscess may form. Typhlitis. What are the symptoms of typhlitis? Inflammation takes place in the cecum or vermiform ap- pendix as a result of the accumulation and impaction of fecal matters ; or from irritation by a calculus, the nucleus of which may be inspissated mucus from catarrh of the appendix ; or by a foreign body, such as a cherry-stone or a grape-seed. Trau- matism and straining are occasional exciting causes. The pro- cess may be catarrhal, ulcerative or gangrenous. The pre- monitory symptoms are vague and are frequently mistaken for simple colic. Diarrhea may alternate with constipation, still further misleading the inattentive observer. If the cecum be involved, it becomes paralyzed and distended with accumulated feces ; thus, the condition declares itself primarily by the symp- toms of intestinal obstruction, by pain, often severe, and in- creased by motion, in the right iliac fossa and right hip, with tenderness, a sense of doughy induration, and dulness on per- cussion. The tumor is superficial and sausage-shaped, its long axis pointing inwards and downwards. It is slightly movable ; gurgling may sometimes be developed. The pain may be parox- ysmal or paroxysmally aggravated, and is frequently of an agonizing character. There is usually some fever, and at times the temperature may reach from 102° to 104° F. Peritonitis may develop, even without ulceration and perforation of the bowel, and its symptoms then predominate. It may remain localized or become difiused. With relief to the obstruction, recovery PERITYPHLITIS. 209 may ensue, or collapse may suddenly occur, recovery or death following. If appendicitis alone exists there may be no interference with the passage of the intestinal contents, and the evidences of a tumor in the iliac fossa are wanting, unless the appendix have undergone great distention. In ulcerative appendicitis, per- foration not rarely results, giving rise to a general or localized purulent peritonitis. This event may be announced by sudden pain, shock, chill and rise of temperature, followed by the de- velopment of a fluctuating tumor indicative of abscess ; or the condition may develop insidiously and be difficult of recogni- tion. Sometimes, after initial shock and pain, deceptive im- provement is njanifested. Surgical exploration may be a diag- nostic necessity. Attacks of typhlitis are prone to be repeated. Perityphlitis. What are the symptoms of perityphlitis ? Perityphlitis, or inflammation of the tissues surrounding the cecum and its appendix, usually occurs in the course of typhlitis or of appendicitis. The fibrous structures and the peritoneum are involved alone or in association. If perforation takes place an abscess may form, or general peritonitis result, or both com- plications may be present. As a rule, the pus is shut off from the general peritoneal cavity by a capsule. The symptoms vary with the pathologic association. To those of the primary condition are added an acute exacerbation of pain and tenderness, as well as of the general symptoms, perhaps preceded by a chill. The pain is deep-seated and is increased by flexing the right thigh upon the abdomen. Sometimes the patient is unable to lift the right leg. He usually lies upon the right side, with the thigh semiflexed. If an abscess forms, there may be repeated rigors and a fluctu- ating tumor in the right iliac fossa. The tumor is not super- ficial and sausage-shaped like that of cecitis, but is deep-seated and irregular. A pericecal abscess may sometimes be detected by rectal exploration. If peritonitis develop, death may ensue, from septicemia or gradual exhaustion, or suddenly, with mani- festations of collapse. 14 210 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. With what conditions may appendicitis or perityphlitis be con- founded ? Inflammations of the cecum and its appendix or inflamma- tion and abscess of the surrounding tissue have been mistaken for typlioid fever, and for " idiopathic peritonitis." Tlie mistake is more likely to be made when the inflammation of the appendix has been slow and the symptoms indistinct, until perhaps perforation occurs, causing a limited abscess or a general septic peritonitis. Deep-seated but limited abscess may for a time be concealed from other than surgical exploration, and through septic poisoning give rise to the "typhoid state." Before localizing symptoms, such as induration, or the pres- ence of a fluctuating tumor in the iliac fossa, render the case clear, the occurrence of one or more rigors, the absence of dis- tinctive characteristic symptoms of typhoid fever, the course of the temperature, and sometimes the location of the tenderness, should prevent mistake. The location of the pain and tender- ness, however, may be misleading, as the appendix varies greatly in its position ; and appendicitis has even been known to simu- late hepatic disease. Sometimes only an exploratory incision can settle the diagnosis. The exploring needle or aspirator should never be used. How are perityphlitis and typhlitis to be distinguished from a lumbar abscess? Destructive disease of a lumbar vertebra is usually followed by suppuration, the pus following in the course of the psoas muscle and seeking exit below Poupart's ligament. A collec- tion of pus forming in this way differs from typhlitis or peri- typhlitis by the absence of symptoms of intestinal derangement. The situation of the tumor is different in each case. In the one case, examination will reveal a deformity of the spinal column, with pain and tenderness in the lumbar region. The symptoms are slow and progressive. They may be associated with visceral tuberculosis. How are typhlitis and perityphlitis in a woman to be distin- guished from an abscess of the right ovary ? An abscess of the right ovary is situated nearer the middle line than is the swelling of typhlitis or perityphlitis. With typhlitis INTESTINAL OBSTRUCTION. 211 or perityphlitis is associated gastro-intestinal derangement ; with abscess of the ovary, uterine and menstrual derangement. Vaginal and rectal examination may clear up any doubt. How are typhlitis and perityphlitis to be distinguished from carcinoma of the cecum ? The symptoms of typhlitis and perityphlitis are likely to appear suddenly ; those of carcinoma insidiously and progress- ively. Typhlitis and perityphlitis are affections of compara- tively brief duration ; carcinoma of the cecum will probably continue for a number of months after its detection. The inflam- matory processes are usually attended with fever ; carcinoma is not. When typhlitis or perityphlitis has existed for some time, fluctuation — indicative of the occurrence of suppuration —can be detected in the tumor ; the carcinomatous new-growth retains its original density. Perityphlitis or typhlitis may be attended with emaciation and sallowness of skin, but not with the cachexia of carcinoma. When the cecum is the seat of carcinoma, like new-growths are usually found in other parts of the body. Intestinal Obstruction. What are the symptoms of intestinal obstruction? The lumen of the bowel may be obliterated by an accumula- tion of feces, by a large gall-stone, by an intestinal calculus (enterolith) or other foreign body, by organic narrowing of the bowel, by stricture or neoplasm, by a twist or volvulus, by external constriction and by strangulated hernia, internal or external. The condition may arise in a subject of habitual constipation or of hernia. It may follow a violent physical effort. It may be due to acute enteritis. From the onset, or after a variable period during which no stool has been passed, abdominal pain and rumbling set in. Vomiting ensues ; at first of the contents of the stomach, then of yellowish-green fluid and mucus ; finally the vomiting becomes stercoraceous. The apparent con- stipation does not submit to ordinary measures. The abdomen becomes distended. The expression of the face is drawn and 212 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. anxious, the pulse small, rapid and feeble, the surface cold and clammy, and if the condition be not relieved by medicine or operative intervention, death is the inevitable result. When the obstruction is not complete, as in some cases of fecal impaction, there may be more or less frequent passages of liquid matters somewhat fecal, vphich the patient will de- scribe as diarrhea. Inspection of the stools, and the evidences given by palpation and percussion, of the presence of a hard mass in the course of the bowel, usually in the transverse or descending colon, will prevent error. The nature of the obstruc- tion in any case is to be determined principally by physical ex- amination. In cases of strangulated hernia the knowledge of the existence of hernia may assist the diagnosis. In the absence of such history, examination must none the less be made, if only to exclude that condition from among the possibilities in the case. Intussusception. What are the symptoms of invagination or intussusception of the bowel ? Under certain circumstances, not definitely recognized, one portion of the bowel becomes invaginated in' another portion. The small intestine or the large intestine, respectively, may be alone involved ; but most commonly the small intestine enters the large at the ileo-cecal orifice. The occurrence of the acci- dent is announced by a sudden attack of pain, repeated in paroxysms, followed by the presence of a sausage-shaped tumor in the abdomen, and stools of a dysenteric character. Sometimes no fecal matter is passed, and there are frequent discharges of blood-stained mucus. The pain is intense, and the child (for the affection is most common in children) often draws up its legs close to the belly. Pressure and manipulation relieve the pain, and quiet the excruciating cries of agony. In the course of a variable period of time, blood is passed by the bowel, the pain becomes continuous and vomiting occurs, with the symptoms of intestinal obstruction. The invaginated bowel may be accessible to rectal examination ; it may even protrude from the anus ; it may slough and be detached, and recovery ensue ; or it may occasion stenosis of the bowel. Intussuscep- CARCINOMA OF THE INTESTINE. 218 tion is more common in children than in adults, and in boys than in girls. How are intussusception and obstruction of the bowel to be differentiated ? Intussusception is the more common in children ; obstruc- tion, in adults. The symptoms of intussusception appear abruptly ; those of obstruction are often abrupt in onset, though sometimes of long standing. A sausage-shaped tumor is characteristic of intussusception ; certain varieties of ob- struction are attended with abdominal tumors of irregular shape. Constipation is not so absolute in intussusception as in obstruction ; and stercoraceous vomiting is less common in the former than in the latter. A discharge of blood and the protrusion of a portion of bowel from the anus are diagnostic of intussusception. Digital exploration of the rectum will often assist in discrimination. How are typhlitis and intussusception of the bowel to be differ- entiated ? Both typhlitis and intussusception may present a sausage- shaped tumor in the right iliac fossa and be attended with severe pain and the evidences of intestinal obstruction ; but intussusception, unlike typhlitis, is sudden in onset, is uncommon in adults, is usually afebrile, is likely to be attended with ineffectual or bloody stools, and perhaps to be accompanied by protrusion of the bowel at the anus. The tumor of intus- susception is not necessarily confined to the right iliac fossa. Carcinoma of the Intestine. What are the clinical manifestations of carcinoma of the intestine ? Carcinoma of the intestine is most commonly situated in the rectum, the sigmoid flexure, the cecum, the vermiform appendix or the duodenum. When in the duodenum, the papilla of the pancreatic duct and common bile-duct is usually involved and jaundice is apt to result. When other parts of the bowel are involved, in addition to the pain and constitutional phenomena occasioned by the malignant growth, symptoms of partial intes- 214 ESSENTIALS OF DIAQNOSIS. tinal obstruction develop. There is obstinate constipation, and when the bowels are moved, the stools appear as thin, flat bands, often streaked with pus and blood. On physical exam- ination a tumor may be detected. Intestinal Parasites. What are the most common varieties of intestinal parasites ? The most common intestinal parasites belong to the order of vermes, of which there are two important classes — cestodes, or tape-worms, and nematodes, or round-worms. Of the former the more important are the tenia solium, the tenia mediocanellata, and the hothrioce^jhahis lotus. Of round-worms the most common are the ascaris lumiricoides, the oxyuris vermicularis, and the trichina spiralis. The oxyuris vermicularis inhabits the large intestine, the tape- worms and the lumbricoides the small intestine ; the trichina migrates from the stomach and small intestines into the muscles, setting up an irritative fever with special symptoms, the condi- tion being known as trichiniasis. What symptoms are occasioned by the presence of animal parasites in the intestinal canal? The presence of worms in the intestinal canal of an otherwise healthy individual may occasion no appreciable disturbance. In other cases, however, there are evidences of gastro-intestinal derangement, capricious appetite, abdominal uneasiness, colicky pains, possibly diarrhea, nausea, vomiting, loss of flesh, debility, cachexia, irregular fever, disturbed sleep, gritting of the teeth, itching of the nose and anus, nervous manifestations, even epi- leptiform convulsions. The diagnosis of intestinal worms depends upon the discovery of the parasites or of their ova in the stools. Tenia Solium. What are the characteristics of the tenia solium ? The tenia solium (Fig. 24] is a tape-worm having a small head, or scolex, and a slender neck. The head is of the size of a pin- TENIA MEDIOCANELLATA. 215 head, and is surmounted by a circle of twenty-six booklets, around wlucli are four suckers. From the neck pass off segments, or proglottides, that progressively increase in size. The entire worm, or strobila, may be from seven to ten feet long and com- posed of from four hundred to six hundred segments. The tenia Head. Mature segment. Tenia Solium, magnified (Heller). Ovum. solium usually develops in man from the ingestion of " measly" pork or the flesh obtained from swine infected with the cysticercus cellulosae, which in turn develops in animals that have swal- lowed the ova of the tenia solium. Tenia Mediocanellata. What are the characteristics of the tenia mediocanellata ? The tenia mediocanellata, or unarmed tape-worm (Fig. 25) differs from the tenia solium in that the head, though surmounted by four suckers, is without booklets. The tenia mediocanellata may attain a length of from ten to twenty feet, and be composed of from eight hundred to more than one thousand segments, which are longer and broader than those of the tenia solium The tenia mediocanellata is transmitted to man by the raw flesh of sheep or cows, in which hosts the larvae develop from the ova of the tenia mediocanellata. Tape-worms are usually present in small numbers ; there is often but a single worm ; sometimes there are two or three. 216 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. About three mouths are requisite for the development of a tape-worm. Fig. 25. Head. Mature segment. Tenia mediocanellata, magnified (Heller). Ovum, Bothriocephalus Latus. What are the characteristics of the bothriocephalus latus ? The bothriocephalus laius (Fig. 26) sometimes called the tenia lata, is a cestode worm, with a club-shaped head and a filament- FiG. 26. Mature segment. Ovum. Bothriocephalus latus, magnified (Heller). Ovum : embryo developed. ASCARIS LUMBRICOIDES. 21T ous neck. On either side of the head is a longitudinal sucker. The mature segments present a characteristic stellate appear- ance, dependent upon the distention of the uterus with ova. The worm may be from fifteen to twenty-five feet in length, and constituted of from three thousand to four thousand seg- ments. It is thought to be derived from fish or fresh-water molluscs. Ascaris Lumbricoides. What the characteristics of the ascaris lumbricoides? Lumbricoid or round worms inhabit the small intestine. Small worms, embryos, or ova, are supposed to gain access Fig, 27. a, natural size ; 6, head, magnified ; c, ovum, magnified. Ascaris lumbricoides (v. Jakseh). to the alimentary canal of man through drinking water, and in some instances to be conveyed by the fingers to the mouths of 218 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. those engaged in cleansing privies or otherwise handling excre- ment, but the exact history of their development is unknown. Mature worms are from eight to fifteen inches in length, are attenuated at both extremities, and resemble common earth- worms. Lumbricoid worms may be present in varying numbers, from one to a dozen or more. They are usually multiple, and in rare instances may "be so multitudinous as to occlude the in- testine. The worms may find their way into the stomach, and be expelled by vomiting. They may pass from the esophagus into the larynx and trachea. They have in this way caused suffocation in children. They may cause occlusion of the bile- duct or pancreatic duct, and, though rarely, suppuration of the liver or of the pancreas. They may also leave the intestine by way of a perforation, causing peritonitis or fecal abscess. Oxyuris Vermicularis, What are the characteristics of the oxyuris vermicularis ? Oxyures vermicular es^ seat-worms^ thread-worms, or spool-worms, are from one-eighth to one-half of an inch long. They infest the large intestine, especially the rectum. The worms find their way out of the anus, and give rise to intense itching. Fig. 28. 1, Female ; 2, males. Ovum, magnified. Oxyuris vermicularis, natural size (Vierordt). Sometimes they gain access to the vagina, and occasion un- pleasant symptoms. The parasites may be present in the bowel in large numbers ; they are often found in the stools in tangled masses, resembling bunches of thread. ACUTE PERITONITIS. 219 Acute Peritonitis. What are the symptoms of acute peritonitis ? Acute peritonitis may result from the entrance of noxious mat- ters into the peritoneal cavity, either through the blood, by extension from adjacent disease, by intestinal perforation, or by injury of the abdominal walls. Thus, among its causes may be chronic nephritis, acute rheumatism, typhoid fever, dysentery, typhlitis, appendicitis, disease of the uterus and oviducts, tuber- culosis, infectious diseases and traumatism. Acute peritonitis may be local or general; it may be simple^ purulent^ or putrid. It is attended with acute abdominal pain, tympanites, nausea, vomiting, constipation, considerable eleva- tion of temperature and other febrile manifestations. The pulse is small, rapid and tense—" wiry. " The /ace is drawn ; the expression anxious. The breathing is shallow, rapid, and thoracic. The abdominal pain and tenderness are so intense that the patient shrinks from the slightest movement, and complains of the lightest covering. The legs and thighs are drawn up in flexion, to relax the ab- dominal parietes. The surface of the body may be covered with a cold sweat and collapse may ensue. Effusion may take place or adhesions form among the structures in the peritoneal cavity. Should pus form, there are repeated rigors and hectic fever. If the inflammation is putrid, death speedily takes place amid the symptoms of profound intoxication. How are acute gastritis and acute peritonitis to he distin- guished from one another ? JS'ausea, vomiting, constipation, headache, abdominal pain and tenderness, and febrile symptoms attend both acute gastritis and acute peritonitis. In the former, however, the vomiting occurs earlier and is more aggravated than in the latter, and the vomited matter may contain blood. In peritonitis, the ab- dominal pain and tenderness are not confined to the epigastrium, but are more extensive and more intense than in gastritis, while abdominal distention is more decided. A cause will be obvious for an acute gastritis sufficiently intense to simulate peritonitis, the symptoms of which are relatively the more profound. 220 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. How are acute peritonitis and acute enteritis to be differ- entiated ? The pain of enteritis is colicky ; that of peritonitis, lancinat- ing. Tenderness is greater and more general in peritonitis than in enteritis. Diarrhea is common in enteritis ; constipation is the rule in peritonitis. !N'ausea and vomiting are more decided in peritonitis than in enteritis. Effusion occurs in peritonitis, not in enteritis. The constitutional disturbance of peritonitis is comparatively more profound than that of enteritis. Rigors and tiuctuating temperature are suggestive of peritonitis. The cause of peritonitis is sometimes obvious in the history of the case, or discoverable upon vaginal or other examination. How are acute intestinal obstruction and acute peritonitis to be differentiated ? Constipation attends both acute peritonitis and acute in- testinal obstruction ; it may yield in the one, but it is insuperable in the other. Prior to the acute symptoms of obstruction there may have been small, liquid evacuations, but, when the symp- toms of obstruction have set in, constipation is absolute. The vomiting of acute peritonitis does not present any unusual feat- ures ; that of intestinal obstruction soon becomes stercoraceous. The pain of obstruction is colicky ; that of peritonitis is sharp and lancinating. The exquisite abdominal tenderness of peri- tonitis is not encountered in obstruction. When obstruction exists, the rolling of the intestines may be apparent to the e3'e or to the palpating hand. Peritonitis occasions paralysis of the bowel. The febrile symptoms of peritonitis are wanting in un- complicated obstruction. Inquiry and physical examination may elicit one of the known causes of peritonitis or of obstruction respectively. How are acute peritonitis and intestinal colic to be differenti- ated? Acute peritonitis and intestinal colic have pain in common ; the latter, however, is unattended with febrile manifestations. The pain of colic is inconstant and is relieved b}^ frictions ; in peritonitis the pain persists and is intensified by the slightest touch. CHRONIC PERITONITIS. 221 Colic, as a rule, is symptomatic, and its cause is to be ascer- tained upon careful -search. A blue line on the gums would indicate lead-poisoning. How is subacute rheumatism involving the muscles of the wall of the abdomen to be distinguished from acute peri- tonitis ? The pain of i-heumatism is not so severe as that of peritonitis ; nor is it as constant ; nor does it give rise to symptoms of gastro- intestinal derangement ; and it is not attended with febrile manifestations ; while in addition there are other evidences and a history of exposure to influences productive of subacute rheumatism. Chronic Peritonitis. What are the symptoms of chronic peritonitis ? Clironic inflammation of the peritoneum may be the sequel of an acute attack ; it may be insidious in development. It is com- monly a result of persistent irritation, such as may depend upon the presence of new-growths, carcinomatous, sarcomatous or tuberculous, or upon chronic inflammation of the abdominal or pelvic viscera. Adhesions form between adjacent viscera and fluid collects in the abdominal cavity. Paroxysmal attacks of pain occur. The abdomen is distended. There may be nausea and vomiting. The action of the intestines is interfered with and constipa- tion usually results. In tuberculous cases, with concomitant ulceration of the intestine, there may be intercurrent or con- tinuous diarrhea. In proportion to the chronicity of the attack the omentum is found indurated and rolled up close to its attach- ment to the stomach, the mesentery is shortened and the lumen of the bowel is narrowed, producing visible and palpable distor- tions and prominences. There is commonly more or less fever, sometimes hectic, espe- cially if the eflTusion be purulent. Sometimes, particularly in tuberculous disease, there are recurrent febrile exacerbations. In any case there occur gradual emaciation and loss of strength. 222 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. breathlessness, edema of the lower extremities ; spontaneous recovery sometimes happens, but as a rule, unless relief be given, surgically or medicinally, death ensues. The cases are often protracted. Malignant disease and tuberculosis of the peritoneum are most frequently associated with similar conditions in other structures. How are chronic peritonitis and malignant disease of the liver to be differentiated ? Malignant disease of the liver, like chronic peritonitis, may give rise to a tumor in the upper portion of the abdomen, and to ascites ; but the physical signs of enlargement fuse with those that normally belong to the liver ; while the percusslon- dulness dependent upon an omentum rolled up and contracted by chronic disease is separated from the hepatic dulness b}'^ an area ol tympanitic resonance. Tabes Mesenterica. What are the symptoms of tabes mesenterica ? In predisposed children the glands of the mesentery some- times become tuberculous, and there occur derangement of health, anemia, and wasting. On palpation it may be possible to detect the enlarged glands. In other respects, the symptoms are like those of subacute peritonitis and chronic enteritis. There is much confusion and dispute concerning the existence of a non- tuberculous tabes mesenterica, of which the principal objective symptom is the tumid abdomen. THE LIVER. What are the normal limits of the liver as determined by physical examination ? Under normal conditions the area of hepatic percussion-dul- ness (Figs. 29 and 30) is included between the sixth rib on the right, in the nipple line, the lower margin of the sixth rib on the right in the axilla, and the tenth rib posteriorly on the right, on the one hand, and the inferior border of the right FLOATING LIVER. Fig, 29. 223 The relations of the heart, hings, liver, stomach and spleen, as seen from the front (Weil). The deeply-shaded areas represent the portions of the heart, liver and spleen not covered by the lungs ; the lightly-shaded areas represent portions covered by the lungs, b, c,d, boundary between lung and heart ; e /, lower bound- aries of lungs ; (/ /), upper boundaries of lungs ; I, lower limit of hepatic dulness ; m, area of splenic dulness; ?i, greater curvature of stomach; ^, upper limit of deep hepatic dulness. costal arch on the other. The left lobe extends into the left hypochondrium and the dulness to which it gives rise is practi- cally inseparable from the cardiac percussion-dulness. Floating Liver. To what symptoms does a floating liver give rise ? Occasionally the coronary ligament of the liver becomes length- ened and the organ acquires an abnormal freedom of movement. 224 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. FiP. 30. Sho-sving the relations of the kings, liver, spleen and kidneys, as seen from behind (Weil-Liischka). ' The deeply-shaded areas represent portions of the liver and spleen not covered by the lungs ; the lightly-shaded areas represent portions covered by the lungs, a b, lower border of the lungs; e d, boundaries of comple- mentary pleural spaces ; f/jr, divisions bet-sveen lobes of lungs ; ;', lower margin of liver. That such an unusual tumor in the abdomen is the liver is de- termined by the size and conformation of the organ, by the per- cussion-resonance in the normal region of the liver and by the absence of the phenomena of malignant disease. Congestion of the Liver. What are the symptoms of congestion of the liver ? Coiujestion of the liver results from derangement of the circula- tion dependent upon disease of the heart or lungs, or upon com- ACUTE HEPATITIS. 225 pressioii of the hepatic vessels ; it may result from constant irri- tation of the hepatic cells by improper, and especially stimulating, articles of diet ; it is wont to occur in those of inactive and seden- tary habits. The condition is manifested by a sense of weight and dull pain in the right hypochondrium, pain at the right shoulder, headache and vertigo. The cqjpeiite is impaired; the tongue is coated ; there are nausea and vomiting ; the digestion is deranged ; the bowels are constipated ; the sA-mand conjunctiva may present a yellowish tinge ; hemorrhoids frequently develop ; there is, sometimes, mental depression or irritability of tem- per ; the heart may be irritable, as manifested by palpitation. The urine may contain bile-pigment and an excess of urates. Acute Hepatitis. What are the symptoms of acute hepatitis ? Acute hepatitis is essentially a disease of tropical climates. It may also occur in association with dysentery and other in- fectious diseases. It is manifested by pain in the right hypochondrium, febrile symptoms and possibly slight Jaundice. The appetite is im- paired, and there may be nausea and vomiting. Abscess is a not uncommon sequel of inflammation of the liver. How is the malarial cachexia to be distinguished from acute hepatitis ? As a sequel of chronic malarial poisoning, the liver and the spleen become crowded with pigment and undergo enlarge- ment. There may be slight intermittent fever ; the fever of hepatitis is continuous and not periodic. In the malarial cachexia the complexion is sallow, not jaundiced, as it may be in hepatitis. In the malarial cachexia, too, plasmodia are to be found in the blood. How are acute hepatitis and portal phlebitis to be differentiated? Portal phlebitis may develop in the course of infectious dis- eases or of pyemia ; it may also result by extension from adjacent disease. It is attended by pain in the right hypo- chondrium, by enlargement of the liver, by distention of the 15 226 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. veins of the abdominal wall, by ascites, b}^ enlargement of the spleen and by diarrhea. Gastric or intestinal hemorrhage may occur. AVhen suppuration takes place, there are recurring chills and fever, with wasting and debility. Enlargement of the spleen, distention of the abdominal veins and gastric and intestinal hemorrhage are not a part of acute hepatitis. Acute Yellow Atrophy of the Liver. What are the symptoms of acute yellow atrophy of the liver ? The etiology of acute yelloic atrophy of the liver is obscure. The disease is more common in females than in males, and in young adults than in others ; it sometimes appears in the course of pregnancy •, at other times, in conjunction with pro- found emotion. After death, the liver is found to be much re- duced in size and weight ; in places it presents areas of reddish, purplish and yellowish discoloration, in the midst of w^hich the hepatic cells are replaced by granules and oil-globules. By some the condition is said to be a parenchymatous inflammation of the liver. The onset of the more grave symptoms may, for a few days or weeks, have been preceded by jaundice. This has even been associated in rare instances with enlargement of the area of hepatic percussion-flatness. Commonly, there are soon added headache, intolerance of light, delirium, stupor, convulsions and coma. The tongue is dr}' and coated ; there are nausea and vomiting. Hemorrhages from the mucous surfaces often occur, and subcutaneous petechiae appear. The area of hepatic percussion-dulness progressively diminishes; the abdomen be- comes distended. The urine may be scarcely discolored ; it contains leucin and tyrosin, and sometimes albumin ; it is defi- cient in urea, uric acid, chlorides, phosphates and sulphates. There may be chills and irregular fever, sometimes high ; but usuallj' there is but slight elevation of temperature ; and in most cases the temperature is at some time subnormal. The disease rarely lasts longer than a week ; it usually terminates fatally. ACUTE YELLOW ATROPHY OF THE LIVER. 227 How are acute yellow atrophy of the liver and typhoid fever to be differentiated ? Typhoid fever is a disease lasting three or four weeks ; re- covery is common. The active stage of acute yellow atrophy rarely lasts longer than a week ; the termination is usually fatal. There is but slight or very irregular fever in acute yellow atrophy and nearly always a tendency to subnormal temperature ; the course of typhoid fever is decidedly febrile and typical. Diar- rhea is common in typhoid fever ; constipation, in acute yellow atrophy. The size of the liver becomes much reduced in acute atrophy ; it is unchanged or increased in typhoid fever. Rose- spots are wanting in acute atrophy, in which there may be pe- techise. Jaundice is invariable in acute atrophy ; rare in typhoid fever. The cerebral symptoms are more decided in the hepatic disease than in the infective fevei\ The presence of leucin and tyrosin and the deficiency of urea, uric acid, chlo- rides, phosphates and sulphates in the urine are characteristic of acute yellow atrophy. How are acute yellow atrophy of the liver and phosphorus- poisoning to be differentiated ? The symptoms occasioned by poisoning with phosphorus closely resemble those of acute yellow atrophy of tlie liver. Phosphorus-poisoning, however, usually sets in with vomiting and purging, to which the subsequent manifestations succeed ; there is sometimes necrotic disease of the inferior maxillary bone. The first symptom of acute yellow atrophy of the liver is jaundice. In phosphorus-poisoning the liver is enlarged prior to becoming smaller ; the diminution in the size of tlie liver in acute j'ellow atrophy is progressive from the outset of active symptoms, though the organ may have been enlarged previously. Colicky abdominal pains usually attend phosphorus- poisoning, of which it may be possible to elicit a history. The anatomic lesion of acute yellow atrophy is a parenchymatous hepatitis ; of phosphorus-poisoning, a fatty degeneration of the liver. 228 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. Abscess of the Liver. What are the symptoms of ahscess of the liver ? Abscess of the liver ina}^ follow acute hepatitis ; it may result from the activit}- of pyogenic organisms introduced into the structure of the organ in the course of ulcerative processes in the distribution of the tributaries of the portal vein or as a part of a general pyemia. When the suppuration is dependent upon hepatitis or ulceration, but a single abscess usually develops ; in cases of pyemia, there may be multiple abscesses, not only in the liver, but also elsewhere. Dysentery is a prolific cause of hepatic abscess. When the two are associated, the ameba coli may be found both in the stools and in the abscess or its walls. As a result of the inflammation associated wath the development of an abscess, the liver becomes enlarged and tender, the enlargement being detectable by palpation and percussion. There is pain over the liver and at the right shoulder. The right hypochon- drium may be exquisitely tender. Repeated rigors may occur ; there may be periodic exacerbations of temperature, followed by copious sweats. Slight jaundice may develop, but it is often absent. There may be nausea, vomiting and diarrhea. Hic- cough, cough and dyspnea may result from pressure upon the diaphragm, and pleuris}', with the symptoms and physical signs denoting a rapid eftusiou, may result from extension of the inflammation or convej^ance of the infection. If the abscess is superficial, a fluctuating tumor may be detectable in the right hypochondrium. The abscess may rupture into the pleural cavity or into the peritoneum, with a fatal termination ; or the pus may make its exit through the abdominal wall, or even into the intestines. An hepatic abscess may be evacuated through the bronchial tubes. Death may result from septic poisoning or from exhaustion. How are abscess of the liver and occlusion of the hiliary pas- sages to he differentiated ? If the common bile-duct is obstructed, bile accumulates in the gall-bladder and in the radicles of the hepatic ducts, tlie liver becomes enlarged, and jaundice, rigors, fever and sweats appear. The stools are pale. INTERSTITIAL HEPATITIS. 229 If the cystic duct is occluded, there is do jaundice and the stools are not discolored. In both instances, the gall-bladder becomes distended with fluid and constitutes a fluctuating tumor, which may simulate an abscess. Tlie dift'erentiation depends upon the fact of the tumor occupying the situation of the gall-bladder, upon a knowledge of the existence of a cause of biliary obstruction, such as a calculus or a neoplasm, and upon the absence of a cause of abscess ; nor is an abscess likely to occasion jaundice. How are abscess of the liver and carcinoma of the liver to be differentiated ? Medullary carcinoma may give rise to a sort of fluctuation on palpation, but beyond this and the enlargement of the liver, the symptoms differ radically from those of abscess. In cases of carcinoma, chills, fever and sweats do not occur ; but there is distinct cachexia, perhaps with nodules in other situations. How is actinomycosis of the liver to be distinguished from abscess of the liver ? Actinomycosis is dependent upon the presence of a special fungus, which usually gains entrance through an abrasion of the surface, and may be disseminated by the blood-stream. The irritation caused by the presence of the fungus, or per- haps by some product of its metabolifTm, is followed by inflamma- tion and suppuration, so that the conditions of abscess are repro- duced, and in that sense there is no discrimination to be made. The diagnosis depends upon a knowledge of infection or of the existence of the disease at the original site of entrance, or the discovery of the ray-fungus (actinomyces) in the pus. Interstitial Hepatitis — Cirrhosis of the Liver. What are the symptoms of interstitial hepatitis, also called sclerosis or cirrhosis of the liver ? When irritating matters are in constant circulation in the blood-current, especially in the portal stream, the interstitial connective-tissue of the liver slowly undergoes hyperplasia, to the consequent detriment of the parenchymatous structures. 230 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. The rapidity of the process depends upon the intensity of the irritation. When tlie increase of connective tissue has reached its heiglit, contraction sets in and tlie liver-cells sufler still more. The organ, at first irregularly, perhaps nodularl}', enlarged, now becomes diminished in size. This is the condition of cirrhosis. The different stages are sometimes respectively called h/pertro- phic cirrhosis and atropMc cirrhosis. In many cases the enlarge- ment persists, notwithstanding extensive destruction of the secreting structures. In other cases the hepatic percussion- dulaess and palpation-area are apparently diminished from the first. In the earl}' stages of the disease the symptoms are in- conspicuous ; there may be mauifestations of derangement of the gastro-intestinal S3\stem. As the contraction becomes more marked, however, there appear evidences of interference with the functions of the liver. Ascites develops ; the superficial veins of the abdomen become enlarged and prominent ; this may be especially marked in the ueighl)orhood of the umbilicus, giving rise to the so-called Caput Ileduscc; small networks of venules appear at various parts of the surface of the bod}' ; hemorrhoids form ; hemorrhages may take place from the nose and stomach ; the skin assumes a pallid, clayey hue ; and ulti- mately jaundice appears. Yertigo is not rare. Late in the dis- ease, drowsiness and coma may develop. Excessive indulgence in alcohol is the most prolific cause of cirrhosis of the liver. Fatty Liver. What are the symptoms of fatty liver ? The liver may undergo /aHy injiltration or fatty metammphosis. A temporary accumulation of fat in the liver occurs under normal conditions after the ingestion of food rich in hydrocar- bons. When, from any cause, oxidation becomes deficient, this fatty infiltration may become permanent and excessive, the more especially if, at the same time, immoderate eating or drinking is indulged in. Thus the condition is found in the indolent, in gourmands, in the obese, in the subjects of pul- monary tuberculosis and in drunkards. Drunkards,, however, are more liable to true fatty metarnor- AMYLOID DISEASE OF THE LIVER. 231 pilosis, the liver-cells in circumscribed or extensive areas un- dergoing oily degeneration, a condition that may likewise occur in wasting diseases, or as an apparent result of protracted dis- charges, or of blood-changes, in pyemia, infectious diseases, or other morbid states accompanied by protracted high tempera- ture. It is sometimes a part of the degenerative processes of old age. It may accompany carcinoma, cirrhosis and amyloid degeneration of the liver. The symptoms are not early obtrusive. The area of hepatic percussion-dulness is increased, and to palpation the organ seems smooth and rounded, perhaps soft and doughy. The skin may feel greasy or velvety, and is sometimes smooth and glistening ; it may be pale or flushed. Jaundice is uncommon ; tliere is no pain ; ascites is rare. Diarrhea is the most con- stant symptom, and the least indiscretion in diet may provoke gastro-intestinal catarrh. In the more advanced stages anemia, hydremia, dyspnea and patent signs of failure of hepatic function appear. Amyloid Disease of the Liver. What are the symptoms of amyloid, waxy or lardaceous disease of the liver ? When the liver undergoes amyloid degeneration, other organs, such as the spleen, the kidneys, perhaps, also, the stomach and the intestines, are likewise involved, either simultaneously or consecutively. The liver is smoothly and often enormously enlarged ; digestion is impaired ; there may be persistent diar- rhea. Pain, jaundice and ascites are uncommon. Isolated dis- ease of the liver usually escapes detection. The process is chronic. Amyloid degeneration is a sequel of syphilis, of tuber- culosis, of suppuration, of bone-disease. How are amyloid disease and cirrhosis of the liver to be differ- entiated ? The liver is enlarged in both amyloid disease and cirrhosis of the liver ; the enlargement is persistent in the one, replaced by contraction in the other. The amyloid liver is smooth, the cir- 232 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. rhotic liver usually irregular. Cirrhosis is attended with ascites and jaundice, while amyloid disease, as a rule, is not. In amy- loid disease, there is a history of syphilis, of tuberculosis, of suppuration or of bone-disease ; in cirrhosis, there is in most cases a history of alcoholism. With amyloid disease of the liver is usually associated amyloid disease of the kidney, occasioning the presence of albumin and tube-casts in the urine. The tube- casts will sometimes give a characteristic reaction with iodine. Carcinoma of the Liver. What are the symptoms of carcinoma of the liver ? The liver is a frequent seat of carcinoma, which may be primary or secondary. Primary carcinoma of the hver is usually diffuse, the organ becoming greatly increased in size ; secondary carcinoma is usually nodular. In its incipiency carcinoma of the liver may escape detection. Soon, however, there is unaccountable loss of tlesh, with the development of the characteristic cachexia. The liver is noted to be enlarged, and on palpation adventitious nodules may be felt through the abdominal wall, in the region of the right hypochondrium. Jaundice is uncommon, unless the biliary passages are com- pressed. The abdomen becomes distended and fluid collects in the peritoneal cavity. The digestive derangement becomes marked. Emaciation progresses and the patient becomes re- duced to the lowest degree. There is often excruciating, lan- cinating pain. Tenderness in the right bypochondrium is a fairly constant attendant of carcinoma of the liver. How is carcinoma of the liver to be distinguished from amyloid disease of the liver ? Emaciation and anemia attend both carcinoma and amyloid disease of the liver ; but the straw-colored appearance presented by a patient with the carciilomatous cachexia is wanting in the conditions tbat give rise to amyloid disease. Cases of carcinoma do not present the peculiar distribution of amyloid disease in liver, spleen, kidneys and gastro-intestinal tract. . The liver is often nodulated when carcinomatous ; an amyloid liver is CARCINOMA OP THE LIVER. 233 always smooth. Pain is present in carcinoma, absent in amyloid disease. A history of congenital, or of acquired syphilis, of tuberculoiss, or the presence of a suppurating focus anywhere in the body would weigh in favor of amyloid disease. Amyloid disease itself is not immediately fatal. Life is not likely to be prolonged for more than a year after carcinoma of the liver has been discovered. How are carcinoma of the omentum and carcinoma of the liver to be differentiated. When carcinoma develops in the omentum, this structure becomes shortened and rolled up beneath its attachments. As a consequence, there is dulness on percussion, and evidences of a new-growth on palpation, not alone in the right hypochon- drium, but in the epigastric and umbilical regions, and in the left hypochondrium. Carcinoma of the omentum is more commonly than carcinoma of the liver associated with ascites. In carcinoma of the omen- tum the symptoms of derangement of the functions of the liver are wanting. A new-growth of the liver rises and falls with this organ in expiration and inspiration ; when the omentum is involved the mass is fixed. How are carcinoma of the stomach and carcinoma of the liver to be differentiated? Carcinoma of the stomach and carcinoma of the liver pre- sent many symptoms in common : a tumor in the right hypo- chondrium, progressive emaciation, cachexia and secondary growths ; but when the stomach alone is involved there is obsti- nate vomiting, with absence of evidence of hepatic derangement'; while if the liver only is involved ascites is common, and vomit- ing of coffee-ground material is lacking. A new-growth of the liver will rise and fall with this organ in respiration ; a gastric tumor is more fixed. The percussion-dulness yielded by a tumor of the liver merges with the dulness of the liver ; while the dulness of a tumor of the stomach may be separated from the hepatic dulness by an interval of tympanitic resonance. Hepatic and gastric carcinoma not infrequently coexist. 234 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. Hydatid Cyst of the Liver. To what symptoms does an hydatid cyst of the liver give rise ? A small, deeply-seated hydatid cyst of the liver, not iuterfering with the function of other parts, may give no sign. When the liver is the seat of an hydatid cyst in an accessible situation, the condition may be recognized by the presence of a soft, elastic, resistant, fluctuating tumor, the viscid contents of which may, on percussion and palpation, transmit a peculiar thrill or fremitus. This " purring tremor," recalling the trembling of a bowl of jelly, is present in about one-half of the cases. In addition, there may be pain in the right hypochondrium. The presence of such a new-growth, together with the absence of symptoms of profound constitutional disturbance, distinguishes an hydatid cyst from a malignant growth in the liver and its neighborhood. Pressure-signs vary with the location of the tumor. A cyst situated near the hepatic duct or common bile-duct may cause obstruction and fatal jaundice ; jiressure on the portal vein may cause ascites ; jaundice and dropsy, however, are not usual. If on the upper surface of the right lobe, the cyst will push up the diaphragm, giving rise to dyspnea and cough. The heart may be displaced. If the enlargement takes a different direc- tion, the abdominal viscera may be encroached upon. There may be multiple cysts. Retrogressive changes may take place in an hydatid cyst, attended with a diminution in size. The contents of the cyst may be evacuated through the stomach, bowel, bronchial tubes or abdominal wall,^ or into the abdominal or pleural cavity. Spontaneous evacuation may lead to recovery or it may cause inflammation and suppuration of the invaded organ and death result. Sudden death may happen from invasion of the vena cava or of the pericardium. When retrogression or evacuation is not brought about, spontaneouslyor therapeutically, gradual failure and death may occur from exhaustion, or from septi- cemia. PERIHEPATITIS. 235 How are abscess of the liver and hydatid cyst of the liver to be differentiated? An hydatid cyst of the liver is ordinarily wanting in the constitutional phenomena of hepatic abscess : rigors, fever, sweats, emaciation. Should suppuration take place an abscess virtually results. Hydatid cysts are insidious in onset, slow in development, protracted in duration, and may undergo sponta- neous disappearance ; when accessible they occasion extensive percussion-dulness and a peculiar thrill on palpation. An he- patic abscess may be insidious in onset, but it soon gives rise to decided symptoms ; spontaneous resolution never occurs, and thrill or fremitus is wanting. The detection of echinococcus booklets in the contents of an hydatid cyst, and of amebse coli in the pus from an hepatic abscess may in each case be regarded as diagnostic. There is a growing tendency to regard exploratory puncture as inconclusive and dangerous, and to substitute exploratory incision— the latter to be followed if necessary by immediate operation. How are an hydatid cyst of the liver and a distended gall- bladder to be differentiated ? Distention of the gall-bladder is usually dependent upon occlusion of the common bile-duct, or of the cystic duct, and is commonly associated with intense jaundice and clay-colored stools. Jaundice is exceptional in the case of an hydatid cyst, and the action of the bowels is not necessarily deranged. A distended gall-bladder occupies a definite situation ; an hydatid cyst may be seated in any part of the liver. The "purring tremor" is not given by a distended gall-blader. Perihepatitis. What are the clinical features of chronic inflammation of the capsule of the liver, or perihepatitis ? The capsule of the liver may become thickened as a result of contiguous inflammatory processes, such as pleuritis and hepa- titis, or as may be occasioned by a gastric ulcer. Perihepatitis 236 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. may also be but a part of a chronic peritonitis. The liver itself is deformed, but otherwise not altered in size. The symptoms are ill-defined. Pain and tenderness in the region of the liver are usually present. Ascites develops. The kidneys are said usuallj^ to be diseased, so that the urine contains albumin. How are chronic perihepatitis and cirrhosis of the liver to be differentiated ? Cirrhosis of the liver and perihepatitis may be associated. Occurring independently,, the enlargement or the diminution in the size of the liver and the jaundice of cirrhosis are likely to be wanting in perihepatitis ; while the presence of albumin in the urine points to the existence of perihepatitis. Cholangitis — Cholecystitis. What are the symptoms of inflammation of the bile-ducts and gall-bladder ? Inflammation or catarrh of the bile-ducts and gall-bladder, the most common cause of jaundice, is a result of the extension of inflammation or catarrh or of the invasion of microbes from the duodenum or of the presence of biliary calculi. In consequence of the swelling of the mucous membrane, the flow of bile is interfered with and jaundice results. The sur- face of the body and the visible mucous membranes assume a yellowish or greenish hue ; the urine is similarly discolored ; the stools become scanty and claj'-colored. The saliva may be discolored. There is pain in the right hypochondrium ; the liver is en- larged. The action of the heart is retarded. There is itching of the skin. The appetite is usually impaired ; the tongue is coated ; digestion is enfeebled ; the bowels are constipated. Chills and irregular fever or transient rise of temperature may occur. How is catarrhal jaundice to be distinguished from other forms of jaundice? Many conditions occasion jaundice. In some, as in catarrhal jaundice, there is an interference with the discharge of bile into CHOLANGITIS — CHOLECYSTITIS. 237 the intestine ; in others, no such obstruction can be detected. In the first group of cases belong sucli conditions as occlusion of the common bile-duct by gall-stones, compression of the common bile-duct by enlarged glands or by neoplasms or as a result of inflammation and thrombosis of the portal vein. In the second group belong yellow fever, the intense forms of ma- larial fever, acute yellow atrophy of the liver and cirrhosis of the liver. When the common bile-duct is occluded by a calculus, repeated attacks of colic are apt to occur, attended with excruciating pain, referred to the right hypochondrium ; and occasionally one or more calculi are expelled into and from the intestine, so as to be found in the stools. If the calculus is large, or if more than one is present, it or they may be detected by palpation. Colic and severe pain are wanting in catarrhal jaundice, the icterus of which is apt to be less intense and less protracted than that of obstructive disease. In compression of the common bile-duct, the portal vein is likely also to be compressed, so that ascites develops. When such compression is dependent upon an enlarged gland this may be palpable from without. Pykplilehitis is likely to be associated with an ulcerative process in the stomach or bowel, or with a suppurating hydatid cyst and may be attended with rigors and decided febrile mani- festations. Malignant disease may involve the biliary passages or the sur- rounding structures. A malignant growth occasions emaciation and a peculiar cachexia manifested by a straw-colored com- plexion. Ascites, tumor, repeated rigors, decided fever, ema- ciation and cachexia are wanting in catarrhal jaundice. Yellow fever is an epidemic, infectious disease, characterized by a train of grave symptoms, including headache, pains, fever, vomiting and prostration, that is wanting in catarrhal jaundice. When malarial fever is attended with jaundice, there are com- monly, in addition, chills, fever, sweats and perhaps hematuria. The symptoms of acute yellow atrophy of the liver may super- vene upon those of an apparently catarrhal jaundice. In such a case the area of hepatic percussion-dulness rapidly becomes 238 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. diminished, cerebral symptoms appear, the urine contains leucin and tyrosiu, and is deficient in urea, uric acid, chlorides, phosphates and sulphates, and death is the usual issue. When jaundice attends cirrhosis of the li>:er, the discoloration is gradual in onset and slight in degree. There are, besides, enlargement or shrinkage of the liver and ascites. Biliary Calculi. What are the clinical manifestations of biliary calculi ? Biliary calculi are more common in women than in men, and late in life than early. They result from the precipitation and agglomeration of the less soluble elements of the bile. They may be single or multiple. They occasion symptoms when they give rise to obstruction. The passage of a gall-stone through the common bile-duct is attended with excruciating colicky pain in the right hypochon- drium, with shivering, nausea, vomiting and hiccough. The face is pale and the surface of the body is covered with a cold sweat. Jaundice soon develops — transient, if the calculus passes into the bowel ; persistent, if the calculus remains impacted in the common duct. By ulceration and perforation an impacted gall-stone may find its way into the stomach, the bowel or the peritoneal cavity, or it may be evacuated externally through the walls of the abdomen. Attacks of hepatic colic are prone to be repeated. Occlusion of the common or of the hepatic duct is followed by stagnation of bile, increased secretion of mucus, and ultimately by the formation of pus. The gall-bladder may become distended into a great sac, and the accumulation advance into the biliary radicles. Under such circumstances, jaundice persists and a type of fever develops that has been designated hepatic inter- mittent. Periodic elevations of temjjerature occur, preceded by rigors and followed by sweats. Unless relief is afforded, death ultimately results from cholemia or from acholia. Biliary calculi and carcinoma of the biliary passages are not rarely associated. BILIARY CALCULI. 239 How are hepatic intermittent fever and malarial intermittent fever to be differentiated ? The interniitteut fever that occurs as a result of obstruction of the biliary passages, with subsequent suppuration, closely resembles malarial intermittent fever ; but in the former, there is jaundice, intense and persistent ; the distended gall-bladder or the obstructing calculi may be detectable by palpation ; parasites are not present in the blood ; and the fever does not yield to quinine. How are hepatic colic, renal colic and intestinal colic to be differentiated ? The pain of hepatic colic is referred especiall}' to the right hypochondrium, whence it may radiate to the right shoulder ; that of renal colic is referred to one loin, not necessarily the right, whence it radiates in the course of the corresponding ureter ; the pain of intestinal colic is especially umbilical, whence it may radiate over the entire abdomen. Hepatic colic is soon followed by jaundice ; the urine contains biliary pig- ment, and is greenish or brownish in color. In cases of renal colic, the urine may contain pus-corpuscles, blood-corpuscles and crystalline matters ; jaundice is wanting. Intestinal colic de- pends upon intestinal derangement, sometimes upon lead-poison- ing ; the urine remains unaltered ; there is no jaundice. How are carcinoma of the biliary passages and obstruction of the bile-duct by calculi to be differentiated? Obstruction of the biliary passages either by gall-stones or by carcinoma occasions persistent and intense jaundice ; but in case of malignant disease there is also progressive emaciation, death usually occurring within a year of the discovery of the existence of the disease. Attacks of hepatic colic attend the l)resence of gall-stones in the biliary passages. The obstruction dependent upon calculi may be overcome, spontaneously or therapeutically. Unrelieved, death ultimately results from acholia or cholemia. The diagnosis is often extremely difficult. The uncertainty is increased by the fact that calcular obstruction and malignant disease are sometimes associated. The detection of primary 240 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. carcinoma elsewhere, or of metastatic nodules, indicates the existence of malignant disease. It was at one time thought that fever was wanting in malignant disease, but this is not an invariable rule. THE SPLEEN. What is the normal situation of the spleen, as determinable by physical examination ? The spleen (Fig. 31) is placed obliquely beneath the ribs, from Fig. 31. C JS A Se Se M Relations of the spleen (Weil). M, middle line of back ; A, B, C, axillary lines; Sn, line of scapula ; abed, limits of spleen ; abc' d, limits of rhomboidal spleen ; efg, limits of kidney ; Ibc, angle between lung and spleen ; dhg, angle between spleen and kidney ; » m, lower margin of liver. the ninth to the twelfth, on the left side below the axilla. The organ is about four inches long by three inches wide ; its axis THE PANCREAS. 241 passes downwards and forwards. Posteriorly, the dulness of the spleen jjierges with that of the left kidney.. Floating Spleen. To what symptoms does a floating spleen give rise? The attachments of the spleen may become relaxed and pro- longed, so that the mobility of the organ is abnormally increased, and its displacement is facilitated. The essential points in the recognition of a floating spleen are the presence of a solid body in an unusual situation, the absence of the spleen from its normal seat, the possible facilit}' of replacement and the absence of pronounced symptoms. . Splenitis. What are the symptoms of splenitis ? Inflammation of the spleen is a condition clinically obscure. It may occur in the course of infectious diseases or may be set up by emboli swept into the splenic vessels. It has in cases been attributed to traumatism. Under such circumstances the organ becomes enlarged. There are pain and tenderness in the left hypochondrium, or rather at the lower lateral aspect of the left chest, aggravated by respiration ; there are also nausea, vomit- ing and elevation of temperature. Inflammation of the spleen may terminate in suppuration. Then chills, fever and sweats are superadded. The greatest danger is from the rupture of an abscess into the peritoneal cavity. THE PANCREAS. Acute Pancreatitis. What are the symptoms of acute pancreatitis ? The frequency of acute pancreatitis is not known, as the con- dition is difficult of recognition. It may result from extension of adjacent inflammation, from the irritation of matters con- 16 242 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. tained in the blood, from traumatism and from hemorrhage into the pancreas. It is characterized by acute, deeply-seated pain and tenderness in the epigastric region, or perhaps colicky pain, shooting to the back and shoulders ; by anorexia, thirst, nausea, vomiting of a thin viscid liquid, sometimes of bile ; by dyspnea, restlessness, anxiety and depression ; by febrile symptoms ; and usually by constipation— phenomena similar to those presented ])y peritonitis. In some cases there is diarrhea, the stools being thin, watery, and resembling saliva. ' Death is the usual termination. It may be sudden, with the phenomena of collapse. THE GENITO-URINARY APPARATUS. Examination of the urine is important not only when disease in the genito-urinary tract is suspected, but also in many other varied conditions. The constitution of the. urine may be quantitatively or qualita- tively altered. The proportions of normal ingredients may be increased or diminished. Substances not normally found in the urine may under certain conditions be present. The quantity of urine excreted by a healthy adult in twenty- four hours varies between forty and fift}' ounces. The quantity is physiologically increasecZ after the ingestion of large quantities of fluid and when the cutaneous, pulmonary and intestinal transpiration is diminished. The quantity is physiologically diminished under the reverse conditions. The quantity of urine excreted is altered in many conditions of disease. It is increased in diabetes insipidus and diabetes mellitus, in chronic nephritis and, temporarily, in emotional states, including hysteria. The quantity of urine is diminished in acute nephritis, in the last stages of chronic nephritis, in lithemia, in renal insufficiency, in CQnditions characterized by feebleness of the heart, in Asiatic cholera, in yellow fever, in acute intestinal obstruction and in febrile conditions generally. Urine is normall}' clear, transi)arent, of an amber color, with- out obtrusive odor, of acid reaction and a specific gravity varying from 1010 to 1030. The color is paler or darker, and the specific THE GENITO-URINARY APPARATUS. 243 gravity lower or higher, as the quantity is increased or dimin- ished. The transparency of the urine is interfered with by the presence of matters rendered insoluble by an altered reaction of the urine (such as phosphates), or by a change of temperature (such as urates) ; by the presence of matters foreign to normal urine (such as pus, chyle or blood) ; and sometimes as a result of the action of bacteria. The color of urine is intensified when the quantity is dimin- ished, as in fevers, or when the action of the skin is increased. The color is altered by the ingestion of some medicaments and foods and by the presence of other abnormal ingredients. Thus, rhubarb imparts a gamboge-yellow color to acid urine, a violet-red to alkaline urine ; santonin imparts a golden-yellow to acid urine, an orange-yellow to alkaline urine ; senna imparts a brownish, logwood a reddish, carbolic and gallic acids each a blackish tinge. Urates may color the urine orange-red. The presence of blood gives rise to a smoky, reddish or chocolate color ; the presence of biliary pigment to a brownish or greenish hue ; the presence of chyle to a milky appearance. In cases of melanotic tumors the urine may be dark or black ; the color is likewise dark in some cases of pernicious anemia. The urine is pale when it is excreted in excess, as in hysteria, in diabetes and in chronic nephritis. The odor of normal urine is typical, but not obtrusive. When fermentation takes place the urine becomes ammoniacal. The ingestion of turpentine imparts to the urine an odor of violets. Other aromatic oils impart odors abnormal to urine. The urine of diabetes mellitus has a sweetish odor. If it contain acetone, the odor resembles that of chloroform. The total twenty-four hours' urine of a healthy person is of acid reaction. The urine may be alkaline from fixed alkali a few hours after a meal, especially if large quantities of alkalies have been taken ; in cases in which the stomach is washed out ; and in cases of obstinate vomiting. The urine is alkaline from volatile alkali when ammoniacal fermentation has taken place. The average specific gravity of normal urine is 1018 or 1020. Except in diabetes mellitus, the specific gravity bears in gen- 244 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS, eral an inverse relation to tlie quantity of urine. It is height- ened after the ingestion of large quantities of nitrogenous food, in diabetes mellitus and in acute nephritis and other febrile conditions. It is lowered in diabetes insipidus, in chronic nephritis, in hysteria, when the activity of the skin is lowered and after the ingestion of large quantities of fluid. The normal average quantity of urea excreted in twenty-four hours is about five hundred grains. The excretion of urea is increased on a generous nitrogenous diet and in fevers in which the urine is not suppressed. The quantity of urea in the urine is diminished on a vegetable diet ; when oxidation is interfered with, as in pulmonary or cardiac disease ; in cases of grave hepatic disease, renal insufficiency or suppression of urine ; and when the urea is retained in the circulation. If urine or any fluid containing urea be concentrated to a syrupy consistence, by evaporation in a water-bath, and nitric Fig. 32. Uric acid and urates. (Funke.) acid be added, a crystalline precipitate of the rhombic plates of urea nitrate will be thrown down. The quantity of uric acid excreted in the urine in twenty-four hours varies from eight to sixteen grains. It is increased when the diet is nitrogenous ; when oxidation is defective, as in pul- THE GENITO-URINARY APPARATUS. 245 monary or cardiac disease ; after an attack of gout or lithema ; and in febrile processes. It is diminished on a diet of carbo- liydrates ; in chronic diseases after hemorrhage ; during an attack of gout or lithema. If ten parts of h3'drochloric acid be added to one hundred parts of urine and the mixture be permitted to stand for forty- eight hours, a sediment of fine, red crystals of uric acid will form. The quantity of hipimrk, acid excreted in the urine in twenty- four hours is between eight and thirty grains. It is increased on a vegetable, and diminished on an animal diet. It is only pre- cipitated from acid urine, when it appears as rhombic crystals. The quantity of sodium chloride excreted in the urine in twenty-four hours is about half an ounce. It depends upon the quantity ingested. The excretion of chlorides is dimin- ished in febrile disorders, and especially when exudation or transudation occurs. The presence of chlorides in the urine may be determined by first acidulating t^he urine with nitric acid, and then adding a solution of silver nitrate. If the precipitate that forms is dense Fig. 33. Calcium phosphate. (Laache.) and curdy, the quantity of chlorides is normal ; if the precipitate is milky, the chlorides are diminished. 246 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS, Between thirty and eighty grains of xJ^osphoric acid are eUminated in tlie urine in twenty-four hours, two-thirds as alkaline (acid sodium and potassium) phosphates, and one- third as earthy (calcium and magnesium) phosphates. The quantity of phosphates excreted is diminished at the beginning of febrile processes, and increases with defervescence and con- valescence. Fig. 34. Triple phosphates and ammonium urate. (Laaehe.) The earthy phosphates are precipitated when the reaction of the urine is alkaline. The alkaline phosphates are precipitated by the addition of a solution containing one part each of mag- nesium sulphate, ammonium chloride and liquor ammonise, and eight parts of distilled water. About thirty grains of sulphuric acid are eliminated as sul- phates in the urine in twenty-four hours. The quantity varies with the character of the food and the degree of activity. The presence of sulphates in the urine is determined by the addition of a solution of barium chloride, which gives a cloudy precipitate, insoluble in water or acids. Biliari/ coloring matter appears in the urine when jaundice exists. The urine is yellowish, greenish or olive-brown in THE GENITO-URTNARY APPARATUS. 2n color, and stains the linen. When the jaundice is not due to biliary obstruction it is said that the biliary acids are not found in the urine. The presence of biliary coloring matter in the urine may be detected by overlaying nitric acid in a test-tube with urine, or by permitting the fusion of a drop each of nitric acid and of urine on a white plate. A play of color from green, blue, violet, red to yellow, results. To detect the presence of the biliary acids in the urine a small quantity of cane-sugar is added to the urine, which is introduced into a test-tube, so as to overlay some sulphuric acid. A purple color is formed at the line of contact. If a bit of filter-paper is dipped in the saccharated urine and touched with a drop of sulphuric acid a purple color results. What are leucin and tyrosin ? Leiicin and tyrosin are products of the destructive meta- morphosis of proteids, and are among the waste-products of Fig. 35. Leucin and tyrosin. (Laache.) pancreatic digestion. They do not occur in normal urine, but are found in the urine in cases of phosphorus-poisoning and of acute yellow atrophy of the liver, for which they may have diagnostic significance. They have also been exceptionally 248 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. noted in variola, typhus, pernicious anemia, and in a case of obstructive jaundice caused by hydatid cyst of the gall-duct. To obtain leucin and tyrosin in the sediment, the urine should be evaporated in a water-bath to syrupy consistence, or a drop may be boiled down on an object-glass. Leucin appears in the form of faintly shining spheres of variable size, the larger ones sometimes exhibiting radiation or concentric rings. Tyrosin crystallizes in very fine needles, commonly aggregated into sheaves or bundles. Oxaluria. What is oxaluria ? The presence of oxalates in the urine is sometimes associated with a complex of sj'mptoms, to which the designation oxaluria has been applied. Individuals so affected complain of languor, of dull pains in the loins, are irritable or dejected, have boils or Fig. 36. Calcium oxalate. (Laache. carbuncles ; and their nutrition is impaired. The in-ine, the specific gravity of which is increased, contains an excess of urea and of oxalates, and occasionally a trace of albumin. The con- dition has been observed in persons in whom the nervous system has been severely put to task. PYURIA. 249 Pyuria. What is pyuria ? The presence of pus in the urine constitutes pyuria. Pus appears in the urine when there is suppuration in any portion of the genito-urinary tract, as in urethritis, cystitis, ureteritis or pyelitis. Rupture of an abscess into the genito-urinary pas- sages gives rise to the sudden discharge of a large quantity of pus. When, in women, leucorrhea exists, some of the pus may find its way into the receptacle for urine. The addition of caustic alkalies converts pus into a gelatinous viscid mass. Hy- drogen dioxide gives a characteristic foaminess, from libera- tion of oxygen. The microscope is the most certain test. Urine containing pus responds to chemic tests for albumin. When xiretliritis exists, micturition is burning. The first urine passed is turbid ; that which follows may be clear. The reaction of the urine remains unchanged. In the vast majority of cases, urethritis is gonorrheal. When there is cystitis, there may be vesical tenesmus, with frequent passage of small quantities of urine that is usually of alkaline reaction. Cystitis may be secondary to urethritis ; it may be a result of obstruction, as from stricture of the urethra or an enlarged prostate ; it may be associated with a calculus in the bladder ; it may have been caused by the introduction of septic matters into the bladder in the course of some surgical procedure, such as the employment of an unclean catheter, sound or bougie ; it may be tuberculosis ; it is often seen in asso- ciation with diseases of the brain and spinal cord. The urine is not only turbid, but it is usually also alkaline in reaction and offensive in odor, ft-om ammoniacal fermentation. Ureteritis and pyelitis are usually associated. Both are com- monly secondary to cystitis, though they may result from the presence of calculi. In uncomplicated cases the urine is acid in reaction. When an abscess ruptures into the genito-urinary tract, a certain sense of relief of tension is perceived, followed by the evacuation of a large quantity of pus in the urine, which had previously presented no abnormal characters. 250 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. Albuminuria. What is albuminuria ? Albumin is foiiud in the urine under many varied conditions ; thus, urine containing pus or blood will respond to the tests for albumin. Under other circumstances, however, the albumin is derived directly from the circulating blood, as a result of the defective action of the epithelium of the secretory tubes of the kidney. Such a condition is present in the various morbid states of the kidney, in the course of fevers and infectious pro- cesses and in association with violent convulsions, obstructive disease of the heart, and interference with the respiratory func- tion. The ordinary form of albumin found in the urine is serum- albumin ; less commonly paraglobulin is present. How is the presence of albumin in the urine to be determined ? The best test for the detection of albumin in the urine is that by heat. The urine should be clear and of acid reaction. If not clear, it should be filtered. If not acid, a drop or two of acetic acid— sufficient to impart an acid reaction, should be added. The upper half of the urine, in a test-tube, is heated. A resulting cloudiness is due to the presence of albumin or of phosphates. If the urine have been acid, the cloudiness is not likely to be due to phosphates. The addition of a few drops of acetic acid removes any doubt ; if the cloudiness is dependent upon the presence of phosphates, it at once clears ; if due to the presence of albumin, it persists. A simpler test for the presence of albumin consists in over- laying a quantity of nitric acid in a test-tube with the urine. A white ring at the line of contact of the two fluids is indicative of the presence of albumin. A faint ring of urates that forms above the line of contact is dissipated by the application of heat. A saturated solution of picric acid used by the contact-method in the same way as nitric acid, the urine, however, being over- laid by the acid, constitutes a most delicate test for the detec- tion of albumin in the urine, but it is equivocal, as it reacts with peptones, urates and with the alkaloids. Heat, it is true, dissi- ALBUMINURIA. 251 pates the ring formed with these, but it may also cause a diftu- sion of the turbidity produced by albumin, so that the latter may escape detection. What is the significance of the presence of tube-casts in the urine ? The i^resence in the urine of casts of the uriniferous tubules is m Red blood-corpuscles and a blood-cast of a uriniferous tubule. (Eichhorst.) Fig. 39. .m Epithelial cast of a uriniferous tubule. (V. Jaksch;) Granular casts of the uriniferous tubules. (V. Jaksch.) Hyaline casts of the uriniferous tubules. (Vierordt.) indicative of nephritis. The presence of albumin is usually associated with that of tube-casts. 252 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. The character of the casts varies according to the form of nephritis. Blood-casts and epithelial casts are indicative of an acute process ; granular casts of a chronic process ; hyaline casts may be present in many conditions. Fatty casts bespeak the Fig. 41. Waxy easts of the uriniferous tubules, a, a waxy cast containing crystals of calcium oxalate. (V. Jakseh.) late stage of a chronic parenchymatous nephritis— fatty kidney ; waxy casts may be found in acute and chronic nephritis and in amyloid disease of the kidney. CHYLURIA. 253 Chyluria. What ischyluria? The presence in the urine of chyle or its molecular base, fat, constitutes chyluria. The urine presents a whitish, milky ap- pearance and displays a tendency to spontaneous coagulation. Albumin is present ; in cases due to filaria, blood may be found. Under the microscope lymph-corpuscles and a finely granular basis are recognized. Chyle finds its way into the urine as a result of abnormal communication between the lymphatic sys- tem and the genito-urinary tract, in consequence of rupture following obstruction in the lymph-channels, most commonly Fig. 42. Filaria sanguinis hominis. (V. Jaksch.) hy filaria sanguinis hominis. The scrotum and the lower ex- tremities are sometimes infiltrated, and may be enlarged so as to create a resemblance to elephantiasis. Filariosis is a chronic affection, as a rule irregularly intermittent in its manifestations. When fllarise are present, ova or embryos should be discovered in the urine or in the blood obtained during the period of sleep or rest. Lipuria. What is lipuria ? The presence of fat in the urine constitutes lipuria. It may occur in health after excessive ingestion of fatty food. It has been observed in connection with fatt}'^ degeneration of the kidney, pyonephrosis, diabetes mellitus, phosphorus-poisoning and pregnancy. Urine containing chyle responds to the tests for fat. The condition may be recognized by the addition to 254 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. the urine of a small quantity of potassium hydrate and then shaking with ether. The ether is permitted to evaporate and the fat collects as glohules. Hematuria. What is hematuria ? The presence of blood in the urine constitutes hematuria. The urine is turbid and darker in color than normal ; the specitic gravity is increased ; and albumin is present in considerable quantity. With the microscope there is no difficulty in distin- guishing the red corpuscles. Blood may be present in the urine as a result of hemorrhage from traumatism or ulcerative processes ; in the course of acute inflammations in the genito-urinary tract ; as a symptom of cer- tain nervous diseases ; as a manifestation of a hemorrhagic dia- thesis, as in leukemia, scurvy, purpura, hemophilia, exophthal- mic goiter, and the like ; as a manifestation of influenza or ma- laria, or as the result of drug-action. Like chyluria, hematuria may be due to Filaria sanguinis hominis. Distoina liematrMura and strongylus gigas are additional parasites that may cause hematuria. It may sometimes be important to determine whether the blood present in urine comes from the bladder or from the kidneys. A comparatively small quantity of blood ; its uniform admixture with the urine ; the presence of blood-casts of the tubules, or of the ureter ; small size, discoloration, or so-called "ringing" of the blood-cells, point to renal hemorrhage. The passage of pure blood or of clots unmixed with urine, or with but slight admixtvire, or only at the beginning or close of urination, points to hemorrhage from the bladder or urethra. Exploration or cys- toscopic examination ma}* detect the source of hemorrhage and perhaps its cause, as a calculus or a neoplasm. Hemoglobinuria. What is hemoglobinuria ? When the coloring-matter of the blood appears in the urine the condition is designated /if moyZo6i7Ule or disseminated neuritis, or polyneuritis, may be a com- plication or a sequel of infectious diseases, such as sj'philis, diphtheria and influenza ; it may develop in the course of posterior spinal sclerosis or it may appear as a part of anes- thetic leprosy ; it may be due to lead-poisoning ; it may occur endemically, as in the disease known as Jcak-ke or beri-beri; the most common causes, however, are chronic alcoholism and exposure to wet and cold. What are the symptoms of multiple neuritis ? If multiple neuritis set in suddenly, it may present rigor, elevation of temperature and other febrile symptoms. It is attended with numbness, tingling, pain, tenderness and loss of power in the distribution of the nerves aflected, usually MULTIPLE NEURITIS. 277 those of the extremities. Paralysis, wasting and impairment of sensation soon follow. There may be wrist-drop, foot-drop, abolition of reflexes and ataxia. Trophic changes occur in the skin, nails and hair. Edema is not uncommon. The wasted muscles present reactions of degenei-ation. Secondary contractions may take place in the unopposed muscles. Fig. 43. Multiple neuritis, wrist-drop and foot drop. (Gowers ) Involvement of spinal nerves, such as the phrenic, the vagus or the third, gives rise to symptoms referable to the distribution of those nerves. How are spinal pachymeningitis and multiple neuritis to be differentiated? Spinal pachymeningitis is usually cervical ; the symptoms are thus especially referable to the upper extremities. There is also an absence of tenderness in the course of the nerves, while pain radiating from the spinal column is the rule. How does acute myelitis differ from multiple neuritis ? Myelitis usually involves a limited area of tlie spinal cord in the dorsal or lumbar region. The symptoms are thus mani- fested in the lower half of the body and constitute the type of paraplegia. The action of the sphincters is impaired. There is anesthesia, with a zone of hyperesthesia and but little pain. The paralyzed muscles waste rapidly. The reflexes are mostly exaggerated in the parts supplied by the nerves that arise below the affected area of the cord. 278 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. Sciatica. What are the causes of sciatica? Sciatica is usually dependent upon inflammation of the sciatic nerve. It is more common in males than in females and in middle life than at any other period. It may be primary, developing in gouty or rheumatic persons or after exposure to wet and cold, or following injury, or as the result of pressure from sitting on the edge of a chair ; or secondary in consequence of com- pression by tumors in the course of the nerve, within or with- out the pelvis, or as a result of extension froiu adjacent disease, as of the hip-joint. What are the symptoms of sciatica? Sciatica is attended with pain and tenderness in the coui'se and distribution of the sciatic nerve, increased by movement. There are certain tender points : 1, at the posterior inferior spine of the ilium ; 2, at the sciatic notch ; 3, at the middle of the thigh ; 4, on the posterior aspect of the knee ; o, below the head of the fibula ; 6, behind the external malleolus ; and 7, on the dorsum of tlie foot. There are also paresthesia, tingling, formication and numbness. In aggravated cases, the affected muscles waste and present degenerative reactions. There ma)^ also be fibrillary contrac- tions and muscular cramps. Primary sciatica is rarely bilateral. With what conditions may sciatica he confounded ? With sciatic neuralgia, with disease of the hip-joint, and with disease of the spinal cord or cauda equina. How is the differential diagnosis to be made ? Sciatic neuralgia occurs in debilitated and anemic persons, with neuralgia elsewhere ; the pain is intermittent, and in the distribution rather than in the course of the nerve ; it may be induced by movement, but is not otherwise aggravated thereby ; there is spontaneous pain rather than tenderness. Disease of the hip-joint may give rise to pain about the hip- PARALYSIS OF THE FACIAL NERVE. 279 joint and knee ; but there is no tenderness in the course of the nerve ; and investigation will disclose the obvious cause of the symptoms. The pain to which disease of the spinal cord or of the cauda equina gives rise is bilateral in distribution ; it is not attended with tenderness in the course of the nerve ; but it is associated with additional symptoms indicative of its origin. How are primary and secondary sciatica to be differentiated? The pain and tenderness in the course of the nerve in primary sciatica are wanting when the sciatica is secondary ; the pain is then rather in the distribution of the nerve ; other symptoms, and careful examination per rectum, if need be, may lead to the detection of an adequate cause for the pain. Paralysis of the Facial Nerve. What are the causes of paralysis of the facial nerve? The facial nerve may be paralyzed by lesions above its nucleus (supra-nuclear), by lesions of the nucleus (nuclear), or by lesions in the course of the nerve (infra-nuclear). The first is repre- sented by the paralysis of hemiplegia. The nucleus and the root-fibers may be damaged as a result of hemorrhage, softening, degeneration, or inflammation, or by a new-growth. The nerve may sutfer from compression by tumors, from traumatism, from neuritis (primary or secondary). The most common cause of facial paralysis is exposure to cold. What are the symptoms of paralysis of the facial nerve ? In facial paralysis of nuclear or infra-nuclear origin all of the muscles of one side of the face are paralyzed ; the face is rendered asymmetrical by the unantagonized action of the muscles of the opposite side ; the eye upon one side remains open audcannot be closed ; the lower lid is relaxed and epiphora results ; the forehead on that side is smooth and cannot be wrinkled ; the angle of the mouth droops ; saliva dribbles from the corner of the mouth ; the normal furrows are obliterated ; the lips cannot be puckered, as in whistling, nor elevated, as in displaying the teeth ; associated and emotional movements are 280 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. wanting on the paralyzed side. ISTunibness and tingling indi- cate involvement of filaments of the fifth nerve. The affected muscles waste and reactions of degeneration develop. If complete recovery do not occur, secondary contrac- tion in the paralyzed and wasted muscles takes place. Fig. 44. Facial paralysis. The figure on the right represents an attempt to close the eyes. (Gowefs.) If the seventh nerve is injured between the geniculate gan- o-lion and the origin of the chorda tympani, the sense of taste is lost in the anterior portion of the tongue. How are facial palsy of supra-nuclear origin and that of nuclear or infra-nuclear origin to be differentiated? Facial palsy of supra-nuclear origin is but part of a hemi- plegia, of which other manifestations will be evident ; unlike what takes place in nuclear and infra-nuclear disease, the orbi- cularis palpebrarum and the occipito-frontal muscles escape. In nuclear and infra-nuclear palsy, muscular wasting takes place, with degenerative reaction, which is not the case in palsy of supra-nuclear origin. In supra-nuclear paralysis, associated and emotional movements of the face are symmetrically performed ; in nuclear or infra-nuclear palsy, they are not. PARALYSIS OP MUSCULO-SPIRAL NERVE. 281 Paralysis of the Phrenic Nerve. What are the causes of paralysis of the phrenic nerve ? The function of the phrenic nerve may be interfered with by disease of the spinal cord or of the vertebroe, by the pressure of a tumor or of an aneurism, as a result of a neuritis or of a deep wound of the neck. To what symptoms does paralysis of the phrenic nerve give rise? When the phrenic nerve is paralyzed, the movements of the diaphragm are enfeebled or abolished. If the nerve on one side is affected, the loss of power is not marked ; but if both are par- alyzed, the diaphragm does not actively descend in inspiration ; instead of the protusion of the upper portion of the abdominal wall, there is retraction ; dyspnea is induced by exertion ; cough becomes difficult. From what conditions is paralysis of the phrenic nerves to be differentiated? From superior intercostal breathing, from inflammation of the diaphragm and from degeneration of the diaphragm. In the first condition, inspiratory contraction of the diaphragm must be carefully looked for ; in the second, there has been an adja- cent inflammation, most probably of the pleura or peritoneum ; the third has only been recognized after death. If the paralysis of the phrenic nerves is dependent upon dis- ease of the cord, there are present other symptoms than inac- tivity of the diaphragm. Paralysis of the Musculo-spiral Nerve. What are the causes of paralysis of the musculo-spiral nerve ? The musculo-spiral nerve may be paralyzed as a result of traumatism, as from a blow or when the humerus is fractured ; the nerve may be compressed by calkis, by contraction of the triceps muscle, or by the head of a crutch in the axilla ; neuritis may result from exposure to cold. The most common cause of 282 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. musculo-spiral paralysis is pressure by the head on the arm during sleep. How is paralysis of the musculo-spiral nerve to be recognized ? The characteristic sj'mptom of paralysis of the musculo-spiral nerve is loss of power in the extensors of the elbow and wrist, in the long extensors of the fingers and thumb, and in the supinators. There is wrist-drop and the fingers and thumb cannot be extended. From the want of antagonism the power of flexion is also enfeebled. Subsequentl}^, the palsied muscles may present reactions of degeneration. How does the neuritis of lead-poisoning differ from the neu- ritis of the musculo-spiral nerve resulting from compres- sion or traumatism? Both are attended by wrist-drop, which in lead-poisoning is bilateral, in compression-neuritis unilateral. In the former, the onset is slow and gradual and the action of the supinators is unimpaired ; in the latter, the onset is acute and supination cannot be performed. A blue line on the gums attends lead- poisoning ; careful chemic examination during the administra- tion of potassium iodide may detect lead in the urine ; while in musculo-spiral palsy a cause of a different kind is readily ascertainable. Neuromata. To what symptoms do neuromata give rise? Tumors in the course of nerves may be composed of nervous structure or be heterologous. They may be hereditary, con- genital, or a result of traumatism ; they are not uncommonly seen on the stumps of .amputated members. The symptoms that such growths occasion necessarily depend upon their situation. At first they give rise to irritation and heightened function, as evidenced by pain and spasm ; subsequently they cause abolition of function and paralysis. Upon what does the diagnosis of neuromata depend ? Upon the detection of a tumor and the obstinacy of symptoms referable to the distribution of one or more nerves. NEURALGIA. 283 Neuralgia. What are the clinical features of neuralgia ? Pain in the course of a nerve, independent of neuritis, appears most commonly in adult life, in anemic and ill-nourished women of emotional temperament. In some instances, an hereditary predisposition can be traced. Among the causes of neuralgia are exposure to cold, rheumatism, gout, malaria, alcoholism, plumbism, traumatism and peripheral irritation. The pain occurs in paroxysms, in the intervals between which some sensitiveness persists. In the course of the nerve are cer- tain tender points — points douloureux of Yalleix. Muscular spasm sometimes takes place in the distribution of the motor nerve corresponding to the sensory nerve involved. The i^ar- oxysm is sometimes attended with vomiting. Vaso-motor de- rangement and trophic changes may manifest themselves in the course of the disease. ISTeuralgia may be localized to a single nerve ; it may progress in a radiating manner, or it may char.ge its seat from nerve to nerve. How are neuritis and neuralgia to be differentiated ? The pain of neuralgia is intermittent and paroxysmal ; that of neuritis is continuous ; in neuritis there is, in addition, ten- derness in the course of the nerve, with swelling. Neuritis is riot limited to sensory nerves ; in consequence, muscular weak- ness and, later, wasting and alterations in the electrical reac- tions are manifest. What are the symptoms of trigeminal neuralgia ? The symptoms of neuralgia of the fifth nerve, trigeminal or tri- facial neuralgia, or tic douloureux, depend upon its distribution. One or several branches of the nerve may be involved. Of the first division, the supra-orbital branch is most com- monly affected. Pain is felt on the forehead, on the ej'elid, in the eye and on the side of the nose. There are supra-orbital, palpebral, nasal and ocular tender points. Of the second division of the fifth nerve, the infra-orbital branch is most commonly attacked by neuralgia. Pain is referred to the cheek and ala nasi, between the orbit and the 284 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. mouth. There are infra-orbital, nasal, malar and gingival tender points. The pain of neuralgia of the inferior maxillary nerve is referred to the parietal eminence, the temple, the lower jaw, the ear and the tongue. There are inferior dental, temporal and parietal tender points. Sometimes the inferior dental and the auriculo- temporal branches are alone involved. Migraine. What are the clinical features of migraine ? Migraine^ hemicrania or sicTc headache is a paroxysmal neurosis characterized by unilateral headache, associated with nausea, vomiting and derangement of vision and sensation. It is more common in females than in males and in the first half of life than at any other time. Frequently a neurotic heredity can be traced, some members of the same family presenting migraine, epilepsy, neuralgia, insanity or some other neurosis. The paroxysm often begins with some sensory disturbance, such as tingling or numbness ; or with a perversion of vision, such as the appearance of a luminous or brightly colored object ; or with an impairment of vision usuallj^ presenting the char- acters of hemianopia or with auditory manifestations, such as tinnitus or a sudden explosive sound. "When the headache reaches a considerable degree of intensity nausea and vomiting occur. In extreme cases motor weakness and aphasia are present. The headache, at the beginning of the disease uni- lateral, may subsequently become bilateral. It is often periodic, and not rarely in some fixed relation with menstruation, which it may accompany, or precede or follow at a certain interval. It may sometimes be traced to reflex influences, such as may arise from gastric disturbance or eye-strain. These, however, are to be regarded merely as excitants, acting upon a predis- posed nervous system, and would not alone be effective. How are migraine and ordinary headache to be differentiated? Headache may arise from a multiplicity of conditions — among others from neuralgia, from rheumatism, from gastro-intestinal SPINAL MENINGITIS. 285 derangement, from toxemia, from eye-strain, from anemia, from hyperemia and from organic disease of the brain. It is un- associated with other subjective or with visual manifestations ; it is bilateral ; it is not paroxysmal ; it is dependent upon other influences than is migraine. Spinal Meningitis. What are the varieties of spinal meningitis ? Spinal meningitis may be acute or chranic; it may involve the dura, arachnoid or pia, giving rise respectively io pachymenin- gitis^ arachnitis or leptomeningitis; it may be simpde^ pwulent, tuberculous or hemorrhagic. What are the causes of spinal meningitis ? Inflammation of the spinal meninges may result from an ex- tension of adjacent inflammation, from traumatism, from ex- posure to cold and wet ; it may develop in the course of infec- tious diseases, or as a manifestation of syphilis, of tuberculosis, of pyemia or of alcoholism. What are the symptoms of acute spinal meningitis ? Meningitis may set in abruptly with a chill, followed by ele- vation of temperature, pain in the back and radiating in the course of the nerves, hyperesthesia, stiffness and spasmodic contrac- tion of various muscles, exaggerated reflexes, retention of urine and constipation. The pain is intensified in paroxysms. The muscular spasms are induced by efforts at movement. The finger drawn over the skin leaves a red streak. With the subsidence of the acute symptoms, the pain may yet- remain, but the manifestations of irritation give way to those of paralysis : muscular weakness and wasting, anesthesia, abolition of reflexes and enfeeblement of the sphincters. The extent and distribution of the symptoms depend upon the seat of the meningeal inflammation. How are rheumatism of the muscles of the back and spinal meningitis to be differentiated ? Pain may accompany dorsal or lumbar rheumatism, but it is not radiating, nor is it attended with muscular rigidity, or fol- lowed by anesthesia, loss of power and wasting. 286 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. Cervical Pachymeningitis. What are the symptoms of cervical pachymeningitis ? Intlaiiiniatiou of the dura mater in the cervical region is recognized by pain and stiffness in that region, with shoot- ing pains in the arms, and numbness, and impaired sensibiUty, and loss of power, and wasting. The over-extension of the hand, with flexion of the fingers, that results from the paralysis of the long flexors of the wrist and fingers, and of the intei"- ossei gives rise to characteristic deformity. There may also be weakness of the lower extremities. How is cervical pachymeningitis to be distinguished from progressive muscular atrophy and subacute anterior poliomyelitis ? All three may give rise to wasting and weakness in the upper extremities, and weakness in the lower ; but in pachy- meningitis sensation is deranged, the wasting is irregular in distribution, and there have at some time been stifiiiess in the muscles of the neck, and pains in the back and radiating down the arms ; while spasm and sensory symptoms are wanting in progressive muscular atrophy and poliomyelitis. Hemorrhage into the Spinal Membranes. What are the varieties of hemorrhage into the spinal men- inges? Hemorrhage may take place between the dura and the ver- tebrse, being then extrameningeal ; or within the dura, being then intrameningeal. Intrameningeal hemorrhage may take place between the dura and the arachnoid, being then subdural; or between the arachnoid and the pia, being then subarachnoid. What are the causes of hemorrhage into the spinal meninges? Hemorrhage into the membranes of the cord is usually a result of traumatism, as from falls or blows, or of violent muscular activity, as during convulsions or labor ; it may occur in the course of acute infectious diseases or as a manifestation of a HYPEREMIA OF THE SPINAL CORD. 287 hemorrhagic diathesis ; or an aneurism that has eroded the vertebrae may rupture and empty its contents into the spinal canal. What are the symptoms to which hemorrhage into the spinal membranes give rise? Hemorrhage into the spinal meninges is marked by sudden, severe pain in the back, to which are soon added rigidity, mus- cular spasm, radiating pains, hyperesthesia, retention of urine and constipation ; sliould death not occur, these symptoms in turn give way to muscular weakness, anesthesia and derange- ment of the sphincters. How are spinal meningitis and hemorrhage into the spinal meninges to be differentiated ? The onset of liemorrhage is sudden, that of meningitis gradual. Meningitis is from the outset attended with elevation of tem- perature ; in hemorrhage, the temperature rises only when men- ingitis sets in. Anemia of the Spinal Cord. What are the manifestations of anemia of the spinal cord ? Anemia of the spinal cord may be part of a general anemia. There is no definite symptom by which it can be recognized. Whatever the symptoms to which it may give rise, they are comprised in those of the condition of which the spinal anemia is a part. There is aching in the legs and the patient fatigues readily. There may be wasting of the extremities and para- plegia. Hyperemia of the Spinal Cord. What are the symptoms of hyperemia of the spinal cord ? The clinical recognition of hyperemia, other than as a condition antecedent to inflammation of the spinal cord, is as doubtful as is that of spinal anemia. A diagnosis of hyperemia is justifiable when symptoms apparently indicative of a beginning myelitis disappear in the course of a few days. 288 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. Myelitis. What are the varieties of myelitis ? Myelitis may be acute^ subacute or chronic; it may be transr verse, focal, disseminated, diffuse or central; or it may involve only the anterior horns of the gray matter. What are the causes of myelitis ? Myelitis is more common in males than in females. It may result from traumatism, from exposure to cold and wet, from compression, by extension from adjacent disease and in the course of acute infectious diseases ; syphilis may be a cause of myelitis. What are the symptoms of acute myelitis? The symptoms of acute myelitis set in with variable abrupt- ness and with febrile manifestations. There may at first be pains of moderate severity in the back. Soon, there is loss of motion and sensation in the parts supplied by the nerves arising from the cord below the level of the inflammation, with a girdle-sensation and a zone of hyperesthesia corresponding to the distribution of the nerves given off at the upper Umit of the inflammation. Grave trophic changes, as wasting and the formation of bed-sores, may take place, with the development of the reactions of degeneration. The reflexes within the dis- tribution of the nerves arising from the inflamed area are lost ; those below are exaggerated. Control of the sphincters is lost. After the subsidence of the acute symptoms, some improve- ment slowly takes place, greater in respect to sensation than in respect to motion. Cystitis and consecutive pyelonephritis may develop. Contractures may take place. The inflammation of the cord may extend. How are acute spinal meningitis and acute myelitis to be distinguished from one another? The two are likely to be associated ; the symptoms of the one or the other, however, predominating. Pain, hyperesthesia and muscular spasm, followed by anesthesia and palsy, char- CHRONIC MYELITIS. 289 acterize acute meningitis. In myelitis, pain and hyperesthesia are sHght, transient and circumscribed ; muscular spasm is want- ing ; and wasting, palsy, anesthesia and derangement of the sphincters appear early. How are acute myelitis and spinal hemorrhage to be differen- tiated ? The onset of hemorrhage is more abrupt than that of myelitis. Initial fever indicates myelitis rather than hemorrhage. Hem- orrhage into the spinal cord is soon followed by myelitis, and the differentiation then becomes impossible. Chronic Myelitis What are the causes of chronic myelitis? Chronic myelitis is more common in males than in females, and in early and middle adult life than at any other period. The same causes tliat occasion acute mj'elitis may also give rise to chronic myelitis. Thus chronic myelitis may follow syphilis, repeated exposure to cold and wet, repeated over-exertion, com- pression of the cord, chronic alcoholism and lead-poisoning. Chronic myelitis may be a sequel of acute myelitis or of chronic meningitis. What are the symptoms of chronic myelitis? The symptoms of chronic myelitis vary in distribution with the localization of the disease. There is at first an undue readi- ness of muscular fatigue, soon progressing to weakness and fol- lowed by actual palsy. Sensation is deranged ; paresthesiae are common ; girdle-pain may appear. The reflexes are exaggerated. A tendency to spasm develops. The musdes waste and present quantitatively altered electric reactions, which, in the later stages of the disease, suffer qualitative change. The sphincters usually participate in the loss of motor power. How does chronic differ from acute myelitis ? The symptoms of chronic myelitis, unlike those of acute mye- litis, are slow and gradual in onset, progressive in course, irreg- ular in distribution and unattended with febrile reaction. 19 290 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. What are the distinctions between chronic myelitis and pro- gressive muscular atrophy? The symptoms of chronic myelitis are irregular in distribu- tion ; the manifestations of progressive muscular atrophy ap- pear somewhat symmetrically. Sensory symptoms constitute a distinctive feature of chronic myelitis, but are inconsiderable or wanting in j)rogressive muscular atrophy. Exaggeration of re- flexes and spasm characterize myelitis rather than muscular atrophy. ribrillary muscular contractions and heightened mechanical irritability mark progressive muscular atrophy. In wh3,t respects does chronic myelitis differ from lateral sclerosis ? In lateral sclerosis, sensation is not deranged ; there is no girdle-sensation ; and the action of the sphincters remains unimpaired. What is the distinction between chronic myelitis and spinal pachymeningitis ? Spinal pachymeningitis is most commonly cervical and the symptoms are limited to the upper extremities ; myelitis ir- regularly involves all four extremities. Pain is a more constant manifestation of pach^^meningitis than of myelitis. Acute Anterior Poliomyelitis. What are the causes of acute anterior poliomyelitis ? Acute inflammation of the anterior horns of the gray matter of the spinal cord is more conunon in males than in females, in late infancy than at any other period of life, and in summer than in winter. It follows sudden chilling of the heated body ; injuries to the spine ; acute infectious diseases ; over-exertion. What are the symptoms of acute anterior poliomyelitis ? Acute anterior poliomyelitvi may set in abruptly, with convul- sions, delirium, headache, dull, heavy pains in the back and in the extremities, and febrile symptoms. Soon, extensive palsy appears, followed, after a variable period, by wasting of certain groups of muscles. There may have been incontinence of urine and of feces. ACUTE ASCENDING PARALYSIS. 291 In the course of several weeks the original extent of paralysis gradually diminishes, until ultimately the loss of power and the wasting are limited to certain parts that remain permanently deficient in nutrition, growth and function. Degenerative reactions of nerve and muscle develop and the reflexes are enfeebled or lost. What are the distinctions between myelitis and poliomyelitis ? The permanent palsy is more extensive in myelitis than in poliomyelitis. In the former the reflexes are exaggerated ; in the latter, enfeebled or lost. Sensory symptoms characterize myelitis ; not poliomyelitis. Bedsores are common in the former ; not in the latter. How are the paralysis of poliomyelitis and that of cerebral origin to be differentiated? The paralysis of poliomyelitis may be limited to one side ; but it is not characteristically hemiplegic. It is attended with wasting and the reaction of degeneration ; cerebral paralysis may be attended with wasting, but not with the reaction of de- generation. Athetoid movements appear in the course of palsy of cerebral origin ; not in the course of the palsy of poliomyelitis. The reflexes are exaggerated in cerebral disease ; enfeebled or lost in poliomyelitis. How are multiple neuritis and anterior poliomyelitis to be dif- ferentiated ? Sensory symptoms — tingling, pain, tenderness, numbness and anesthesia — as seen in neuritis, are wanting in poliomyelitis. Multiple neuritis is rather symmetrical, poliomyelitis irregular in distribution. The one is the more common in adults ; the other, in children. Acute Ascending Paralysis. What are the symptoms of acute ascending paralysis or Landry's paralysis ? The nature of acute ascending paralysis is not yet known. The disease is thought to depend upon a toxic influence exerted upon the nervous system. It arises under conditions similar to 292 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. those that precede acute mj'elitis. It is characterized by pro- gressive motor paralysis, beginning in the lower extremities and gradually extending upwards. The power of movement is lost ; respiration, deglutition, and articulation are interfered with. Numbness and tingling are sometimes present at the onset and followed by impairment of sensation. The reflexes are en- feebled. Trophic changes are wanting. The sphincters are usually involved. The spleen is enlarged. Most cases termi- nate fatally. How are acute myelitis and acute ascending paralysis to be differentiated ? Febrile symptoms, anesthesia, trophic changes and involve- ment of the sphincters do not attend acute ascending paralysis (Landry's disease). Recovery from acute ascending paralysis is less common than is recovery from myelitis. How is acute ascending paralysis to be distinguished from multiple neuritis ? The view has been expressed that acute ascending paralysis is dependent upon multiple neuritis. Acute ascending paraly- sis, however, does not appear in all four extremities at once, and is said not to present the alterations of sensation, the muscular wasting and the elevation of temperature of multiple neuritis. What is the distinction between acute ascending paralysis and anterior poliomyelitis ? The onset of acute anterior poliomyelitis is, while that of acute ascending paralysis is not, attended with febrile manifestations. In poliomyelitis, the paralyzed muscles waste ; in ascending paralysis, they do not. Poliomyelitis is rarely fatal ; ascending paralysis is usually fatal. Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis — Progressive Muscular Atrophy— Glosso-Labio-Laryngeal Palsy. There are three afiections intimately related to one another : amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, progressive rtmscular atrophy and AMYOTROPHIC LATERAL SCLEROSIS. 293 glosso-labio-laryngedl palsy. The pathologic lesions are similar in all : a degenerative process in the gray matter and in the conducting paths. The symptoms of the three aftections differ according to the situation of the disease in the gray matter, and according to whether the change begins first in the graj'- matter and then involves the white or vice versa. If the white matter of the lateral columns is first involved, with partial or with subsequent invasion of the gray matter of the anterior horns, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis results. If the gray matter of the cord be first involved, the symptoms of pro- gressive muscular atrophy appear ; while if the process extend to or originate in the gray matter of the medulla the symptoms are those of bulbar palsy, superadded or occurring isolated. What are the causes of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, progres- sive muscular atrophy and chronic bulbar palsy ? In many cases, no cause can be determined ; in others the symptoms have been preceded by mental strain, by exposure to cold and wet, by concussion, by syphilis, by lead-poisoning, and by acute diseases ; in some there is an indirect neurotic heredity. All three affections are more common in males than in females, and in middle life than at any other period. What are the symptoms of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis ? Amyotropliic lateral sclerosis begins with symptoms of lateral sclerosis : weakness ; a stiff, awkward, spastic gait ; muscular spasm ; exaggerated reflexes ; spinal epilepsy ; to which in turn may be superadded the symptoms of degeneration of the anterior horns of the gx'ay matter : muscular wasting, paralysis, loss of reflexes, reaction of degeneration. What are the symptoms of progressive muscular atrophy ? Progressive muscular atrophy is usually insidious in onset ; some- times slow, sometimes rapid, but always progressive in course. Muscular wasting, preceded by pain, is first observed in one por- tion of the body, usually in an upper extremity, and followed by weakness ; both wasting and weakness in turn successively invade all four extremities and the trunk as well ; respiration 294 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. may be embarrassed. If the duration of the ease be long enough, symptoms of bulbar paralysis are superadded. Fig. 45. Progressive Muscular Atrophy. (Gowers.) 1. Wasting of the muscles of the back and arms. 2. Wasting of the trapezii and deltoids. 3. Wasting of the muscles of the neck ; a, habitual posture of the head ; B, posi- tion into which the head falls if it be not inclined backward. The wasting is especially manifest in the thenar and hypo- thenar eminences and in the interosseous spaces ; as a result, a AMYOTROPHIC LATERAL SCLEROSIS, 295 peculiar deformity — tlie claw-like hand — develops. The wasting muscles are the seat of spontaneous fibrillary contractions. Me- chanical muscular irritability is heightened. The deep reflexes are enfeebled in a degree proportional to the muscular wasting. The electric reactions are also dependent upon the nutrition of the muscles and nerves. At first, they present quantitative, subsequently qualitative changes. What are the symptoms of chronic or progressive bulbar paralysis— glosso-labio-laryngeal palsy ? The symptoms of glosso-labio-laryngeal paralysis are analogous to those of progressive muscular atrophy, the degenerative pro- cess, however, involving the nuclei of the cerebral rather than those of the spinal nerves, especially the facial, glosso-pharyn- geal, pneumogastric, spinal accessory and hypoglossal. The disease is marked by difficulty in mastication, in deglutition, in respiration, in phonation and articulation, and by wasting of the muscles concerned in these functions. The affected muscles dis- play spontaneous fibrillary contractions. Speech becomes pro- gressively more difficult and indistinct and finally nasal. Swallow- ing is difficult and fluids regurgitate through the nose. Saliva dribbles from the mouth. Food may find its way into the larynx. Keflex action in the throat may be lost. Earely the ocular and the facial muscles participate in the palsy. How is progressive muscular atrophy to be distinguished from acute anterior poliomyelitis ? Progressive muscular atrophy is especially a disease of adult life. It is usually gradual in onset and progressive in course, while acute anterior poliomyelitis is especially a disease of child- hood, and is acute in onset and retrogressive in course. Febrile symptoms attend acute poliomyelitis, but not progressive atro- phy. The fibrillaiy tvi^itching of the latter is not present in the former. Terminal bulbar symptoms attend progressive muscu- lar atrophy, but not acute poliomyelitis. 296 ESSEiiTTlALS OF DIAGNOSIS. Acute Bulbar Palsy. What is acute bulbar palsy ? Symptoms almost identical with those of progressive glosso- labio-laryngeal paralysis may set in acutely. They may subse- quently undergo some iuiprovement and then remain stationarj-. The condition is dependent upon an acute lesion — softening or hemorrhage or inflammation of the medulla, involving the nuclei of the glosso-pharyngeal, pneumogastric, spinal accessory and hypoglossal nerves or the fibers passing to or from them. How is acute to be distinguished from chronic bulbar palsy ? The symptoms of chronic bulbar palsy are gradual in onset, progressive in course and symmetrical in distribution ; those of acute bulbar palsy are sudden in onset, regressive or sta- tionary and are apt to display slight irregularities of distribu- tion. Pseudo-Bulbar Palsy. What is pseudo-bulbar palsy? A bilateral lesion, such as softening or hemorrhage, involving the lower portion of the ascending frontal convolution of both hemispheres, or the corresponding motor tracts in symmetrical situations, will give rise to the symptoms of bulbar palsy: para- l3'sis of the lips, tongue and throat. How is pseudo-bulbar palsy to be distinguished from true bul- bar palsy ? Pseudo-bulbar palsy, in contradistinction to true bulbar palsy, is likely to be characterized by two distinct attacks, by slight asymmetry of distribution of the syniiDtoms, and by the absence of wasting. Pseudo-Hypertrophic Paralysis. What are the symptoms of pseudo-hypertrophic paralysis ? Pseudo-hypertr opine paralysis is a congenital family-affection, transmitted through females but occurring more commonly in l^SEUBO-HYPERTROPllrC PARALYSIS. 297 males, usually appearing in childhood, and characterized by weakness and enlarged muscles, the fibers of which undergo atrophy, while the interstitial tissue increases. The muscles of the calves and the infra-spinati usually participate in the en- FiG. 46. Pseudo-hypertrophic paralysis in two brothers. (Gowers.) largement in striking degree. Wasting of the latissimus dorsi and of the lower portion of the pectoralis major is characteristic. The gait has a peculiar oscillating character ; ascending stairs is difficult, and the manner of rising from the floor is characteristic (Fig. 47) : the patient first gets on his hands and knees ; then extending the legs he stands upon his feet ; finally, by supporting his hands upon his thiglis he manages to reach the erect posture. Ultimately the muscles become reduced in size ; the electric reactions suffer quantitative changes, indica- 298 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. Fig. 47. Pseudo-hypertrophie paralysis. Mode of rising from the ground. (Gowers tive of diminished excitability ; the deep reflexes are enfeebled and lost. Talipes equinus, spinal curvature and muscular con- tractions occur at a late stage of the disease. Simple Idiopathic Muscular Atrophy. What is simple idiopathic muscular atrophy ? There is a condition, allied to pseudo-hypertrophic paralysis, in which the muscles atrophy, but do not become enlarged by interstitial deposit. The affection occurs in families, is as com- mon in females as in males, and usually appears in early adult life. What are the symptoms of simple idiopathic muscular atrophy ? Sinijile idictpathic muscular atrophy sets in graduallj^, with weakness and wasting in the face, arms or legs and extension to the rest of the body. The deep reflexes become enfeebled, deformities result and the electric reactions are quantitatively changed. Among other muscles, the latissimus dorsi, the ARTHRITIC MUSCULAR ATROPHY. 299 infraspinati, the zygomatic! and the orbicularis oris show a special proueuess to undergo wasting and palsy. What are the distinctions between pseudo-hypertrophic muscular paralysis and simple idiopathic muscular atrophy ? PSEUDO-HYPERTROPHIC MUSCULAR SIMPLE IDIOPATHIC MUSCULAR PARALYSIS. PARALYSIS. More common in males. Equally common in the two sexes. Some muscles enlarged ; gastroc- Muscles usually wasted, especially nemii and infraspinati especi- the orbicularis and the zygomatici. ally prone to enlargement. Face not involved as a rule. Involvement of face characteristic. Notable increase of interstitial tis- Slight or no increase of interstitial sue in muscles. tissue in muscles. Other cases, typical of one or of the other form of idiopathic muscular atrophy, will be found among the members of the family of either, respectively. What are the distinctions between progressive muscular atrophy and simple idiopathic muscular atrophy? Simple idiopathic muscular atrophy is a disease that occurs in families, appearing in childhood, the muscles of the face, especially the orbicularis oris and the zygomatici, being in- volved. Progressive muscular atrophy is a disease independent of family influences, appearing in adult life, the wasting often be- ginning in the hands, while the face remains uninvolved. Arthritic Muscular Atrophy. What is arthritic muscular atrophy It has been observed that in the course of inflammation of a joint, acute or chronic, spontaneous or traumatic, the related muscles, especially the extensors, undergo a varying degree of atrophy. With the disappearance of the arthritis, the affected muscles gradually return to their normal condition. If the joint-disorder continue for a long period, the deep i-eflexes in 300 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. the region involved are heightened and the muscles present quantitative electrical changes ; contracture of the opponent muscles may also occur. Thomsen's Disease — Myotonia Congenita. What are the symptoms of myotonia congenita— Thomsen's disease ? The disorder described by Thomsen is one that occurs as a congenital affection in families. It is characterized by tonic muscular spasm on voluntary movement following a period of rest. If movement is persevered in, the spasm relaxes. The spasm is intensified by emotion or by the fear of its occurrence. Muscular hypertrophy is the ultimate result. A peculiar elec- tric reaction, myotonia electrica^ is developed. Posterior Spinal Sclerosis — Locomotor Ataxia. What are the causes of posterior spinal sclerosis ? Posterior spinal sclerosis^ loco^iwtor ataxia, or tabes dorsalis is more common in males than in females, and in middle adult life than at any other period. Its most common cause is syphilis ; other causes are exposure to cold and wet, concussion, over- exertion and sexual and alcoholic excesses ; the disease has been observed to follow acute infectious diseases ; it is some- times secondary to other forms of spinal disease ; in some cases an hereditary neurotic influence can be traced. It has been attributed to metallic poisoning. The etiology is sometimes obscure. What are the symptoms of posterior spinal sclerosis ? Posterior spinal sclerosis is characterized by impairment of coordination, giving rise to difficulty in performing delicate movements, to unsteadiness of gait and of station, particularly when the guidance of vision is removed ; by shooting pains in the extremities ; by a girdle-sensation ; by other abnormalities of sensation, particularly anesthesia, and especially in the soles of the feet ; by abolition of the deep reflexes ; by primary ex- POSTERIOR SPINAL SCLEROSIS. 301 aggeration and secondary loss of the superficial reflexes ; by primary increase of the sexual propensity and secondary impair- ment of the sexual power ; by derangement of the sphincters, manifested by retention or incontinence ; by narrow pupils that act in accommodation, but do not respond to the stimulus of light ; by paralysis of ocular muscles, giving rise to strabismus and diplopia ; by atrophy of the optic and auditory nerves, occa- sioning loss of vision and of hearing ; by laryngeal, gastric, in- testinal and other visceral crises, manifested by paroxysms of intense distress ; by trophic changes in the joints, giving rise to enlargement and subluxation, rendering the bones brittle and liable to spontaneous fracture ; by perforating ulcers of the foot ; and in the last stages by muscular wasting. How is multiple neuritis to be distinguished from posterior spinal sclerosis ? If abolition of tlie reflexes, unsteady gait and station, loss of sensation and sharp pains attend neuritis, they may recede and ultimately disappear ; once present in the course of posterior spinal sclerosis they persist. Posterior sclerosis is progressive in course, and unyielding in treatment. With appropriate treatment neuritis is retrogressive. The girdle-sensation of sclerosis is wanting in neuritis. In neuritis, the muscles undergo degeneration and waste ; there is palsy ; the electric reactions are qualitatively changed. In sclerosis, muscular wasting and weakness result only after long-continued inactivity ; if the electric reactions undergo any change, it is quantitative. In neuritis there are pains and points of special tenderness in the course and in the peripheral distribution of various nerves ; in posterior sclerosis the muscles are not tender. How are lumbar pachymeningitis and posterior spinal sclerosis to be differentiated ? Pachymeningitis in the lumbar region may be attended with shooting pains in the thighs and with abolition of the knee- jerks, but not with manifestations indicative of involvement of cerebral nerves. In meningitis the muscles waste early ; in posterior sclerosis, not at all or only late. Impairment of co- ordination characterizes posterior sclerosis. 302 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. What are the distinctions between posterior spinal sclerosis and cerebellar tumor 1 A tumor in or compressing tlie middle lobe of the cerebellum may give rise to incobrdinatiou, to a staggering gait and to abolition of the knee-jerks ; it gives rise in addition to occipital headache, to vertigo, vomiting, nystagmus, optic neuritis and to other evidences of compression ; while lightning-pains and alteration of sensation are wanting. Primary Lateral Sclerosis — Spastic Paraplegia. What are the causes of primary lateral sclerosis ? Primary lateral sclerosis or spastic paraiilegia occurs with equal frequency in both sexes, and a little earlier in life than posterior sclerosis. In many cases, no etiologic element can be discovered ; in others, there is a history of concussion, of exposure to cold and wet, of syphilis, of excesses or of neurotic heredity. What are the symptoms of primary lateral sclerosis ? Primary lateral sclerosis, or spastic paraplegia, is character- ized by muscular weakness and spasm ; the latter usually involves the extensors of the lower extremities occasioning a peculiar spastic gait and so-called " clasp-knife" rigidity ; at- tacks of " spinal epilepsy" occur ; the reflexes are exaggerated ; ankle-clonus is present. There is usually muscular wasting, occasionally hypertrophy. The arms are affected less commonly and in less degree than the legs. There may be abnormal sen- sations, but no anesthesia. The sphincters may be involved. The electric reactions undergo quantitative changes. How is lateral sclerosis to be distinguished from myelitis? While lateral sclerosis presents the symptoms of degeneration of the lateral columns, as seen in myelitis, it is always gradual in onset and unattended with febrile manifestations, with girdle- pain, or with impairment of sensation. Typical paraplegia, with muscular wasting and degeneration and impairment of the sphincters is less characteristic of lateral sclerosis than of myelitis. POSTERO-LATERAL SCLEROSIS. 303 How may lateral sclerosis simulate and be distinguished from cerebral hemiplegia? The manifestations of primary lateral sclerosis may be uni- lateral ; but the face is not involved, as it usually is in hemi- plegia of cerebral origin ; and careful examination will detect exaggeration of the reflexes of the upper as well as of the lower extremity on the apparently uninvolyed side, unlike what is found in cerebral hemiplegia. Postero-lateral Sclerosis — Ataxic Paraplegia. What are the causes of ataxic paraplegia or postero-lateral sclerosis ? Postero-lateral sclerosis, or ataxic paraplegia, is more common in males than in females and in middle adult life than at any other period. Its etiology is often obscure. In some cases a neurotic heredity can be traced ; in others there has been ex- posure to cold and wet ; in still others concussion seems to have been the cause ; a history of syphilis is uncommon. What are the symptoms of postero-lateral sclerosis, or ataxic paraplegia ? The symptoms of ataxic paraplegia are dependent upon sclerosis of the posterior and lateral columns of the spinal cord. The disease is gradual in onset and marked by muscular weak- ness, spasm and incoordination. There may be pain in the sacral region, but lightning-pains are absent. Articulation may be defective. Tremor of the muscles of the face may occur. The deep reflexes are exaggerated. The iris usually reacts to light. Atrophy of the optic nerve is rare. Sexual power may be lost. The sphincters become enfeebled. Ultimately, contractures develop. How is posterior spinal sclerosis to be distinguished from postero-lateral sclerosis ? POSTERIOR SCLEROSIS. POSTERO-LATERAL SCLEROSIS. Syphilis a common cause. Syphilis a rare cause. Weakness a late symptom. Weakness an early sj'mptom. Knee-jerk lost early. Knee-jerk exaggerated. 304 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. POSTERIOR SCLEROSIS. POSTERO-LATERAL SCLEROSIS. No ankle-clonus. Ankle-clonus. Never muscular spasm. Characteristic muscular spasm. Argyll- Robertson pupil. Pupil responds to light. Lightning-pains. Dull sacral pains. Sensory impairment. Sensation unimpaired. Girdle-sensation. No girdle-sensation. Optic-nerve atrophy common. Optic-nerve atrophy rare. Visceral crises. No crises. How is postero-lateral sclerosis to be distinguished from primary lateral sclerosis? Ataxic paraplegia is to be distinguished from spastic para- plegia by tlie presence of symptoms of muscular incoordination, dependent upon involvement of the posterior columns of the cord. What are the distinctions between a tumor of the cerebellum and postero-lateral sclerosis ? A growth involving the middle lobe of the cerebellum may give rise to vreakness, ataxia, spasm, and heightened reflexes ; there are, besides, occipital headache, optic neuritis, vertigo, vomiting and nystagmus ; other evidences of pressure may be present. -Friedreich's Ataxia— Hereditary Ataxic Paraplegia. "What are the symptoms of Friedreich's ataxia ? The symptoms of Friedreich''s ataxia are dependent upon sclerosis of the lateral and posterior columns of the spinal cord. The disease occurs in families and appears early in life ; it attacks both sexes alike. It is attended with an ataxic gait, impairment of coordination and equilibration, muscular weak- ness, abolition of knee-jerks, nystagmus and defective speech ; sensation is usually unimpaired. What are the distinctions between Friedreich's ataxia and ataxic paraplegia? The eai-ly period of life at which the symptoms appear, its occurrence in families, the absence of knee-jerks and of ankle- CEREBRO-SPINAL SCLEROSIS. 305 clonus and the presence of nystagmus distinguish Friedreich's disease from ataxic paraplegia. Cerebro-Spinal Sclerosis — Insular Sclerosis. What are the causes of cerebro-spinal sclerosis? The more commonly-recognized causes of disseminated^ mul- tiple, insular, or cerehro-spinal sclerosis are exposure to cold and wet, traumatism, nervous shock and acute febrile diseases. Oc- casionally a neuropathic heredity can be traced. What are the symptoms of cerebro-spinal sclerosis ? The symptoms of disseminated, multiple, insular, or cerebro- spinal sclerosis vary with the distribution of the islets of sclerosis. As a rule, there is a peculiar jerky incoordination or tremor, most marked in the upper extremities, and sometimes involving the head and the tongue, aggravated by effort, emotion or observa- tion ; there is commonly nystagmus, usually lateral, sometimes vertical, sometimes rotatory ; speech is often slow, scanning, syllabic, parts of words being dropped ; the reflexes are usually exaggerated. In addition there are certain mental changes, often manifested by a sense of complacency, contentment and self-satisfaction, quite at variance with the patient's condition. Evidences of muscular weakness are not rarely present. There may also be headache, vertigo and optic neuritis. How is cerebro-spinal sclerosis to be distinguished from postero- lateral sclerosis ? There may sometimes be considerable difficulty in differentia- ting cerebro-spinal sclerosis and postero-lateral sclerosis (ataxic paraplegia) and Triederich's (hereditary) ataxia. In postero- lateral sclerosis, the defect of coordination involves the lower extremities primarily ; in multiple sclerosis, there is coarse tremor rather than true incoordination, and the upper extremi- ties are especially involved. Nystagmus occurs in Friedreich's ataxia and in multiple sclerosis, but not in ataxic paraplegia. The knee-jerks are exaggerated in multiple sclerosis and in ataxic paraplegia, but are wanting in Friedreich's ataxia. Friedreich's ataxia is a family-disease and appears early in life. Multiple 20 - . 306 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. sclerosis and ataxic paraplegia appear in middle life. Cerebral symptoms and mental phenomena belong to multiple sclerosis rather than to postero-latei'al sclerosis. Speech is slow and scanning in cerebro-spinal sclerosis ; in Friedreich's ataxia there are merely elision and occasional separation of syllables. Paralysis Agitans — Shaking Palsy. What conditions favor the development of paralysis agitans ? Paralysis agitans or shaking palsy begins most commonly at about fifty years of age. It is more common in males than in females. In some cases, an hereditary influence can be traced in an etiologic connection. In others, the onset of the disease has been preceded by decided emotional disturbance, by phys- ical injury or by acute disease. . What are the symptoms of paralysis agitans ? Paralysis agitans, shaMng ][jalsy or Parhinsmi''s disease is char- acterized by tremor, -weakness and rigidity. Tremor is usually first observed ; weakness and rigidity subsequently. The mani- festations first appear in one extremity, and gradually extend to the others. The tremor is fine and rhythmical ; in its in- cipiency it may be absent during rest and induced by movement : in its characteristic form, it is constant during the waking hours. As a rule, the head does not participate in the tremor ; excep- tionally it does. The expression of the face is fixed and immo- bile. The shoulders are bent forward, giving rise to the phe- nomena of propulsion— a tendency to run forward. Occasionally there is retropulsion, or there may be a tendency to lateral movement. The hands assume a peculiar, semi-flexed attitude, the fingers performing movements as if rolling a small object between their tips ; or the fingers are held as if grasping a pen. The voice is monotonous ; words are uttered rapidly, with a tendency to confluence of syllables. The reflexes are usually unaltered ; exceptionally the knee-jerks are exaggerated and an ankle-clonus can be elicited. A sensation of abnormal heat, sometimes with perspiration, is often present. PARALYSIS AGITANS. 307 What are the differential features between paralysis agitans and cerebro-spinal sclerosis ? The diagnosis between tliese two conditions, ordinarily simple, may under some circumstances be extremely difficult. The tremor of cerebro-spinal sclerosis is coarse and irregular, and is Fig. 48. ^^:--.^;l Paralysis agitans. (After St. Leger.) induced and aggravated by voluntary effort, by emotion and by observation ; that of paralysis agitans is fine and regular, and is constant, at least during the waking hours. In cerebro-spinal sclerosis, the head participates in the movements ; in paralysis agitans, on the contrary, the face is fixed, immobile, expression- less. Paralysis agitans does not present the slow, scanning speech and nystagmus of multiple sclerosis ; while the latter does not present the tendency to forward or backward or even lateral movement of the former. The characteristic attitude of the hand, as if holding a pen in writing, or as if rolling pills between the fingers, seen in paralysis agitans, is not seen in multiple scle- rosis. 308 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. Spinal Hemorrhage. What are the causes of hemorrhage into the spinal cord? Spinal hemorrhage is more common in males than in females, and in adult life than at any other period. It may he primary, dependent upon disease of the bloodvessels, or as a result of exposure to cold, or of over-exertion, or of sexual excess ; second- ary, in the course of inflammation, tumors and cavities in the cord ; accessory, occurring towards the close of convulsive dis- orders ; and traumatic following blows, falls and other injuries. What are the symptoms of hemorrhage into the spinal cord ? The occurrence of hemorrhage into the spinal cord is indicated by sudden, severe pain in the back, with loss of motion and sensation. Consciousness may be lost, but is likely to be pre- served. A girdle-sensation exists at the level of the lesion, and loss of motion and sensation below, on alternate sides, or on both sides of the body, according to the seat of the lesion. The sphincters are likely to be deranged and trophic changes to occur. Bespiration will be interfered with if the lesion is in the cervical or dorsal region of the cord. Some degree of myelitis and meningitis are usually developed in the progress of the case, giving rise to fever and irritative symptoms. Subsequently, the symptoms become paralytic in type. Some degree of paraplegia remains permanently. The paralyzed muscles waste. The deep reflexes are exaggerated. What are the distinctions between spinal hemorrhage and spinal meningitis ? The abruptness of onset is more decided in hemorrhage than in meningitis. Febrile manifestations attend meningitis from the beginning ; they only appear in hemorrhage when myelitis is established. Motor and sensory impairment is more decided in hemorrhage than in meningitis ; in the latter, there is a preliminary stage of spasm and pain. How are hemorrhage into the cord and hemorrhage into the meninges to be distinguished from one another ? Both the local and the radiating pains are less severe in spinal than in meningeal hemorrhage, while the subsequent SPINAL COMPRESSION. 309 anesthesia is more decided in the former than in the latter. In the case of spinal hemorrhage the paralytic symptoms are more decided from the outset ; while in meningeal hemorrhage these are preceded by muscular spasm. Trophic changes char- acterize spinal hemorrhage, and are wanting in meningeal hemorrhage. Spinal Compression. What are the causes of compression of the spinal cord? The cord may be compressed by tumors of the spinal canal ; by dislocation of the vertebrse, independently, or as a result of caries, or of fracture ; by an exostosis ; by an aneurism that has eroded the bones ; or by an hydatid cyst. How can the causes of spinal compression be diflferentiated ? The recognition of a tumor in the spinal canal depends upon its detection from without, or the detection of new-growths in other parts of the body. Simple dislocation and fracture of the vertebriB follow trau- matism ; the symptoms to which dislocation gives rise set in suddenly and are profound in degree ; a deformity of the spinal column may be detectable. The diagnosis of caries depends upon the knowledge of a history of syphilis or of tuberculosis and the detection of a painful deformity in the back. An hydatid cyst of the spinal canal may be diagnosticated by the detection externally of a fluctuating tumor, upon puncture of which the characteristic booklets may be found. It may be impossible to diagnosticate the cause of compres- sion of the cord dependent upon an exostosis or upon an aneu- rism. To what symptoms does compression of the spinal cord give rise? The rapidity with which the symptoms of compression appear depends somewhat upon the cause. Dislocation is apt to occa* sion manifestations of immediate gravity. In other cases, the symptoms are gradual in appearance and px'ogressive in course. 310 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. Compression gives rise to two groups of phenomena, referable to the nerve- roots and to the cord, respectively. There is local pain in the back, aggravated by movement, as well as pains of a radiating character, with girdle-sensation ; ultimately anes- thesia develops. There is loss, of motion in the parts supplied by the nerves from the cord below the seat of compression ; with exaggerated reflexes and involvement of the sphincters. The palsied muscles slowly waste and degenerative reactions set in. Contractures may develop. How is compression-myelitis to be distinguished from hemor- rhage into the spinal cord ? When a vertebra softened by destructive disease suddenly gives way, the resulting displacement may be followed by com- pression of the cord, occasioning symptoms with which those jiroduced by hemorrhage into the cord may be identical. The symptoms of compression, however, are usually more extensive and more absolute than those of hemorrhage ; the existence of a deformity of the spine makes the diagnosis certain. What are the distinctions between compression of the cord and chronic myelitis ? Symptoms of irritation referable to the nerve-roots are want- ing in myelitis. The recognition of a cause of compression determines the diagnosis. Tumor of the Spinal Cord. What are the symptoms of tumor of the spinal cord ? Tumors of the spinal canal may be situated without or within the dura mater, or within the structure of the cord itself. They are most diverse in character. The symptoms will depend upon the situation of the tumor and upon the degree of mechanical interference with the functions of the cord that it occasions. Pressure on the nerve-roots gives rise to pain, to abnormal sen- sations, to girdle-pain and to muscular spasm and rigidity. Pressure on the cord or myelitis occasions anesthesia, paralysis and exaggerated reflexes below the level of the lesion and TUMOR OF THE SPINAL CORD. 311 abolition of tlie reflexes wilhin the area innervated from the seat of tlie growth. Involvement of the anterior horns of the gray matter is attended witli wasting and other trophic dis- orders ; involvement of the lumbar enlargement causes abolition of the knee-jerk, loss of control of the sphincters and wasting and palsy in the lower extremities ; involvement of the cervical enlargement occasions wasting and palsy in the upper ex- tremities. The unilateral appearance of symptoms of spinal disease, or evidence of sensory derangement on one side and motor derangement on the other, is strongly suggestive of tumor of the spinal canal. With the growth of the tumor the symptoms become bilateral. From what conditions is spinal tumor to be distinguished ? The diagnosis of spinal tumor includes the determination of the nature of the tumor and its distinction from other condi- tions presenting similar symptoms. In the first connection, a history of syphilis, of tuberculosis, or of tumors situated elsewhere is to be considered. The differentiation from caries of the vertebrae depends upon the recognition of disease of the bone, upon the deformity that results and upon the greater degree of pain on movement that attends caries. From hypertrophic pachymeningitis spinal tumor differs in course ; being progressive, while symptoms of irritation precede those of paralysis and wasting. The symptoms of pachy- meningitis are more circumscribed in distribution than are those of tumor. The symptoms of tumor differ from those of myelitis, in be- ing irritative in character— attended by pain and spasm, rather than paralytic. If tumor give rise to myelitis, the I'ecognition of the condition depends upon a knowledge of the previous symptoms. The persistence of obstinate neuralgia, especially if bilateral, should excite suspicion of spinal tumor. 312 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. Syringomyelia. What are the symptoms of syringomyelia ? Cavities in the spinal cord may be a result of defective appo- sition of the lateral halves of the cord in the course of devel- opment ; of occlusion of the central canal, with accumulative distention by cerebro-spinal fluid ; of the disintegration of glioraata ; or Ihey may appear subsequently to myelitis. The course of the disease is slow and chronic, sometimes covering many years. The symptoms vary somewhat with the situation of the cavity. They are usually most conspicuous in the upper extremities. There are muscular wasting and weakness, pre- ceded by alterations of sensation. Common sensibility is usuall}'' preserved, while the perception of pain and of heat and cold is enfeebled or lost. In some cases, severe pains occur. A spastic condition may be present in the lower extremities. The sphinc- ters are often involved. Trophic changes are common. There may be cutaneous eruptions, as eczema or herpes. The skin may be thin and glossy or thick and horny. Yaso-motor dis- turbance may be manifested by coldness and lividity. From what conditions is syringomyelia to be differentiated ? Myelitis, hypertrophic pachymeningitis and progressive mus- cular atrophy occasion certain symptoms in common with syringomyelia. Myelitis is recognized by the much more profound palsy and loss of sensory power, without involvement of the pain-sense and the temperature-sense ; hypertrophic pachymeningitis by the attendant pain and the less extensive anesthesia ; and chronic muscular atrophy by the absence of conspicuous sensory symptoms. Morvan's Disease — Analgesic Panaris. What are the symptoms of Morvan's disease? Under the name of Morvan''s disease has been described a syndrome of symptoms, including the development of a pain- less inflammation at the extremities of the fingers, followed by necrotic sequestration of the phalanges. At the beginning of mouvan's disease. 313 the disease, the affected parts may be the seat of pain. Subse- quently, analgesia develops together with the destructive process Appearance of the hand in Morvan's Disease. (After Charcot.) in the fingers. In most cases abnormal curvature of the spinal column has been observed. After death, hyperplasia of the connective tissue of the peripheral nerves and in the posterior horns, posterior columns, and the gray matter of the cervical segment of the spinal cord has been found. What is the distinction between Morvan's disease and sclero- derma ? Scleroderma is a morbid condition in which, as a result of inflammatory changes in the subcutaneous arteries of a varying 314 ESSENTIALS OF DIAGNOSIS. distribution, hyperplasia of the connective tissue takes place, with hardness, swelling and fulness, which in turn is succeeded by contraction and atrophy. The condition may be circum- scribed or diffuse. It is sometimes attended with pigmentation and sometimes with desquamation. The etiology of the affec- tion is obscure. A condition in which the extremities of the fingers close to nails undergo discoloration, followed by the formation of bullae, with perhaps loss of the nails and shortening of the fingers, has been described as a variety of scleroderma or sclerodactylia. When nose and ears and face, as well as hands and feet, become reduced in size, the name ahromikria has been employed. In scleroderma there may be anesthesia, but there is not analgesia. Trophic changes may take place in the affected parts, but they are not of a necrotic character. The nails may be lost, but there is no exfoliation of bone. How are Morvan's disease and anesthetic leprosy to be differ- entiated ? In anesthetic leprosy, a destructive process may be set up in the extremities, attended sometimes with the loss of fingers or toes, but the condition is usually to be recognized by the asso- ciation of other definite symptoms of leprosy, such as patches of anesthesia and leprous nodules in various parts of the body. From what other conditions is Morvan's disease to be differenti- ated? Syringmvjelia may present trophic changes and analgesia ; but there is usually also loss of temperature-sense ; while necro- sis of bone is wanting and common sensibility is preserved. J?ayno«c7's disease is attended with cyanosis of the extremities, sometimes terminating in gangrene ; but sensibilit}* remains unimpaired ; and there are other characteristic symptoms. Syphilis may occasion a destructive dactylitis. The diagno- sis will depend upon the absence of sensory symptoms and upon a knowledge or a history of infection or of other manifestations. Necrosis of bone may attend diabetes, but sensory symptoms are wanting, distinctive symptoms are present and examination of the urine will make clear the clinical association. CEREBRAL MENINGITIS. 315 Cerebral Meningitis. What are the varieties of inflammation of the membranes of the brain ? Inflammation of the dura, pia or arachnoid is known as pachymeningitis, leptomeningitvi or arachnitis, respectively ; most commonly the pia and arachnoid are involved togetlier— pta- arachnitis or leptommingitis. Inflammation of the dura mater may be attended with the extravasation of a membranous hemorrhagic exudate— 7ifmo7T/ic